TMI-14-061, 40th Year Tendon Surveillance Engineering Report (Topical Report 213), Precision Surveillance Corporation in-Service Inspection Quality Control Procedure, Monitoring Tendon Force (Lift-Offs)

40th Year Tendon Surveillance Engineering Report (Topical Report 213), Precision Surveillance Corporation in-Service Inspection Quality Control Procedure, Monitoring Tendon Force (Lift-Offs)

ML14189A288
Person / Time
Site:	Three Mile Island
Issue date:	09/03/2013
From:	Exelon Generation Co, PSC
To:	Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
Shared Package
ML14189A283	List: ML14189A284 ML14189A285 ML14189A286 ML14189A287 TMI-14-061, 40th Year Tendon Surveillance Engineering Report (Topical Report 213), Precision Surveillance Corporation in-Service Inspection Quality Control Procedure, Monitoring Tendon Force (Lift-Offs)
References
TMI-14-061
Download: ML14189A288 (428)

Text

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 280 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 9.0 MONITOR TENDON FORCE 09/03/13 Page 1 of 8 Revision 0 EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (4 0TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE MONITORING TENDON FORCE (LIFT-OFFS)

Q.C. INSPECTOR 09103/13 Prepared by Title Date Q.A. MANAGER 09103113 Approved by Title Date PRESIDENT 09/03 13 Approved by Title Date 21 SQ 9.0 TMI. 13 ISla Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 735 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 281 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 9.0 MONITOR TENDON FORCE 09/03/13 P~n* 9 Af A P-RECISION ANCE Revision 0 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure will establish the requirements for monitoring the forces that remain in a tendon for purposes of evaluating the Post-Tensioning System Tendons during the 40th Year In-Service Inspection (Surveillance) at Exelon's Three Mile Island-Unit 1.

2.0 RESPONSIBILITY 2.1 In the event of conflict between any TMI Procedure and an SQ, the former governs.

2.2 As stated in PSC Procedure QA 4.0.

3.0 QUALIFICATIONS 3.1 As stated in PSC Procedure QA 4.1.

4.0 EQUIPMENT 4.1 The gauges and test equipment necessary for the Quality Control activities will be itemized in PSC Procedure SQ 4.0.

5.0 PRECAUTIONS 5.1 Review the 1.S.I. Tendon Surveillance Program Safety Comments for the items that shall apply both for tendon force control and personnel safety.

6.0 QUALITY CONTROL 6.1 All Quality Control Documentation (CD points noted in this procedure are Hold Points. The work shall not progress past or through a QCD without a verbal release from the Inspector. The required information or evaluative data shall be documented on Data Sheet 9.0 attached to this procedure.

7.0 PREREQUISITES 7.1 The Grease Cap will be removed.

7.2 The Anchorage Inspection of the stressed tendon will be completed.

7.3 The Anchorage threads will have been measured and the coupler verified for thread strength per SQ 7.1.

7.4 The hydraulic jack has been examined for damage and is in current calibration status.

7.5 Stressing pressure gauge has been calibration checked before use as per PSC Procedure QA 10.1.

7.6 QCD - Document the tendon identification, Unit #, and tendon end on Data Sheet 9.0 21 SQ 9.0 TMI.13 ISla Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 736 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 282 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 9.0 MONITOR TENDON FORCE 09/03/13 Page 3 of 8 Revision 0 8.0 MEASUREMENTS 8.1 STEEL RULERS 8.1.1 Measurements of shim stack height shall be performed with calibrated steel rulers graduated in tenths of an inch (0.1"). The measurements shall be recorded to the nearest 0.1".

8.2 PRESSURE GAUGES 8.2.1 Measurements of ram pressure (tendon force) shall be measured by calibrated pressure gauges capable of being read directly to 20 psi or better.

8.2.1.1 View the gauge face from a plane of view directly in front of the indicator needle to avoid parallax errors.

8.2.1.2 Gauge readings may be interpolated to the nearest 10 psi.

8.2.1.3 All pressure gauges used shall have automatic compensation for temperature variations between gauge calibration and gauge use during surveillance.

9.0 MONITORING OF TENDON FORCES 9.1 The intention of this operation is to monitor the amount of force remaining on the tendon by taking lift-off readings as the tendon is being stressed. Subsequent evaluation of those lift-off readings with respect to Predicted Forces will determine if that force is acceptable or if degradation of the system has occurred.

9.2 Monitoring of Tendon Force can be performed on both ends of a tendon in a simultaneous and controlled manner or on one tendon end at a time, independent of the opposite end of the tendon. These procedures have been developed so that they apply to one end of the tendon. Every effort should be made to measure lift-off at opposite ends of a tendon at the same time. If this is prohibited by plant conditions (i.e., one end is accessible only with the plant operating and the other only when the plant is shut down), then measurements must be made as close together in time as possible and under similar temperature regimes. Adequate communication shall be maintained between both ends of the tendon during the taking of lift-off readings for simultaneous stressing operations. Vertical tendon monitoring of force is to be performed from one end, top end, only unless the tendon was double end stressed during original installation.

21 SQ 9.0 TMI.13 ISla Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 737 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 283 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 9.0 MONITOR TENDON FORCE 09/03113 Page 4 of 8 Revision 0 9.2.1 Regardless of the method of monitoring there will probably be variations in the forces detected at each end of the tendon. Because of this, the average force from both ends will represent the force that the tendon is holding. Ifthe average force for both ends of the tendon meet the Acceptance Criteria cited in Section 10.0 of this Procedure, that tendon will be acceptable. Ifthe average force does not meet the criteria, then the action required of Section 10 of this Procedure shall be required for the respective condition detected.

9.2.2 All data shall be documented on Data Sheet 9.0.

9.3 QCD - Document the concrete surface temperature near the tendon and the ambient air temperature on Data Sheet 9.0. Also document the thermometer identification number and calibration due date for each thermometer used.

9.4 QCD - The anchorhead and stressing adaptor/stressing rod threads are to be inspected for dirt, burrs, nicks, and damaged threads and measurements taken per SQ 7.1, if any condition precludes proper coupling the condition shall be corrected.

Anchorhead threads shall be inspected for deformation before and after any stressing operation and if any deformation is detected Exelon Engineering is to be notified. Document acceptance on Data Sheet 9.0 9.5 QCD - Document the amount of effective wires in each end of the tendon on Data Sheet 9.0. Refer to Data Sheet 8.0 for each end of the tendon.

9.6 QCD - Couple the rams to each anchorhead on that tendon (for vertical tendons only the top anchorhead is used, unless it was double end stressed during original installation). Document on Data Sheet 9.0 that the stressing coupler/stressing rod is evenly aligned on the anchorhead washer and that full thread engagement is obtained.

9.6.1 Note do not let coupler touch shims.

9.7 QCD - On Data Sheet 9.0 document the ram and gauge identification and the calibrated status of each. Also document the ram calibration data including its area and constant, K.

9.8 QCQD - On Data Sheet 9.0 document the dimension of each shim stack height, from the bearing plate to the bottom of the anchorage. Document the thickness of each shim in each shim stack, starting from the Bearing Plate and working up to the Anchorage. Also document the ruler identification and calibration date.

9.9 QCD - Establish the Lift-off Overstress Force (LOSF) for the tendon being monitored.

Tendon Lift-off Overstress Force for purposes of Monitoring of Tendon Force shall be that force less than 1592 kips (based on a tendon with 169 effective wires, 9.425 kips per wire), which permits placement of the feeler gauges or provides complete looseness of the shim stacks.

21 SQ 9.0 TMI.L13 ISla Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 738 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 284 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 9.0 MONITOR TENDON FORCE 09/03/13 Page 5 of 8 Revision 0 9.9.1 Maximum force equals the number of effective wires multiplied by 9.425 kips.

9.10 QCD - On Data Sheet 9.0 document the selected Tendon Predicted Force (PF),

document the 95% Predicted Force (0.95PF), and document the 90% Predicted Force (0.9PF), from the Predicted Force Tables of Procedure SQ 9.1. Space is provided beneath each entry to document the gauge pressures for each force requirement.

CAUTION ONCE ACTUAL STRESSING BEGINS, THE RAM MUST NEVER BE EXTENDED TO THE FULL LIMIT OF ITS STROKE. THE EXTENSION SHOULD BE AT LEAST 1/2" LESS THAN THE FULL STROKE OF THE RAM.

9.11 TENDON LIFT-OFF (MONITORING) 9.11.1 Gradually pressurize the rams in 20 to 100 psi increments until lift-off is achieved.

Carefully observe for signs of rotation. If rotation is noted at any time, stop work until shim rotation has stopped. If rotation is noted, pressurizing shall stop until rotation ceases. Once rotation has ceased and alignment has been verified keep increasing pressure at prescribed intervals. The intent is to allow rotation to be released in a slow and controlled fashion. Do not exceed a Lift-off Overstress Force of 1592 kips (based on a tendon with 169 effective wires, 9.425 kips per wire), if lift-off has not been achieved at this force, then unload the jack, and notify Exelon Engineering for resolution of the condition.

9.11.2 Once the shims become loose, insert two feeler gauges or shim stock, about 0.030" in thickness, between the anchorhead and shim. The gauges should be located about 180 degrees apart and approximately centered.

9.11.3 Reduce the ram pressure until the load is transferred on the shim stack. It shall not be necessary to return to zero gauge pressure, but at least 2000 psi less than the pressure that was needed to insert the shim stock.

9.11.4 Gradually pressurize the ram while pulling the feeler gages. The point at which the feeler gauge comes loose and can be withdrawn is the Liftoff Point.

9.11.5 QCD - Document the pressure for each Liftoff of each shim stack. Place a circle around that Liftoff Value that was the last to have the feeler gauge or shim removed. (The last shim stack to come loose.) Do not intermix the values for the shim stacks. Stack 1 will always be Stack 1.

21 SQ 9.0 TMI.13 ISla Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 739 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 285 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 9.0 MONITOR TENDON FORCE 09/03/13 Page 6 of 8 Revision 0 9.11.6 Repeat sections 9.11.3, 9.11.4 and 9.11.5 until 3 consecutive Liftoff readings have been taken. The three circled readings should be within 25 kips of each other, if this is not achieved the feeler gauges may be repositioned, and additional liftoff readings may be taken until three consecutive readings within 25 kips of each other are achieved.

9.11.7 The space between the stacks of shim halves for the first shims in direct contact with the anchorage should not exceed a space of 1/4". The remaining shims in the shim stack may be placed with a larger spacing but should not exceed 1/2".

9.11.8 Slowly decrease the pressure on the jack to allow the stressing washer to reseat onto the shims. No additional shims are to be added at this time.

9.11.9 No part of the anchorhead shall overhang the shim stack. If the anchorhead is not correctly positioned after releasing the pressure, gradually re-pressurize the ram and adjust as necessary.

9.11.10 The ram shall be uncoupled from the anchorage.

9.11.11 If the lift-off forces are determined to be acceptable, this tendon shall be completed by replacing the grease can in accordance with PSC Procedure SQ 12.0.

9.11.12 NOTE: Neither end shall be de-tensioned until lift-off has been recorded for both ends.

9.11.13 QCD - Post the Circled Liftoff Values into the Circled Liftoff Value Column. It may be possible to have the Liftoff occur at the same pressure in each shim stack. Add the Circled Liftoff Values and divide by 3 to get the end average. Post the end average to Data Sheet 9.0. Convert the Average Pressure (PSI) to Force (KIPS) and document results.

9.11.14 QCD - Enter the end average from the opposite end of the tendon if it is available at this time.

9.11.15 QCQD - Calculate the Average Liftoff Value (ALV) for this tendon by averaging the end averages from both ends.

9.11.16 QCQD - Document the acceptance or non-acceptance of the average liftoff value for the condition representative of the tendon on Data Sheet 9.0. Choose one of the conditions listed in Section 10.0 as each condition might apply.

9.11.17 QCD - Document the need for Adjacent Tendon Monitoring and the tendon numbers. Notify Exelon that Adjacent Tendon Monitoring is being performed.

21 SQ 9.0 TMI.13 ISla Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 740 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 286 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 9.0 MONITOR TENDON FORCE 09/03/13 Page 7 of 8 Revision 0 10.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 10.1 The average liftoff value of the forces required to achieve lift-off for each tendon shall not be less than the 95% Predicted Force obtained from PSC Procedure SQ 9.1.

10.2 If the average value of the end forces required for lift-off fails to meet the acceptance criteria of Section 10.1, but equals or exceeds the 90% Predicted Force obtained from PSC Procedure SQ 9.1, the tendons designated as adjacent to the defective tendon and listed in SQ 9.1, Table 3.0 or 4.0 as applicable shall be checked as outlined in Section 11.0. If both adjacent tendons satisfy the acceptance criteria as indicated in section 10.1, then the original tendon shall be restored to its Predicted Force within a minus 0%, plus 6% tolerance, but in no case, no greater than 0.70 GUTS as determined for the number of effective wires, the single deficiency shall be considered unique and acceptable.

10.2.1 If either of the adjacent tendons fails to satisfy the acceptance criteria of section 10.1, the extent of investigation into the cause, which may include de-tensioning the deficient tendons, shall be determined by Exelon. This condition does not meet IWL requirements and is considered reportable to the NRC by Exelon.

10.3 If the average value of the end forces required for lift-off falls below the 90%

Predicted Force obtained from PSC Procedure SQ 9.1, an investigation is to be conducted by Exelon to determine the extent and cause of the occurrence and the required course of action to be taken. This condition does not meet IWL requirements and is considered reportable to the NRC by Exelon.

10.4 The average of all normalized tendon lift-off forces, including adjacent tendons, if any, for each tendon group shall be equal to, or greater than, the required minimum average tendon force for that tendon group. The required minimum average force is 1033 kips for vertical tendons,1064 kips for dome tendons, and 1108 kips for hoop tendons. This requirement will be verified upon completion of the final surveillance report 10.5 QCD - Any tendon which has a lift-off force below its specified 95% Predicted Force, and has not been required to be de-tensioned, shall have both ends re-tensioned to within minus 0%, plus 6% of the specified Predicted Force but in no case, no greater than 0.70 GUTS as determined for the number of effective wires. Tendon shall not be detensioned, however, both ends of a double end stressed tendon, or, one end of a single end stressed tendon shall be taken to OSF to ensure full transfer of force. The final lift-off force (lock-off) shall be the original predicted force from PSC Procedure SQ 9.1; Data Sheet 11.0 of PSC Procedure SQ 11.0, shall be completed for all such tendons.

10.6 If any deformation of anchorage threads is detected before or after any stressing operation, Exelon Engineering is to be notified.

21 SQ 9.0 TMI.13 ISla Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 741 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 287 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 9.0 MONITOR TENDON FORCE 09/03/13 Page 8 of 8 Revision 0 11.0 ADJACENT TENDON - MONITORING OF FORCES 11.1 The monitoring of forces in tendons adjacent to the defective tendon shall follow the requirements of this procedure, as each applies.

11.2 It shall be necessary to remove the Grease Cap in accordance with PSC Procedure SQ 6.0 using Data Sheet 6.0 for the documentation requirements for each adjacent tendon.

11.3 It shall not be necessary to take Grease Samples unless water is detected during the inspection. Grease samples may be taken if requested by Exelon.

11.4 It shall be necessary to perform the anchorage inspection in accordance with PSC Procedure SQ 8.0. Data Sheet 8.0 shall be used to document this information for each Adjacent Tendon.

11.5 It shall not be necessary to perform the concrete inspection of PSC Procedure SQ 8.3.

11.6 Lift-off monitoring shall be performed in accordance with Section 9.11 of this procedure and evaluated per Section 10.0.

12.0 NOTIFICATION 12.1 QCD - Exelon shall be formally notified with a nonconformance report when each one or more of the Acceptance Criteria noted in section 10.0, of this procedure are not met.

13.0 DOCUMENTATION 13.1 The items requiring documentation in this procedure, shall be documented on Data Sheet 9.0.

13.2 Some information from Data Sheet 8.0 of PSC Procedure SQ 8.0, which has already been started for this tendon, shall require posting onto Data Sheet 9.0.

14.0 ATTACHMENTS 14.1 Data Sheet 9.0 21 SQ 9.0 TMI.13 ISla Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 742 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 288 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 9.0 MONITOR TENDON FORCE DATA SHEET 9.0 09/03/13 Page 1 of 1 Revision 0 Project: TMI 4 0 TH YEAR TENDON SURVEILLANCE 0l Unit 1 (7.6)Tendon No.: Tendon End: _lShop El Field LIFT-OFF INSPECTION CRITERIA Q.C. Signoff (9.3) Temp. of Concrete: OF Thermometer No.: Recal Date:

Ambient Temp.: OF Thermometer No.: Recal Date:

(9.4) Anchorhead and Stressing Adapter Threads: [] Acceptable U Unacceptable (9.5) Number of Effective Wires:

(9.6) Anchorhead and Stressing Adapter Engagement/Alignment : El Acceptable El Unacceptable (9.7) RAM ID: Recal Date: end ofjob RAM Area: K=

Gauge ID: Recal Date: Daily Check:

(9.8) Shim Stack Height: #1 in. #2 in. Ruler ID: Recal Date:

Individual Shims: Stack #1: in. Stack #2: in.

(9.9) Lift-off Overstress Force (LOSF): kips Pressure: psi (9.10) PF: kips 95% PF: kips 90% PF: kips psi psi psi (9.11.5) As-Found Lift-Off (9.11.13) Circled Values Stack #1: 1) psi Stack #2: 1) psi 1) psi

2) psi 2) psi 2) psi

3) psi 3) psi 3) psi (9.11.13) End Average Force (this end): kips Average: psi (9.11.14) End Avg. Force (other end): kips (9.11.15) Average Liftoff (ALV) kips (9.11.16) Liftoff (ALV) Acceptance Criteria:

a) E] Acceptable - ALV is Ž 95% PF.

b) E] Adjacent Tendons to be stressed - ALV is < 95%PF but 2!90%PF. Document on a NCR.

c) El Unacceptable - ALV is < 90%PF. Document on a NCR.

NCR Required El Yes [I No Customer Notified NCR No.:

(9.11.17) Adiacent Tendon Lift-Offs (Note: Use a separate Data Sheet 9.0 to document Liftoff ftrces.)

. Adj Tendon: FU1 Acceptable - ALV > 95% of PF, The original scope tendon SHALL be a) This Tendon: __ restored to within -0/+6% of PF, but in no case, no greater than 0.70 GUTS as Adj Tendon: __ determined for the number of effective wires.

EXELON Notified: El Yes Ul No Name/Date:

b) _-Adj Tendon: El Unacceptable - ALV < 95% of PF for either tendon. Document the condition L Adj Tendon: __ on a NCR.

Customer Notified NCR No.:

c) - Adj Tendon: _ _ Unacceptable - ALV < 90% of PF for either tendon. Document the condition L Adj Tendon: __ on a NCR.

Customer Notified NCR No.:

QC Reviewed: Level: Date:

21 SQ 9.0 TMI.13 ISla Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 743 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 289 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 9.1 PRESTRESS FORCES 09/03/13 Page 1 of 4 Revision 0 EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (4 0TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE PRESTRESS FORCES lfrý dCajtL Q.C. INSPECTOR 09/03/13 Prepared by Title Date Q.A. MANAGER 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date PRESIDENT 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date 22 SQ 9.1.TM1.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 744 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 290 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 9.1 PRESTRESS FORCES 09/03/13 Page 2 of 4 Revision 0 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 The purpose of this procedure is to provide in table form the predicted lift-off forces for the 4 0 th Year In-Service Inspection (Surveillance) at Exelon's Three Mile Island Nuclear Plant.

2.0 SURVEILLANCE TENDON DATA 2.1 The Normalization Adjustment, the Predicted Forces, 90% of the Predicted Forces (.9 PF), and 95% of the Predicted Forces (.95 PF) have been obtained from Exelon.

2.2 The Normalization Adjustment, the Predicted Forces, 90% of the Predicted Forces (.9 PF), and 95% of the Predicted Forces (.95 PF) to be used during the 4 0 th year inspection are listed below for each UNIT 1 tendon scheduled for monitoring of force.

The same information is provided for the adjacent tendons.

22 SQ 9.1.TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 745 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 291 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 9.1 PRESTRESS FORCES 09/03/13 Page 3 of 4 Revision 0 3.0 TMI UNIT 1 - 40TH YEAR PREDICTED FORCES - ORIGINAL SCOPE TENDONS D-142 -21 1,128 1,072 1,015 D-143 -47 '1,153 1,096 1,038 H24-23 34 1,045 993 941 D-144 -11 1,117 1,061 1,005 H24-24 -16 1,095 1,040 986 D-224 5 1,101 1,046 991 H35-01 -41 1,142 1,085 1,028 D-225 45 1,061 1,008 1956 H3"-2 1 8 ~ 1,093 `1,0W8 984 D-226 26 1,081 1,027 973 H35-05 -67 1,168 1,110 1,051 D-236 7 1,100 1,045 990 H62-25 46 1,054 1,001 949 D-237 19 1,088 1,034 979 H62-26 2 1,099 1,044 989 D-238 D-302 12

-9 1,095 1,116 1,040 1,060 986 1,004 H62-27 47 1,053 1,000 948 S0 D-303 -35 1,142 1,085 1,028 V-30 -10 1,179 1,120 1,061 D-304 -7 1,114 1,058 1,003 V-32 -7 1,1176 1,117 1,058 V-33 -48 1,217 1,156 1,095 H13-02 -5 1,105 1,050 995 V-107 -6 1,175 1,116 1,058 H13-03 -40 1,141 1,084 1,027 V-`108 14 '1,165 1,097 1,040 H13-04 14 1,086 1,032 977 V-109 33 i13,13 1,079 1,022 H13-10 4 11,097 11042 987 V-159 20 1,149 1,092 1,034 H13-11 -54 1,154 1,096 1,039 V-160 -6 1,175 1,116 1,058 H13-12 -2 1,103 1,048 993 V-161 -13 1,182 1,123 1,064 H24-14 -27 1,128 1,072 1,015 H24-17 NIA 1,051 998 946 H24-17 25 1,076 1,022 968

=SURVEILLANCE TENDON --7 = ADJACENT TENDON 22 SQ 9.1.TMI.13 ISI a

w Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 746 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 292 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 9.1 PRESTRESS FORCES 09/03/13 Page 4 of 4 Revision 0 4.0 TMI UNIT I - 40Tm YEAR PREDICTED FORCES - AUGMENTED SCOPE TENDONS z

00.

aa H46-33 N/A 1,293 1,164 1,228 V-1 14 N/A 1,332 1,265 1,199 H48-34 NIA 1,232 1,170 1I10 V-115 N/A 1,311 1,245 1,180 H46-35 N/A 1,293 1,228 1,164 V-116 N/A 1,308 1,243 1,177 H51-39 N/A 1,309 1,244 1,178 V-135 N/A 1,347 1,280 1,212 H51-40 NIA 1,198 1,138 1,078 V-136 NIA 1,306 1,241 1,175 H51-41 N/A 1,321 1,255 1,189 V- 137 N/A 1,353 1,285 1,218

= ADJACENT TENDON I = SURVEILLANCE TENDON wý 22 SQ 9.1.TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 747 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 293 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 10.0 DETENSION TENDON 09/03/13 Page 1 of 4 Revision 0 EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 ( 4 0TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION TENDON SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM DETENSION TENDON Q.C. INSPECTOR 09/03/13 Prepared by Title Date Q.A. MANAGER 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date PRESIDENT 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date 1W 23 SQ 10.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 748 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 294 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 10.0 DETENSION TENDON 09/03/13 Page 2 of 4 Revision 0 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure will establish the requirements for detensioning tendons for purposes of visual inspection, testing and evaluation, during In-Service-Inspections (surveillance) of Post-Tensioning Systems Tendons at Exelon's Three Mile Island Nuclear Plant - Unit 1.

2.0 RESPONSIBILITY 2.1 In the event of conflict between any TMI Procedure and an SQ, the former governs.

2.2 As stated in PSC Procedure QA 4.0.

3.0 QUALIFICATIONS 3.1 As stated in PSC Procedure QA 4.1.

4.0 EQUIPMENT 4.1 The gauges and test equipment necessary for the Quality Control activities will be itemized in PSC Procedure SQ 4.0.

5.0 QUALITY CONTROL 5.1 There are no Hold Points or documentation requirements for this Procedure.

6.0 PRECAUTIONS 6.1 Do not exceed a jack force of 1592 kips (for a tendon with 169 effective wires, 9.425 kips per wire). If lift-off has not been achieved at this maximum force. The jack shall be unloaded and Exelon Engineering shall be notified for resolution of the condition.

6.2 Review the I.S.I. Tendon Surveillance Program Safety Comments for the items that shall apply both for tendon force control and personnel safety.

6.3 Verify that the tendon to be de-tensioned is listed in PSC Procedure SQ 2.0 or has been approved for de-tensioning by Exelon Engineering.

6.4 No more than one tendon from each group (dome, hoop, vertical) shall be de-tensioned at any given time without Exelon Engineering concurrence.

7.0 PREREQUISITES 7.1 The tendon will have been monitored for tendon force as required of PSC Procedure SQ 9.0. The De-tensioning shall continue from that point where the final or third liftoff was taken. The tendon shall not be de-tensioned until the liftoffs are documented. The ram will still be coupled to the anchorage.

7.2 De-tensioning of each tendon end may proceed independently of the other end; however, jacks must not be uncoupled until the tendon is completely de-tensioned.

23 SQ 10.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 749 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 295 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 10.0 DETENSION TENDON 09/03/13 Page 3 of 4 Revision 0 7.3 To alleviate holding jacks under pressure for period of time, it is recommended that both ends of a tendon be de-tensioned in unison except single end stressed vertical tendons which are detensioned from one end. This should assist in correct positioning of the anchor head.

8.0 DETENSIONING THE TENDON 8.1 Where a tendon is specified to require De-tensioning, to permit inspection of the De-tensioned anchorages, wires, shims and bearing plates, the following operations shall take place.

8.2 With the final liftoff being completed and the load completely off the shims, all the shims shall be removed. If more clearance is required, the load on the tendon may be increased up to a maximum jack force of 1592 kips (based on a tendon with 169 effective wires). If the shims can not be removed at this force, then unload the jack, and notify Exelon Engineering to resolve condition.

8.2.1 Keep the shims from each stack separate (The shims are paired and must be stacked in pairs.). This will permit the shims to be replaced without extensive re-matching.

CAUTION AFTER IMPLEMENTING STEP 8.3, A 10 MINUTE WAITING PERIOD SHALL BE IMPOSED TO ALLOW THE DISSIPATION OF ENERGY THT MAY BE TRAPPED WITHIN THE TENDON.

8.3 With the shims removed, the load on the tendon shall be reduced to zero. The maximum de-tensioning rate of the jacks for each tendon shall correspond to a reduction in tendon force in a slow and controlled manner. Both ends of a tendon shall be de-tensioned in unison unless otherwise directed by the PSC Superintendent. To alleviate holding jacks under pressure for periods of time, it is recommended that both ends, if applicable, of a tendon be de-tensioned in unison.

8.4 Jacks shall not be uncoupled until the tendon is completely de-tensioned.

8.5 Once de-tensioning is complete, anchorage inspection shall be performed per PSC Procedure SQ 8.0 for corrosion, cracks, off-size button heads, missing, broken, and/or damaged wires and recorded on Data Sheet 8.OA, 8.0B if there is any change in previously recorded data.

9.0 CONTINUING OPERATIONS 9.1 Once De-tensioning is complete any number of operations may follow such as:

9.1.1 Continuity Test 9.1.2 Tendon Wire Removal 23 SQ 10.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 750 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 296 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 10.0 DETENSION TENDON 09/03/13 Page 4 of 4 5PRECISINý LANCE Revision 0 9.1.3 Re-tensioning the Tendon 10.0 ACCEPTANCE 10.1 There are no requirements for acceptance or non-acceptance during De-tensioning of a Tendon.

11.0 DOCUMENTATION 11.1 Section 8.5 of this procedure to be documented to Data Sheet 8.OA or 8.0B of PSC Procedure SQ 8.0.

23 SQ 10.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 751 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 297 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 10.1 DETENSIONED ANCHORAGE 09/03/13 Page 1 of 6 Revision 0 EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (4 0TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION TENDON SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM DE-TENSIONED ANCHORAGE INSPECTION

-Pý (you'i Q.C. INSPECTOR 09/03/13 Prepared by Title Date Q.A. MANAGER 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date PRESIDENT 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date 24 SQ 10.1 TMI.13 ISI 0

w Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 752 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 298 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 10.1 DETENSIONED ANCHORAGE 09/03/13 Page 2 of 6 Revision 0 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure will establish the requirements for the visual inspection and evaluation of the tendon end anchorages, shims, bearing plate, button heads and wires during In-Service-Inspection (Surveillance) of Post-Tensioning System Tendons after that tendon has been De-tensioned at Exelon's Three Mile Island Nuclear Plant - Unit 1.

2.0 RESPONSIBILITY 2.1 In the event of conflict between any TMI Procedure and an SQ, the former governs.

2.2 As stated in PSC Procedure QA 4.0.

3.0 QUALIFICATIONS 3.1 The inspector performing this inspection is to be qualified as a Level II examiner as defined in PSC's written certification practice approved by Exelon and each examiner shall be approved by the Exelon Responsible Engineer.

4.0 EQUIPMENT 4.1 The gauges and test equipment necessary for the Quality Control activities will be itemized in PSC Procedure SQ 4.0.

5.0 QUALITY CONTROL 5.1 All Quality Control Documentation (QCD) points noted in this procedure are Hold Points. The work shall not progress past or through a QCD without a verbal release from the Inspector. The required information or evaluative data shall be documented on Data Sheet 8.OA or 8.0B of PSC Procedure SQ 8.0 that has already been started for this tendon.

6.0 PRECAUTIONS CAUTION - NEVER STRIKE THE BUTTONHEADS, THE WIRES OR THE ANCHORAGES OF A STRESSED TENDON WITH A HAMMER OR ANY OTHER METAL OBJECT.

7.0 PREREQUISITES 7.1 The Anchorage Cleanup will be completed.

7.2 The tendon will be in a De-tensioned Condition.

24 SQ 10.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 753 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 299 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 10.1 DETENSIONED ANCHORAGE 09/03/13 Page 3 of 6 Revision 0 8.0 ANCHORAGE INSPECTION 8.1 The tendon anchorage, including the shop head, field head and bushing, bearing plate, stressing shims, and wires of all selected tendons shall be visually inspected for signs of excessive stress, corrosion, cracks, missing, or broken wires. Button heads shall be inspected for cracks, splits and slips.

8.2 Inspect the interior of the bearing plate and trumpet tube for any evidence of voids or incompleteness of the grease coverage. It should be noted that air pockets will be seen, probably in the shape of a cone. This is the typical condition of the grease in a solid condition and must not be construed as a deficiency.

8.3 Inspect the tendon wires from the bottom of the anchorage into the tendon duct for signs of corrosion. Use PSC Procedure SQ 8.0 Table 1 to evaluate the Corrosion Condition of the wires.

8.3.1 QCD- Document the Corrosion Condition rating for the tendon wires.

8.4 Inspect the bottom side of the anchorages for Corrosion Level rating, using PSC Procedure SQ 8.0 Table 1 to evaluate the anchorages.

8.4.1 QCD- Document the Corrosion Level rating for the anchorages. (9.2 of DS 8.0) 8.5 Inspect the shims and bearing plate for signs of Corrosion using PSC Procedure SQ 8.0 Table 1 for evaluation. Clean the shims and bearing plate as necessary to perform this evaluation.

8.5.1 QCD- Document the Corrosion Level ratings for the shims and bearing plate (9.2 of DS 8.0).

8.6 Inspect the anchorages, shims and bearing plates for any evidence of cracking during the Corrosion Level evaluation.

8.6.1 QCD- Document any cracks found on Sketch Sheet 8.0 from PSC Procedure SQ 8.0. Include any dimensions that could help to locate or evaluate the cracks.

Indicate whether cracks or excessive stress have been found on DS 8.0 (10.1).

8.7 The anchorages shall be pushed back from the ends of the wires toward the bearing plate. This may be accomplished manually or with mechanical devices, just so the anchorages, threads wires are not damaged in any way.

8.8 Inspect the wires from the bottom of the button heads to that point where the bottom of the anchorage was located, for signs of corrosion. The button heads shall be visually inspected at this time in accordance with the requirements of Section 11.0 of PSC Procedure SQ 8.0.

24 SQ 10.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 754 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 300 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 10.1 DETENSIONED ANCHORAGE 09/03/13 Page 4 of 6 Revision 0 8.8.1 QCD- If the Corrosion Condition of this area of the wires is the same or better than that evaluated in Section 8.3.1 of this procedure, it shall not be necessary to enter any additional information on the Data Sheet.

8.8.1.1 QCD- Ifthe Corrosion Condition is of a lower rating than the original entry in the Corrosion Condition rating area shall be corrected to reflect that lower rating.

8.8.1.2 It shall be acceptable to delay the documentation of Section 8.3.1 until this area of the wire has been inspected and evaluated. If both ratings are the same, only one entry need be made.

8.9 With the anchorages pushed back, protruding wires can be evaluated for Continuity through the use of PSC Procedure SQ 10.5.

8.9.1 If it is determined during this inspection that a protruding wire is broken, it shall not be necessary to perform the Continuity Test on that wire, but that wire shall be removed and Exelon notified with a nonconformance report.

8.9.2 If it is determined during this inspection that any other wire is broken, that wire shall be removed and Exelon notified with a nonconformance report.

8.9.2.1 QCD- Document the broken protruding wire as required of PSC Procedure SQ 10.5 on Data Sheet 8.0.

8.9.2.2 QCD- Additional broken wires shall be documented directly on Data Sheet 8.0 in the manner required of PSC Procedure SQ 8.0 Section 12.3.

8.9.2.3 If the amount of broken wires detected in this inspection increases the total quantity of Broken/Missing Wires/Button heads for the earlier Anchorage Inspection of this tendon in a stressed condition to 1 or more during this surveillance, it shall be necessary to notify Exelon Nuclear of this condition in accordance with the requirements of Section 9 of this Procedure.

8.9.2.4 It shall be acceptable to continue working to complete all the inspections so that all the results are available for evaluation. Exelon shall be notified within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> of discovery.

8.10 The tendon wire to be used for physical testing shall be removed at this time, in accordance with PSC Procedure SQ 10.2.

8.11 Damaged or excessively deformed shims shall be replaced at this time. Damage other than would be noted from the load resting on the shims shall be documented.

8.11.1 QCD- Document unusual damage or conditions for any item of the tendon end, on Sketch Sheet 8.0 (PSC Procedure SQ 8.0).

24 SQ 10.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 755 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 301 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 10.1 DETENSIONED ANCHORAGE 09/03/13 P~n0 f! nf R ee CSTONRevision 0 8.12 With the completion of this inspection and the required documentation, if all results are acceptable, then it shall be permitted to continue working or inspecting the tendons.

8.13 Once the inspections of Procedure SQ 10.1 are completed, if nonconforming conditions are detected and Exelon notified in accordance with Section 9 of this procedure, no further work beyond PSC Procedure SQ 10.1 shall be performed on this tendon without the permission of Exelon, which should include a recommendation for corrective action.

8.14 The tendon ends shall be protected whenever it is not being worked or inspected.

This protection shall include a light coating of grease and covering with a plastic bag, plastic sheeting or the grease cap if that tendon is exposed to the weather.

8.15 Prior to pulling the anchorage back to the ends of the wire, the tendon wires shall be coated with grease. The grease may be brushed on or poured on, just so the wires get coated.

8.16 The anchorages shall be pulled back to the button heads.

8.17 Examine the tendon wires in the tendon duct after pulling back the anchor heads and re-centering the tendon. If the tendon wires in the trumpet tube appear to be a little thin on grease coating, it shall be acceptable to brush some grease onto the wires as an additional measure of protection.

8.18 That portion of wire extending from the back of the anchorage to the pushed back location of the anchorage shall be coated with grease.

8.19 Be prepared to catch any runoff of the grease as it is being applied to the tendon wires.

8.20 The tendon shall now be ready for Re-tensioning, concluding this procedure.

9.0 NOTIFICATION 9.1 Exelon shall be formally notified when each one or more of the following conditions are detected as a result of the inspection of a tendon.

9.1.1 CORROSION LEVEL C-when detected for Anchorages, Tendon Wire, Shims and/or Bearing Plates, Exelon shall be notified with a nonconformance report.

9.1.2 CRACKS-no matter how small, when detected for Anchorages, Shims and/or Bearing Plates, Exelon shall be notified with a nonconformance report.

24 SQ 10.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 756 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 302 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 10.1 DETENSIONED ANCHORAGE 09/03/13 Page 6 of 6 Revision 0 9.1.3 ADDITIONAL MISSING OR BROKEN WIRES/BUTTONHEADS-when detected for a quantity of 1 or more since the original installation or previous surveillance, Exelon shall be notified with a nonconformance report, but it will not be necessary to stop work to await approval of the NCR.

10.0 DOCUMENTATION 10.1 The items in this procedure requiring documentation shall be documented on Data Sheet 8.0 already started for this tendon from the Anchorage Inspection of PSC Procedure SQ 8.0.

10.2 The Data Sheet references the applicable section number of the procedure for each QCD point.

24 SQ 10.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 757 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 303 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 10.2 TEST WIRE REMOVAL 09/03/13 Page 1 of 6 Revision 0 EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (4 0TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE TEST WIRE REMOVAL IYU&&t dow'u Prepared by Q.C. INSPECTOR Title 09/03/13 Date Q.A. MANAGER 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date PRESIDENT 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date w

25 SQ 10.2 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 758 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 304 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 10.2 TEST WIRE REMOVAL 09/03/13 Page 2 of 6 Revision 0 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure will establish the requirements for removing a sample wire to be used for physical testing, during the 4 0 th Year In-Service-Inspections (Surveillance) of the Post-Tensioning System Tendons of Exelon's Three Mile Island Nuclear Plant - Unit 1.

1.2 One continuous and any other discontinuous tendon wires will be removed from the designated tendons to have wire removed. Do not remove more than three wires from any one tendon during this surveillance period without TMI Engineering approval.

2.0 RESPONSIBILITY 2.1 In the event of conflict between any TMI Procedure and an SQ, the former governs.

2.2 As stated in PSC Procedure QA 4.0.

3.0 QUALIFICATIONS 3.1 As stated in PSC Procedure QA 4.1.

4.0 EQUIPMENT 4.1 Quality Control gauges or test equipment will not be required for this activity, except where hydraulic devices and gauges are used.

5.0 QUALITY CONTROL 5.1 This procedure contains HOLD POINTS. The work shall not progress past or through a HOLD POINT without a sign-off from the QC Inspector. All Quality Control Documentation (QCD) points shall only require documentation of information or evaluation data. The sign-offs and required information or evaluation data shall be documented on Data Sheet 10.2 or Data Sheet 8.0 of PSC Procedure SQ 8.0.

6.0 PRECAUTIONS 6.1 When pulling individual wires, never exceed 80% GUTS of that wire when pulling with the pulling device - 9,425 pounds.

6.2 Discontinuous wires shall not be used to satisfy the requirements for the physical testing of this procedure.

6.3 If other Broken/Missing Wires are found in this tendon as a result of this inspection or previous inspections, it shall be necessary to select a wire from this tendon that would tend to balance the forces in that tendon anchorage and try to maintain symmetry with the missing wires in the hole pattern.

25 SQ 10.2 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 759 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 305 of 415

" BE SURE THAT THE CORRECT WIRE HAS BEEN LOCATED BEFORE CUTTING.

" BE SURE THAT THIS TENDON REQUIRES SAMPLE WIRE REMOVAL.

" USE CARE TO AVOID DAMAGING OTHER WIRES OR BUTTONHEADS.

• AVOID UNNECESSARY MARKS OR DAMAGE TO THE WIRE WHILE REMOVING.

• USE CARE WHEN COILING THE WIRE AND SECURING IT INTO A COIL. THIS WIRE HAS CONSIDERABLE SPRING FORCE AND MUST BE PREVENTED FROM UNCOILING VIOLENTLY.

7.0 PREREQUISITES 7.1 The anchorage inspection will be complete and Data Sheet 8.0 available.

7.2 The tendon will be detensioned; monitoring of forces has been completed.

8.0 WIRE REMOVAL 8.1 A wire shall be selected, preferable from the two outer rows of the anchorage hole pattern.

8.2 The Tendon Surveillance Wire Puller shown in Figure 1 of PSC Procedure SQ 10.5 shall be attached to the selected wire.

8.3 The wire shall be pulled with the Wire Puller using as little force as possible.

8.3.1 If the wire cannot be moved by hand, it shall be acceptable to use any mechanical device to accomplish that purpose, such as a "Come-A-long", "Chain-Hoist",

"Chain Pawl" or hydraulic ram.

8.3.1.1 It is unlikely that anything but the hydraulic ram will be able to exert such an amount of force so as to yield or break the wire. Therefore hydraulic devices shall be controlled for force through a calibrated gauge or controlled for maximum force through a locking valve to control the amount of pressure to be exerted.

8.3.1.2 There remains a possibility that a limited force might not move the wire. It shall be necessary to abandon that wire and select a new wire, continuing this process until a wire can be moved. All abandoned wires shall be identified on Data Sheet 8.0 of Procedure 8.0. All wires shall be considered effective wires provided the yield strength of the wire was not exceeded.

8.4 Once a tendon wire is located that can be moved, it shall be witnessed for that movement at the opposite end of the tendon to verify that this is a continuous wire.

25 SQ 10.2 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 760 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 306 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 10.2 TEST WIRE REMOVAL 09/03/13 Page 4 of 6 Revision 0 8.5 Prepare to cut the wire at the opposite end of the tendon from where the wire is to be pulled.

8.5.1 QCD- Document the location of wire removal on Data Sheet 8.0 of Procedure SQ 8.0. Once this is posted, document that action on Data Sheet 10.2 of this Procedure.

8.5.2 Measure back from the buttonhead 1 inch plus or minus 1/16 inch and mark or scribe a line; it shall be acceptable to notch the wire with a file.

8.5.3 Cut the wire somewhere between the buttonhead and the marked line, but not on the line.

8.5.4 Pull the wire completely through the tendon duct.

8.5.4.1 While pulling, the entire length of the tendon wire shall be visually inspected for pitting, corrosion, or other signs of deterioration and evaluated in accordance with TMI Procedure 1301-9.1 Rev 23.

8.5.4.1.1 HOLD POINT- Document the Category of Corrosion rating on Data Sheet 10.2, for every 10 feet of length.

8.5.4.1.2 If the Category of Corrosion is found to be active as defined in Table 1 of SQ 8.0, TMI Engineering shall be notified with a nonconformance report. TMI Engineering shall provide the final corrective action, which could include removing additional wires and performing Physical Testing.

8.5.4.2 While the tendon wire is being pulled, it may be cleaned of excess grease and coiled into coil form of approximately five-foot diameter. Secure the coil from unwinding. Solvent cleaning may be performed to facilitate cleaning before inspection.

8.5.4.2.1 It shall be acceptable to cut the wires into 10 foot lengths if coiling is impractical. The cut wires shall be identified as required of Section 8.5.5 of this procedure.

8.5.4.3 After the tendon wire has been pulled through, it shall be measured for length.

8.5.4.3.1 QCQD- Document the total length of wire on Data Sheet 10.2. Remember to include the length of wire that was cut from the opposite end.

25 SQ 10.2 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 761 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 307 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 10.2 TEST WIRE REMOVAL 09/03/13 Page 5 of 6 Revision 0 8.5.4.4 WIRE SAMPLE QUANTITY AND LOCATION REQUIREMENTS 8.5.4.4.1 ACCEPTABLE WIRE 8.5.4.4.1.1 Three specimens shall be tested. One sample shall be taken from approximately the middle of the tendon wire length, with the two remaining samples being taken, one from approximately each end of the tendon wire.

8.5.4.4.2 BROKEN WIRE 8.5.4.4.2.1 If Broken Wires require testing, three specimens shall be tested. One sample shall be taken from the wire length about one foot from either side of the break. The two remaining samples shall be taken, one from approximately each end of the tendon wire.

8.5.4.4.3 UNACCEPTABLE CATEGORY OF CORROSION CONDITION 8.5.4.4.3.1 If Unacceptable Category of Corrosion Condition Wires require testing, at least one specimen shall be tested, with that sample being taken from what is judged to be the worst representative section of the wire length.

Other samples may be selected and/or tested at the request of TMI Engineering.

8.5.4.5 If the wire testing is to be performed on site, it shall be acceptable to cut the 3 sample wires while the wire is being pulled out and coiled. Refer to PSC Procedure SQ 10.3 for the control and documentation requirements. The sample shall be cut from each end and the middle of the wire and as cited in Section 8.5.4.4.1.1 above and shall be about 10' long, unless the wires are to be cut to the required testing length.

8.5.4.6 Sample selection shall include areas representative of the most significant Category of Corrosion if this condition exists on the removed wire. Provide samples of this condition in addition to the original 3 samples required. Samples shall not contain gripper marks from the pulling device.

8.5.4.6.1 As a note of caution, be sure that the wire is moving freely before cutting.

Otherwise there could be difficulty in removing the wire, requiring assist devices that could leave surface marks on the wire.

8.5.4.6.2 QCQ - When the wire is cut for samples, document the area of removal on Data Sheet 10.2 for later transfer to Data Sheet 10.3 of PSC Procedure SQ 10.3. Document each location of sample removal and tag each cut length for area of removal, tendon identification, pulling direction, date, and plant name and unit.

II-25 SQ 10.2 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 762 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 308 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 10.2 TEST WIRE REMOVAL 09/03/13 Page 6 of 6 Revision 0 8.5.5 Attach a tag to the end of the wire being pulled that identifies the tendon, end of removal, pulling direction, date, and plant name and unit. If the wire is cut for samples during removal, the cut lead or front end of the wire shall be identified by tendon number, end of removal, and location in the total length of the test wire to permit reconstruction of that wire as it existed in the tendon.

8.5.6 The coiled wire, whether a single piece or cut pieces, shall be securely tied and covered with plastic sheeting or a plastic bag to protect the wire from inclement conditions.

8.6 If it becomes necessary to remove any additional wires from a tendon for physical testing, this procedure shall be followed to include the additional documentation. For example, Broken Wires or wires with Active Corrosion may be instructed to be removed by TMI Engineering.

8.7 QCD - Each wire that has been removed for physical testing during this surveillance shall be documented for location of removal on Data Sheet in TMI Procedure 1301-9.1 Rev 23, using the appropriate Code Symbol. Document the posting of this information on Data Sheet 10.2.

8.8 QCD - Document the identification and recalibration date of the measuring device and the wire Pulling Ram, if used, on Data Sheet 10.2.

9.0 DOCUMENTATION 9.1 The items requiring documentation in this procedure shall be documented on Data Sheet 10.2.

9.2 Some information documented on Data Sheet 10.2 shall require subsequent posting to Data Sheet in TMI Procedure 1301-9.1 Rev 23 and to Data Sheet 10.3 of PSC Procedure SQ 10.3.

9.3 The Data Sheet references the applicable Section or Step number of the procedure for each QCD or HOLD POINT.

10.0 ATTACHMENTS 10.1 Data Sheet 10.2 25 SQ 10.2 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 763 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 309 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ10.2 TEST WIRE REMOVAL Data Sheet 10.2 09/03/13 Page 1 of 1 Revision 0 Project: TMI 40TH YEAR TENDON SURVEILLANCE [] UNIT 1 Tendon No.: Tendon End: __ Shop E] Field Removal Date: Inspection Date:

WIRE REMOVAL INSPECTION CORROSION INSPECTION 0 LENGTH INTERVALS (8.5.4.1.1) Document the Corrosion Category for each 10' of wire inthe increments below. Use Categories described inPSC SQ 8.0.

For Corrosion Level C document condition on an NCR. NCR Req'd: [] NO E] YES NCR#

(8.5.4.3.1) Document the total length of the wire on the diagram below. Completed: 0 NO C3 YES Buttonhead End 0' 10' 20' 30' 30' 40' 50' 60' 60' 70' 0 90' 90' 100' 110' 120' 120' 130' 140' 150' 150' 160' 170' 180' 180' 190' 200' 210' 210' 220' 230W 240' 240' 250' 260' 270' 270' 280' 290' 300' 300' 310' 320' 330' Cut End (8.5.4.6.2) Was the wire cut for samples: E] NO 0i YES document the area of removal above using symbol X.

(8.7) Document the location of wire removed on Data Sheet 8.0, ANCHORAGE INSPECTION: D Completed (8.8) Measuring Device: ID Number Recal Date:

(8.8) Wire Pull Ram ID Number_

Q.C Level: Date:

Inspector QC Reviewed Level: Date:

25 SQ 10.2 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 764 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 310 of 415 EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (4 0TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE TESTING TENDON WIRES Q.C. INSPECTOR 09/03/13 Prepared by Title Date Q.A. MANAGER 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date PRESIDENT 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date 26 SQ 10.3 TMI.13 ISla Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 765 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 311 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 10.3 TESTING TENDON WIRES 09/03/13 0 1) f 13 Revision 0 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure will establish the requirements for the Physical Testing of tendon wires removed from Post-Tensioning System Tendons, during the 40"f Year In-Service-Inspections (surveillance) of the Post-Tensioning System Tendons of Exelon's Three Mile Island Nuclear Plant - Unit 1.

2.0 SCOPE 2.1 The intention of this procedure is to provide the means of physically testing an Acceptable Wire removed from a tendon. However, this Procedure shall also apply for the physical testing of wires which may have been found to be Broken or in an Unacceptable Category of Corrosion.

2.2 An approved Test Laboratory will be utilized for the physical testing.

2.3 Testing is to be done per the requirements of ASTM A370 as noted in ASTM A421.

2.4 The Laboratory that performs the testing shall be responsible for controlling the samples, performing the testing, documenting the testing on Laboratory letterhead stationery and submitting the reports to:

PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION 3468 Watling Road East Chicago, IN46312 Attention: Quality Assurance 2.4.1 The Laboratory shall further be responsible to utilize trained personnel for the testing and maintain the calibrated status, traceable to the NIST, for all test or measuring devices that may be used in providing test results.

2.4.2 The Laboratory shall provide open access for inspection, survey or audit, as the need might arise, to PSC or its customers.

2.5 The PSC Quality Assurance Organization shall be responsible for the qualification of Laboratory sources.

2.6 Where specified in the Contract Documents, the Owner or his Agent shall have the right of approval for Laboratory sources.

2.7 The PSC Quality Control/Quality Assurance and/or Engineering Department shall review the reports for accuracy and content and for evaluation of the acceptability of those results.

2.7.1 This report shall be submitted to the Owner or his Agent with the final Surveillance Report.

26 SQ 10.3 TMI.13 ISla Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 766 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 312 of 415 EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (4 0TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE CONTINUITY TEST Q.C. INSPECTOR 09/03/13 Prepared by Title Date Q.A. MANAGER 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date PRESIDENT 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date U U v

27 SQ 10.5 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 767 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 313 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 10.5 CONTINUITY TEST 09/03/13 SRSRevision 0 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure will establish the requirements for performing a Continuity Test of tendon wires for purposes of visual inspection and evaluation of, usually, Protruding/Unseated tendon wires for Post-Tensioning System Tendons, during the 4 0 th Year In-Service-Inspections (surveillance) of the Post-Tensioning System Tendons of Exelon's Three Mile Island Nuclear Plant - Unit 1.

2.0 SCOPE 2.1 The Continuity Test may be performed at the request of TMI Engineering if additional tendon wires are found to be Protruding/Unseated since the original installation or previous surveillance during the Buttonhead Inspection of PSC Procedure SQ 8.0.

3.0 RESPONSIBILITY 3.1 In the event of conflict between any TMI Procedure and an SQ, the former governs.

3.2 As stated in PSC Procedure QA 4.0.

4.0 QUALIFICATIONS 4.1 As stated in PSC Procedure QA 4.1.

5.0 QUALITY CONTROL 5.1 This procedure contains no HOLD POINTS. All Quality Control Documentation (QCD points shall only require documentation of information or evaluation data. The required information or evaluation data shall be documented on Data Sheet 10.5.

6.0 EQUIPMENT 6.1 Equipment needed for the continuity test includes a tapeline, the pulling device and jacks or hoisting equipment, calibrated hydraulic devices and gauges.

7.0 PRECAUTIONS CAUTION - WHEN PULLING INDIVIDUAL WIRES, NEVER EXCEED 80% OF THE GUARANTEED MINIMUM ULTIMATE STRENGTH OF THAT WIRE WHEN PULLING WITH THE PULLING DEVICE - 9,425 POUNDS.

8.0 PREREQUISITES 8.1 The Grease Cap will be removed and grease samples taken.

8.2 The Anchorage Inspection will be complete, with protruding wires in evidence.

27 SQ 10.5 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 768 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 314 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 10.5 CONTINUITY TEST 09/03/13 Page 3 of 5 Revision 0 8.3 The tendon will be detensioned; it has been monitored for forces.

8.4 Each wire that was determined to be Protruding/Unseated as a result of the Buttonhead Inspection of TMI Procedure 1301-9.1 Rev 23 will be adequately identified either by marking, tagging or reference to Data Sheet.

8.5 The anchorages at each end of the tendon will be pushed back about 12 inches.

8.6 QCD - Document the tendon identification, Unit # and tendon end on Data Sheet 10.5.

9.0 CONTINUITY TEST 9.1 The Protruding/Unseated wire shall be located.

9.1.1 QCD - Document the location of each wire by marking it on the appropriate anchorhead sketch. Number each mark corresponding with the wire numbers in the table so as to identify which data is for each wire tested. If more wires need to be tested on one tendon than will fit on Data Sheet 10.5 it will be acceptable to use additional sheets and continue the sequential numbering so as not to reuse any numbers.

9.2 The Tendon Surveillance Wire Puller shown in Figure 1 of this procedure shall be attached to the wire to be tested.

9.3 The wire shall be pulled with the Wire Puller using as little force as possible, but not to exceed 9,425 pounds.

9.3.1 If the wire cannot be moved by hand, it shall be acceptable to use any mechanical device to accomplish that purpose, such as a "Come-A-long", "Chain-Hoist",

"Chain-Pawl" or hydraulic cylinder.

9.3.2 It is unlikely that anything but the hydraulic cylinder will be able to exert such an amount of force so as to yield or break the wire. Therefore, hydraulic devices shall be controlled for force through a calibrated gauge or controlled for maximum force through a locking valve to control the amount of pressure to be exerted.

9.3.3 There remains a possibility that a limited force might not move the wire. It may be possible to break that wire loose with force in excess of 9,425 pounds. This attempt shall only be undertaken with the mutual consent of TMI Engineering responsible for the In-Service Inspection and the PSC Construction Manager.

9.3.3.1 If it is decided to exceed the control force, the amount of force used to move that wire shall be documented and evaluated for impact on the strength of the wire and the force to be applied to the Retensioning of the tendon.

27 SQ 10.5 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 769 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 315 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 10.5 CONTINUITY TEST 09/03/13 Page 4 of 5 Revision 0 9.3.3.2 QCD - Document the maximum force used to move the wire on Data Sheet 10.5, if over 9,425 pounds.

9.4 The wire shall be considered continuous if it can be observed to move at the opposite end of the tendon.

9.4.1 QCD - Document that wire as continuous on Data Sheet 10.5.

9.5 If the wire cannot be observed to be moving, it could be broken and the pulling shall continue until that wire is removed.

9.5.1 QCD - Document that wire as discontinuous on Data Sheet 10.5. As the wire is drawn it shall be checked for corrosion condition and to determine the cause of breakage, if possible. Document the Category of Corrosion of the wire using Table 1 in SQ 8.0. Also document, where possible, the reason for breaking.

9.5.2 QCD - If the wire is broken, it shall be shown as broken on Data Sheet 8.0 and added to the total of Broken/Missing Wires and the Code Symbol modified to reflect that fact.

9.5.2.1 If any or all of the Protruding/Unseated wires since the original installation or previous surveillance are found to be broken and when added to the amount of Broken/Missing Wires on Data Sheet totals 1 or more, it shall be necessary to notify TMI Engineering of this condition in accordance with the requirements of TMI Procedure 1301-9.1 Rev 23. It shall be acceptable to continue working and notify TMI Engineering at the earliest opportunity, but within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> of discovery.

9.5.2.2 If any or all the Protruding/Unseated wires have been determined to be continuous, each shall be re-inspected for Protrusion after Retensioning to see if they have seated themselves. An evaluation of that condition shall be performed after Retensioning.

9.5.2.3 QCD - If any or all the Protruding/Unseated wires remain unseated after Retensioning, it shall be reported as required of TMI Procedure 1301-9.1 Rev 23.

9.6 QCD - Document any comments identifying any nonconforming or adverse observations or conditions 10.0 DOCUMENTATION 10.1 The items requiring documentation shall be documented on Data Sheet 10.5 or to TMI Data Sheet of TMI Procedure 1301-9.1 Rev 23.

ISI 27 SQ 10.5 TMI.13 Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 770 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 316 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 10.5 CONTINUITY TEST 09/03/13 Page 5 of 5 Revision 0 11.0 ATTACHMENTS 11.1 Data Sheet 10.5 11.2 Figure 1.0 - Tendon Wire Puller Uv *~

27 SQ 10.5 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 771 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 317 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 10.5 CONTINUITY TEST Data Sheet 10.5 09/03/13 Page 1 of 1 Revision 0 S Project: TMI 40Tl YEAR TENDON SURVEILLANCE El UNIT 1 (8.6)Tendon No.: Tendon End: [I Shop El Field CONTINUITY TEST DOCUMENTATION (9.1.1) (9.3.3.2) Continuous (9.5.1) (9.5.2.3)

Wire Force i Corrosion Broken & (9.6) Comments QC Signoff greater than (9.4.1) (9.5.1) Condition Posted to No. 9,425 lbs Yes No _ _ D.S. 8.0 Identify each wire to be tested by labeling it on one of the sketches below. Mark each wire with a number corresponding to the rows above.

Orient the anchorage sketch with the Anchorhead ID. The Comments area is to be used to identify any nonconforming conditions. a

,Nw This form can be used to verify up to 17 individual wires in columnar fashion. If more than 17 are to be I Row Wires verified or if the entire row is to be verified, then a row by row 1 7 inspection shall be performed.

000000000 2 8 0000000000 3 11 0000000000000 4 12 00000000000000 5 13 0000000000000 6 14 Orient the anchorage sketch with 00000000000000 7 13 the Heat Code Identification and 00000000000 8 14 00000000000000 note the wire number as it appears 00000000000000 9 13 in each row starting from the left 0000000000000 10 14 side of each row.

0000000000000 11 13 00000000000 12 12 13 11 00000000____ 14 8 15 7 The comment area shall be used to identify particular wires or provide inspection remarks.

Q.C Inspector Level: Date QC Reviewed Level: Date 27 SQ 10.5 TMI.13 ISI Ib U-Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 772 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 318 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 10.5 CONTINUITY TEST Figure 1.0 09/03/13 Page 1 of 1 Revision 0 Fiqure 1.0 - Tendon Wire Puller Figure 1.0 is a represented sample of a wire puller and is not a quality controlled device.

The actual wire puller may vary somewhat from this configuration.

27 SQ 10.5 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 773 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 319 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 11.0 RETENSION TENDONS 09/03/13 Page 1 of 10 Revision 0 EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (4 0TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE RE-TENSIONING TENDONS Q.C. INSPECTOR 09103/13 Prepared by Title Date Q.A. MANAGER 09103/13 Approved by Title Date PRESIDENT 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date w

28 SQ 11.0 TMI.13 ISI.doc Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 774 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 320 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 11.0 RETENSION TENDONS 09/03/13 Page 2 of 10 Revision 0 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure will establish the requirements for Retensioning Tendons after visual inspection, testing and evaluation during the In-Service Inspections (Surveillances) of the Post-Tensioning System Tendons at Exelon's Three Mile Island Nuclear Plant-Unit 1.

2.0 RESPONSIBILITY 2.1 In the event of conflict between any TMI Procedure and an SQ, the former governs.

2.2 As stated in PSC Procedure QA 4.0.

3.0 QUALIFICATIONS 3.1 As stated in PSC Procedure QA 4.1.

4.0 EQUIPMENT 4.1 The gauges and test equipment necessary for the quality control activities will be itemized in PSC Procedure SQ 4.0.

. 5.0 PRECAUTIONS 5.1 Review the i.S.I. Tendon Surveillance Program Safety Comments for the items that shall apply both for tendon force control and personnel safety.

6.0 QUALITY CONTROL 6.1 This procedure contains HOLD POINTS. The work shall not progress past or through a HOLD POINT without a sign-off from the QC Inspector. All Quality Control Documentation (LCD) points shall only require documentation of information or evaluation data. The sign-offs and required information or evaluation data shall be documented on Data Sheet 11.0 or Data Sheet 9.0 of PSC Procedure SQ 9.0.

7.0 PREREQUISITES 7.1 All inspections required by PSC Procedure SQ 2.0 will be complete and acceptable.

7.2 Ensure that coupler strength verification (SQ 7.1) has been completed for that coupler/anchorage combination.

8.0 MEASUREMENTS 8.1 STEEL RULERS 28 SQ 11.0 TMI.13 ISI.doc Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 775 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 321 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 11.0 RETENSION TENDONS 09/03/13 Page 3 of 10 Revision 0 8.1.1 Measurements of tendon elongation or shim stack height shall be performed with calibrated steel rulers graduated in tenths of an inch (0.1"). The measurements shall be recorded to the nearest 0.05". See Sketch 7.0 at the end of this procedure.

8.1.2 A steel caliper may be used to take the elongation measurement. One caliper blade shall be placed against the bearing plate and the other blade placed against the bottom of the anchorhead. The caliper blades shall be parallel to the tendon during measurement. When the parallel condition is established the blades shall be locked and the caliper withdrawn without disturbing the blade setting. The caliper blades shall be placed on the steel ruler and the dimension determined.

See Sketch 7.0 at the end of this procedure.

8.1.3 Tendon elongation measurement shall be performed by measuring the distance between the bearing plate and the bottom of the anchorhead for each end of the tendon.

8.2 PRESSURE GAUGES 8.2.1 Measurements of ram pressure (tendon force) shall be measured by calibrated pressure gauges capable of being read directly to 20 psig.

8.2.2 View the gauge face from a plane of view directly in front of the indicator needle to avoid parallax errors.

8.2.3 Gauge readings shall be interpolated to the nearest 10 psi.

8.2.4 All pressure gauges used shall have automatic compensation for temperature variations between gauge calibration and gauge use during surveillance.

9.0 RETENSIONING TENDONS 9.1 The intention of this operation is to stress (retension) those tendons that were detensioned for wire removal and testing during this surveillance and any other tendons that may have been detensioned for evaluation.

9.2 Retensioning of tendons shall be performed on both ends of a hoop and dome tendon, or, single end of a vertical tendon which are only retensioned from the top end. Where it is not possible to perform simultaneous stressing of a tendon, Exelon Engineering shall be notified in writing to provide resolution for such conditions.

Adequate communication shall be maintained between both ends of the tendon during the taking of liftoff readings for simultaneous stressing operations.

9.2.1 All data shall be documented on Data Sheet 11.0.

9.3 QCD - Document the tendon identification, unit # and tendon end on Data Sheet 11.0.

28 SQ 11.0 TMI.13 ISI.doc Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 776 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 322 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 11.0 RETENSION TENDONS 09/03/13 Page 4 of 10 Revision 0 9.4 ,CD- Document the exterior surface temperature near the tendon, ambient air temperature, identification and calibrated status of the thermometer(s) on Data Sheet 11.0.

9.5 HOLD POINT - The anchorhead and stressing adaptor threads are to be inspected for dirt, burrs, nicks, and damaged threads, if any condition precludes proper coupling the condition should be corrected after notifying Exelon Engineering in writing.

Anchorhead threads shall be inspected for deformation before and after any stressing operation and if any deformation is detected Exelon Engineering is to be notified in writing. Document acceptance on Data Sheet 11.0.

9.6 QCD- Document the amount of effective wires in each end of the tendon. Refer to Data Sheet 8.0 (12.5) for each tendon end. Document on Data Sheet 11.0.

9.7 HOLD POINT - Couple the rams to each anchorhead on that tendon (for single end stressed vertical tendons only the top anchorhead is used). Document on Data Sheet 11.0 that the stressing coupler is evenly aligned on the anchorhead washer and that full thread engagement is obtained.

9.7.1 Be sure that buttonheads do not protrude a significant distance, about one inch or more, above the anchorage face. Otherwise full engagement of the stressing adaptor may bend the wire over before the buttonheads seat on the anchorage face.

9.7.1.1 If wires protrude more than 1 inch the stressing adaptor may be coupled a minimum of 2 inches engagement and the tendon stressed to PTF to seat wires.

9.7.1.2 The stressing adaptor must then be removed to ensure protruding wires are less than 1 inch.

9.7.1.3 Recouple and procede.

9.7.2 Be sure that the anchorage does not recess itself inside the stressing adaptor during coupling. Otherwise the stressing adaptor will seat on the shim stack and will not be capable of being unthreaded from the anchorage. Anchorage should protrude a maximum of 1/4" from coupler face.

9.7.3 QCD- Document the ram and pressure gauge identification number, calibration due date of each and the Ram Area and Calibration Constant (K). Document on Data Sheet 11.0.

9.8 Determine the Pretensioning Force, Overstress Force and Lock-off (seating) Force and pressure values for that tendon based on the following definitions:

28 SQ 11.0 TMI.13 ISI.doc Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 777 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 323 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 11.0 RETENSION TENDONS 09/03/13 Page 5 of 10 Revision 0 9.8.1 Pretensioning Force (PTF) - That force necessary to bring the tendon into a lightly stressed condition to remove slack and seat the button heads. This force establishes the base for elongation measurement. The Pretensioning Force values for each tendon to be re-tensioned shall be seen in the Re-tensioning Data, PSC Procedure SQ 11.1.

9.8.2 Overstress Force (OSF) - That force at which maximum elongation is determined.

Overstress values for each tendon to be re-tensioned shall be found in the Re-tensioning data, PSC Procedure SQ 11.1.

9.8.3 Lock-off Force (LOF) - That force at which the tendon load is transferred to the shim stack from the ram. Ifthe detensioned tendon had an accepted lift-off force greater than its Predicted Force obtained in PSC Procedure SQ 9.0 the Lock-Off Force shall be the as found lift-off force within a tolerance of minus 0% and plus 6%. Ifthe detensioned tendon had a lift-off force less than its Predicted Force obtained in PSC Procedure SQ 9.0 the Lock-Off Force shall be the Predicted Force from PSC Procedure SQ 9.1 within a tolerance of minus 0% and plus 6%.

Lock-off Force is not to exceed 70% of G.U.T.S. (1394 kips for a 169 wire tendon, or 8.25 kips per wire).

9.8.4 QCD- Document the calculated PTF, Step 1 (800 Kips), Step 2 (1200 Kips), LOF and OSF forces and pressures. Document the Calculated Elongation for Step 1, Step 2, and Overstress from PSC Procedure SQ 11.1 on Data Sheet 11.0.

9.8.5 The tendon shall never be stressed beyond 80% of the Minimum Guaranteed Ultimate Strength (GUTS) of the effective wires remaining in that tendon.

CAUTION-ONCE ACUTAL STRESSING BEGINS, THE RAM MUST NEVER BE EXTENDED TO THE FULL LIMIT OF ITS STROKE. THE EXTENSION SHOULD BE AT LEAST 1/2" LESS THAN THE FULL STROKE OF THE RAM.

9.9 TENDON STRESSING (RETENSIONING) 9.9.1 The shim space at each end of the tendon shall be approximately equalized by pressurizing the stressing rams. (Teamwork is especially important from now on until the stressing is completed.) The two stressing crews shall verbally confirm the equalization of the space, or adjust it as necessary. This distance from the bearing plate to the back of the anchorhead should be approximately equal at both ends.

28 SO 11.0 TMI.13 ISI.doc Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 778 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 324 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 11.0 RETENSION TENDONS 09/03/13 Page 6 of 10 Revision 0 9.9.2 During the application of force to a tendon that is being simultaneously stressed from both ends, the pressure at one end of the tendon shall not exceed the other by more than 1000 psi. For example, if End "A" has moved to 2000 psi, the pressure at that end shall be held until the Opposite or "B" End has achieved that value, then both shall progress to the next value. If different size Rams/Jacks are being used, contact PSC Engineering or QA for maximum variance.

9.9.3 It may be necessary to multiple stage stress the tendon if the ram stroke is too short to accommodate reaching overstress. Stage stressing is accomplished by shimming the load at either end of the tendon when the stroke limit is reached.

The pullrod shall be adjusted for the next stressing stage and stressing shall continue as cited below.

9.9.4 Once the space is approximately equalized at each end of the tendon, the ram or rams shall be pressurized to the Pre-tensioning Force (PTF) for the amount of effective wires remaining in the tendon.

9.9.4.1 QCD- Document the actual force in kips and pressure in psi and the Actual Elongation measured at PTF. Document on Data Sheet 11.0.

9.9.5 Continue pressurizing the ram past the PTF to Step 1 (800 kips).

9.9.5.1 QCD- Document the Actual Elongation measured at Step 1 and the Actual Force in kips and pressure in psi observed at Step 1. Document on Data Sheet 11.0.

9.9.6 Continue pressurizing the ram past Step 1 to Step 2 (1200 kips).

9.9.6.1 QCD- Document the Actual Elongation measured at step 2 and the Actual Force in kips and pressure in psi observed at Step 2. Document on Data Sheet 11.0.

9.9.7 Continue stressing to the Overstress Force (OSF).

9.9.7.1 QCD- Document the Actual Overstress Pressure in psi and Force in kips reached and measure and document the elongation of the tendon at OSF.

Document on Data Sheet 11.0.

9.9.8 QC.D- Calculate Actual Elongation by subtracting the elongation at PTF (9.9.4.1) from the elongation at OSF (9.9.7.1). Document on Data Sheet 11.0.

9.9.9 QCD - Document the other end tendon elongation on Data Sheet 11.0.

9.9.10 QCD- Calculate and document the Total Tendon Elongation by adding the elongation from both ends together. Document on Data Sheet 11.0.

28SQ 11.0 TMI.13 ISI.doc Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 779 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 325 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 11.0 RETENSION TENDONS 09/03/13 Page 7 of 10 Revision 0 9.9.11 HOLD POINT- Calculate the percent variation between the total tendon elongation during surveillance and the total tendon elongation at original installation using the following formula:

TotalTendonElongation(Surveillance)- TotalTendonElongation(Original)x 100%

TotalTendonElongation(Original) 9.9.12 The Total Tendon Elongation of the tendon during the Surveillance shall be compared to the Original Installation. Percent variation shall not exceed plus or minus 10%.

9.9.12.1 QCD- Document the percent of variation, and document the identification and recalibration date of the measuring device. Document on Data Sheet 11.0.

9.9.12.2 If the Total Tendon Elongation, when compared to the original installation elongation is not within the plus or minus 10% tolerance, the shims shall be removed and the load shall be reduced to zero and Sections 9.9.1 through 9.9.12.1 repeated. If the elongation does not meet the specified tolerance after the second restressing, the tendon shall be locked off at the required force and Exelon Engineering shall be notified of the deficiency as required by Section 10.0 of this Procedure.

9.9.12.3 QCD- Document the acceptance or non-acceptance of the elongation and the notification of Exelon Engineering, if applicable. Document on Data Sheet 11.0.

If the elongation variation is acceptable, the work shall continue as follows:

9.9.12.4 Depressurize the ram reducing the force from overstress to a point about 100 kips above Lock-off but below overstress and prepare to install the shims. As a guide, the original shim stack height should be considered as the starting point for achieving the restoration of force.

9.9.12.5 At any point prior to or during stressing, the field crew shall prepare shim stacks of uniform thicknesses, so that when the shims are placed, the height differential between individual stacks shall not exceed 1/16 inches, thereby maintaining the integrity of the established parallelism between the bearing plate and anchorhead. Badly deformed shims should be replaced by new or acceptable shims of equivalent thickness.

9.9.12.6 After the Target Lock-off point has been reached or slightly higher, the shims shall be placed between the bearing plate and anchorage in diametrically opposite pairs. Continue filling this gap with shims until a small enough space remains so that the anchorhead can be lowered to the shim stack placing the load transfer within the required lock-off tolerance.

28 SO 11.0 TMI.13 ISI.doc Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 780 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 326 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 11.0 RETENSION TENDONS 09/03/13 Page 8 of 10 Revision 0 9.9.12.7 HOLD POINT- When inserting split shims, the three inch (3") thick shim is adjacent to the anchorhead and the one inch (1") thick shim is adjacent to the bearing plate. Incremental shims are inserted between the 3 inch and 1 inch shims. The difference in height of the stacks of shim halves shall not differ by more than 1/16". While the shims are being placed, the space between the each shim halve for the first shims in direct contact with the anchorage shall not exceed a space of 1/4 inch on either side of the shims. The remaining shims in the shim stack may be placed with a larger spacing but shall not exceed 1/2 inch on either side of the shims. No part of the anchorhead shall overhang the shim stack.

9.10 LOCK-OFF VERIFICATION 9.10.1 To assure that the correct forces have been applied to the tendon, the following lock-off verification shall be performed.

9.10.2 Insert two feeler gages or shim stock, about 0.030" in thickness, between the anchorhead and shim. The feeler gages should be located about 180 degrees apart and approximately centered.

9.10.3 Reduce the ram pressure until the load is transferred on the shim stack. It shall not be necessary to return to zero gauge pressure, but at least 2000 psi less than the pressure that was needed to insert the shim stock.

9.10.4 Gradually pressurize the ram while pulling the feeler gages. The point at which the feeler gauge comes loose and can be withdrawn is the Lock-off Reading.

9.10.5 QCD- Document the acceptable lock-off tolerance range which is calculated in accordance with section 9.8.3 of this procedure. Indicate with a check which option is being used. Document on Data Sheet 11.0.

9.10.6 QCD- Document the pressure for each Lock-off Reading of each shim stack. Place a circle around that Lock-off Reading that was the last to have the feeler gauge or shim removed. (The last shim stack to come loose.) Do not intermix the values for the shim stacks. Stack 1 will always be Stack 1. Document on Data Sheet 11.0.

9.10.7 Repeat sections 9.10.1 through 9.10.5 until 3 consecutive circled Lock-off readings have been taken, which should be within 25 kips of each other, if this cannot be achieved the feeler gauges may be repositioned and readings attempted again.

9.10.8 QCD- Post the Circled Lock-off Readings into the Circled Lock-off Reading Column. It may be possible to have the Lock-off occur in each shim stack. Add the Circled Lock-off Values and divide by 3 to get the Actual End Average. Record the Actual End Average. Document on Data Sheet 11.0.

28 SQ 11.0 TMI.13 ISI.doc Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 781 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 327 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 11.0 RETENSION TENDONS 09/03/13 Page 9 of 10 Revision 0 9.10.9 QCD - Enter the Actual End Average from the opposite end of the tendon.

Document on Data Sheet 11.0.

9.10.10 QCD - Calculate the Average Lock-off Value (ALV) for this tendon by adding the lock-off forces from both ends (9.10.8 and 9.10.9) and dividing by 2 to get the average. Document on Data Sheet 11.0.

9.10.11 HOLD POINT- On Data Sheet 11.0, document the acceptance or non-acceptance of the ALV in accordance with section 9.8.3 of this procedure. If the requirements cannot be met, notify Exelon Engineering by a Nonconformance Report.

9.10.12 If the Lock-off readings are acceptable, the load shall be transferred to the shim stack and the ram pressure reduced to zero.

9.10.13 With the ram at zero force or pressure, it shall be uncoupled from the anchorage.

9.10.14 A visual examination of the tendon just retensioned, shall be performed to determine if any wires have broken during stressing. The number of additional wires or buttonheads that have broken or are missing shall be documented.

9.10.15 QCD - Document additional broken/missing wires/buttonheads on Data Sheet 11.0 for later transfer to Data Sheet 8.0. Document on Data Sheet 11.0 9.10.16 QCD - Document additional Protruding/Unseated wires for later transfer to Data Sheet 8.0. Document on Data Sheet 11.0.

9.10.17 QCD- Document the shim stack height for the final accepted Lock-off reading.

9.10.18 The Re-tensioning is now concluded and grease cap replacement shall follow.

10.0 NOTIFICATION 10.1 Exelon Engineering shall be formally notified when each one or more of the following conditions are detected during retensioning of tendons.

10.2 If coupling to a certain tendon or simultaneous stressing from both ends of a hoop or dome tendon is not possible, notify Exelon Engineering in writing.

10.3 If one or more additional broken/missing buttonheads/wires are detected, Exelon Engineering shall be notified with a Nonconformance Report (NCR).

10.4 Ifthe tendon Lock-Off Force cannot be left within minus 0% or plus 6% of the force as stated in Section 9.8.3 of this Procedure, Exelon Engineering shall be notified by a nonconformance report.

28 SQ 11.0 TMI.13 ISI.doc Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 782 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 328 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 11.0 RETENSION TENDONS 09/03/13 Page 10 of 10 Revision 0 10.5 Ifthe variation between the measured elongation at installation and the calculated measured elongation during surveillance exceeds plus or minus 10%, Exelon Engineering shall be notified with a nonconformance report.

10.6 If any deformation of anchorage threads are detected before or after any stressing operation, Exelon Engineering is to be notified with a nonconformance report.

11.0 DOCUMENTATION 11.1 The items requiring documentation in this procedure shall be documented on Data Sheet 11.0.

11.2 The Data Sheet references the applicable section or step number of this procedure for each QCD or HOLD POINT.

11.3 Some information from Data Sheet 8.0 of PSC Procedure SQ 8.0, which has already been started for this tendon, shall require posting onto Data Sheet 11.0.

11.4 Some information from Data Sheet 11.0 shall require posting onto Data Sheet 8.0.

12.0 ATTACHMENTS 12.1 Data Sheet 11.0 12.2 Sketch 7.0

-  !~

w 28 SQ 11.0 TMI.13 ISI.doc Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 783 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 329 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 11.0 RETENSION TENDONS DATA SHEET SQ 11.0 09/03/13 Page 1 of 2 Revision 0 Project: TMI 40TH YEAR TENDON SURVEILLANCE 0l Unit 1 [] Unit 2 (9.3)Tendon No.: Tendon End: [I Shop El Field (9.4) Temp. of Concrete: OF Thermometer No.: Recal Date:

Ambient Temp.: OF Thermometer No.: Recal Date:

(9.5) Anchorhead and Stressing Adapter Threads: 0l Acceptable El Unacceptable RETENSIONING DOCUMENTATION QC Signoffs (9.6) Number of Effective Wires: (from Data Sht. 8.0)

(9.7) Anchorhead and Stressing Adapter Engagement/Alignment: El Acceptable E] Unacceptable (9.7.3) RAM ID: Recal Date: RAM Area: K Gauge ID: Recal Date: Daily Check:

Calculated Force for Elongation Measurement and Retensioning using formula below NOTE: Stress during Lift-Off should not exceed 9.425 kips per effective wire or 1592 kips for a 169 wire tendon.

(9.8.4) PTF = kips Pressure: psi Step I = kips Pressure: psi Elongation: in.

Step 2 = kips Pressure: psi Elongation: in.

LOF = kips Pressure: psi OSF = kips Pressure: psi Elongation: in.

P=(F-K) x1000 Key: F = Force (kips) 2 A A = Ram Area (in)

P = Gauge Pressure (psi)

K = Constant factor (kips)

(CAUMON: "K"constants can be either positive or negative.)

QC Reviewed: Level: Date:

W 28 SQ 11.0 TMI.13 ISI.doc Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 784 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 330 of 415 Project: TMI 40TH YEAR TENDON SURVEILLANCE [: Unit I El Unit 2 (9.3)Tendon Tendon End: El Shop El Field Actual Observed Force and Elongation Measurements using formula below QC Signoffs (9.9.4.1) PTF = kips Pressure: psi (D Elongation: in.

(9.9.5.1) Step 1 kips Pressure: psi Elongation: in.

(9.9.6.1) Step 2 kips Pressure: psi Elongation: in.

(9.9.7.1) OSF = kips Pressure: psi (D Elongation: in.

F- =AxP+K 1000 (9.9.8) ) - (= in. Elongation Value (this end)

(9.9.9) in. Elongation Value (opposite end)

(9.9.10) in. TOTAL Tendon Elongation Value (9.9.12.1) Elongation  % Ruler ID: Recal Date:

(9.9.12.3) Elongation Results El Acceptable [I Unacceptable Customer Notified NCR No:

Options Original Lift-off Values from Data Sheet SQ 9.0 A Lift-off < Predicted Force El Use Predicted Force - 0 + 6%

B Lift-off > Predicted Force El Use Lift-off - 0 + 6%

C Lift-off > 67% GUTS El Use 70% + 0 - 3% GUTS (effective wires)

D Lift-off > 70% GUTS El Use 70% + 0 - 3% GUTS (effective wires)

(9.10.5) LOF Acceptable Range Min Max As found lift-off/or predicted (highest): kips kips From: psi To: psi (9.10.6) Actual Lift-Off (9.10.8) Circled Values Stack #1: 1) psi Stack #2: 1 psi 1) psi

2) psi 2 psi 2) psi

3) psi 3 psi 3) psi (9.10.8) Force (this end): kips Actual Average: psi (9.10.9) Force (opposite end): kips (9.10.10)Tendon ALV Force kips (9.10.11) ALV Acceptable: El Yes El No Customer Notified NCR No.:

(9.10.15) Additional broken/missing wires: El No [E Yes Amount:

(9.10.16) Additional Protruding/Unseated wires: El No El Yes Amount:

If Yes - Customer Notified NCR No.:

(9.10.17) Final Shim Stack Height: #1: in. #2: in.

QC Reviewed: Level: Date:

28 SQ 11.0 TMI.13 ISI.doc Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 785 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 331 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 11.0 RETENSION TENDONS SKETCH 7.0 09/03/13 Page 1 of 1 Revision 0 Elongation Measurement - Sketch 7.0 t, t Distance between blade points.

rI . 21 ' 3' ,

After caliper Is removed without disturbing setting, place the caliper on the scale at a convenient point, but not on an uneven end and make the measurement.

]r 3.15 3.40 3.70 3.90 T T T T I

• I I- . L .

I

.1 ' .2I .3 I AF "I I .9I I .6I .7.8 3 4 Scale graduated In tenths of an inch (0.10")

and estimated to the nearest 0.05 Inches.

a-W 28 SQ 11.0 TMI.13 ISI.doc Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 786 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 332 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 11.1 PSC ENGINEERING DATA 09/03/13 Page 1 of 5 Revision 0 EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (4 0TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE PSC ENGINEERING DATA lb."a dcvt&) Q.C. INSPECTOR 09/03/13 Prepared by Title Date Q.A. MANAGER 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date PRESIDENT 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date 29 SQ 11.1.TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 787 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 333 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 11.1 PSC ENGINEERING DATA 09/03/13 0PRECISION ANCE Revision 0 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure will establish the PSC Engineering requirements for the Retensioning of Tendons after the tendon has been Detensioned for purposes of Anchorage Inspection and Sample Wire Removal from the Post-Tensioning System Tendons of Exelon's Three Mile Island Nuclear Plant - Unit 1.

2.0 SCOPE 2.1 The requirements for the Retensioning of Tendons have been described in TMI Procedure 1301-9.1 Rev 23. While there was some mention of the force values to be applied to a tendon in that Procedure that was only intended as general information.

This Procedure will provide the required Engineering Data for the Retensioning operation.

2.2 The data shown herein shall establish the requirements for tendon elongation, PTF and OSF for tendon elongation during the Retensioning of Tendons and the Predicted Forces that affect each Surveillance Tendon.

2.2.1 PRETENSIONING FORCE (PTF) 2.2.1.1 The Pretensioning Force (PTF) removes the slack from the tendon and provides a baseline number for elongation measurement. The Table seen in Section 3 of this Procedure will provide the required data for the Retensioning of Tendons.

2.2.2 OVERSTRESS FORCE (OSF) - FOR ELONGATION 2.2.2.1 The Overstress Force for Elongations is that force which must be achieved in order to develop the final elongation measurement used in the comparison of actual tendon elongation to the original or calculated tendon elongation. The Overstress Force for this surveillance will be the same as used for the Original Installation adjusted for the remaining Effective Wires.

2.2.3 OVERSTRESS FORCE - DO NOT EXCEED 2.2.3.1 At no time shall any tendon be subjected to an Overstress Force which exceeds 1592 Kips for a 169 wire tendon. Tendons with less than 169 wires shall be reduced in force by 9.425 Kips for each wire less than 169.

29SQ 11.1.TM1.131SI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 788 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 334 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 11.1 PSC ENGINEERING DATA 09/03/13 Page 3 of 5 Revision 0 3.0 RETENSIONING DATA 3.1 TMI Unit 1 - Restressing Data - Original Scope Tendons 168 207 1510 4.28 7.16 D-237 208.3 1518.9 167 206 1501 4.31 7.22 9.4 166 205 1492 4.35 7.27 168 207 1584 4.22 7.07 H13-03 208.3 1593 167 206 1574 4.26 7.12 9.8 166 205 1565 4.29 7.17 168 207 1464 5.80 9.72 V-159 208.3 1472.8 167 206 1455 5.85 9.79 12.3 166 205 1447 5.90 9.86 3.2 TMI Unit 1 - Restressinc Data - Auqmented Scope Tendons PREVIOUSLY AT RETENSIONING z

-12

< ý- -

0 LL LL LL Z <

0 1-- (0 w (n z z IL a 065 wm m o [L 2 ýý ýe :2ý cr 0 w 0- CL ý;:

9 R Rý R CD :7- CD Z=, 0 (D Cr Z) Li- W CD C) -j

ý2 Lu 168 199 1579 4.68 7.80 H51-40 199.8 1588.7 [ 167 197 1570 4.72 7.85 ] 10.75 166 196 1560 4.76 7.91 168 198 1577 4.80 7.99 V-136 199.4 1586.6 167 197 1568 4.84 8.05 11 166 196 1558 4.88 8.11 29 SQ 11.1.TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 789 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 335 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 11.1 PSC ENGINEERING DATA 09/03/13 Do. A MAf~

I ION ANCE Revision 0 3.3 NOTES CONCERNING ELONGATION DATA 3.3.1 The tendons for this project were based on 169 wires.

3.3.2 Pretensioning Force (PTF) for purposes of elongation shall be as shown in the table above for a 168 or less wire tendon. For each wire less than shown above, reduce PTF proportionately for each tendon using the formula shown in Section 3.2.2 of this procedure.

3.3.3 Overstress Force (OSF) for purposes of elongation shall be as shown in the table above for a 168 wire or less wire tendon. For each wire less than shown above, reduce OSF proportionately for each tendon using the formula shown in Section 3.2.1 of this Procedure.

3.3.4 The Overstress (OSF) Elongation shown above is the Total Elongation for the tendon from Installation or Previous Surveillance. The total elongation from Installation or Previous Surveillance shall be compared to the Total Actual Measured Elongation during this Surveillance.

3.4 FORCES DURING SURVEILLANCE 3.4.1 Overstress (OSF) during Retensioning:

(OSF at Installation) x (# of Wires during Retension)

1. of Wires during Installation 3.2.2. Pre-Tensioning (PTF) during Retensioning:

(PTF at Installation) x (# of Wires during Retension)

1. of Wires during Installation 3.5 USE OF "K" (CONSTANT) 3.5.1 With the use of regression analysis for the calibration of ram area, as seen in the PSC Ram Calibration Procedure where error calculation is also considered within the computer program, the ram area no longer reflects the ram size, but instead provides an area measurement with a correction factor related to pressure. This correction factor becomes a "Constant" (K), related only to that ram being calculated for area. The constant is a factor that considers the amount of force necessary to overcome internal resistance. This Constant will vary from ram to ram and could be positive or negative; that is, it may have to be added or subtracted from the total force to provide the true actual force measurement, whether that force is Pre Tensioning Force, Over-Stress Force, or Lock-Off Force.

29SQ 11.1.TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 790 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 336 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 11.1 PSC ENGINEERING DATA 09/03/13 Page 5 of 5 Revision 0 3.6 FORMULA AND WORKING RELATIONSHIPS 3.6.1 The basic formula for determining stressing force or stressing pressure when three factors are known is:

Key: F= Force (kips)

A = Ram Area (in2)

F= Ax P = Gauge Pressure (psi) 1000 K= Constant factor (kips)

(CAUTION: "K"constants can be either positive or negative.)

3.6.2 Only P or F could be unknown and remain to be determined. The other three factors will always be provided before beginning the calculations.

29SQ 11.1.TMI.13 181 Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 791 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 337 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.0 REPLACE GREASE CAP 09/03/13 Page 1 of 6 Revision 0 a

EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (4 0TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE GREASE CAP REPLACEMENT S0

~lLk & dau-) Q.C. INSPECTOR 09/03/13 Prepared by Title Date Q.A. MANAGER 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date PRESIDENT 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date 30 SQ 12.0 TMI.13 ISI a

w Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 792 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 338 of 415 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure will establish the requirements for the Replacement of Grease Caps after visual inspection and evaluation has been completed for the tendon end anchor head, shims, bearing plates and wires during In-Service Inspections (surveillance) of Post-Tensioning System Tendons of Exelon's Three Mile Island Nuclear Plant - Unit 1.

2.0 RESPONSIBILITY 2.1 In the event of conflict between any TMI Procedure and an SQ, the former governs.

2.2 Precision Surveillance Corporation Field Construction Personnel shall be responsible for the physical activities and recording of documentation associated with this procedure, as an option a Precision Surveillance Corporation QC Inspector may record the documentation.

3.0 QUALIFICATIONS 3.1 Precision Surveillance Corporation Field Construction Personnel shall be fit by skill, training and/or experience to perform these duties.

4.0 EQUIPMENT 4.1 There is no need for Quality control equipment for this procedure.

5.0 QUALITY CONTROL 5.1 There are no Quality Control Documentation (QCD) points or HOLD Points in this procedure.

6.0 PRECAUTIONS 6.1 Be prepared to support the weight of the grease cap.

7.0 PREREQUISITES 7.1 All other work, inspections and evaluations shall be completed with the exception of Grease Replacement.

7.2 Prior to replacement of grease caps record on Data Sheet SQ 12.0 the information required for tendon number, tendon end and date of grease cap replacement.

8.0 GREASE CAP REPLACEMENT 8.1 Tendon end caps are being installed per TMI Procedure 141 0-Y-83.

8.2 Installation of Hoop, Dome and lower Vertical caps.

30 SQ 12.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 793 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 339 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.0 REPLACE GREASE CAP 09/03/13 00RPRECISION evision 0 8.2.1 Only minor cleaning and brushing should be necessary to prepare the bearing plate and grease cap for remounting to the bearing plate or anchorage.

8.2.2 Prepare bearing plate surface by cleaning with rags and solvent. If detrimental foreign matter such as mill scale, rust, and dirt is detected on the gasket bearing surface of the plate, and power tool cleaning is required, then:

8.2.2.1 Make suitable provisions to protect the tendon wires and anchor head threads from accidental rubbing, cutting, or scratching by coming into contact with the power tool's rotating wire brushes and/or abrasive disks. Sheet metal shrouds around the tendon and end anchorage may be necessary.

8.2.2.2 Take precautions to keep dirt and other foreign material out of the tendon, and from the inside of the trumpet and conduit.

8.2.2.3 Power tools should remove loose mill scale, loose rust, loose or flaking paint, etc. Surfaces must be clean and smooth but not necessarily burnished after using power tools.

8.2.2.4 Remove sharp edges, and smooth down remaining mill scale to a "feather-edge".

8.2.3 Fill scratches, nicks, and other sharp depressions in the gasket bearing surface with nonmetallic epoxy, such as "Belzona" epoxy if approved by TMI Engineering.

Use of epoxy shall be according to manufacture's application instructions.

8.2.3.1 Smooth out epoxy to prevent grease leakage under the gasket.

8.2.4 Remove all dust and loose mater from the vicinity of the tendon and entrance to the trumplet.

8.2.5 Clean any foreign material from the threaded bearing plate grease cap mounting holes.

8.2.6 Smear, swab or brush a coating of grease over all the exposed portions of the anchor head, bearing plate, shims, buttonheads and wires, if not previously done in another operation or if needed.

8.2.7 A thread chaser or tap may be required to clear the threads of the bearing plate's grease cap mounting holes so that the bolts can be sufficiently tightened to bottom in the threaded holes.

8.2.8 Clean and dry the flange and gasket sealing surface of the grease cap.

8.2.9 Record on Data Sheet SQ 12.0 that the bearing plate, grease cap, and gasket mating surfaces and bolt holes have been properly prepared and that foreign material has been controlled so as not to enter the tendon void.

30 SQ 12.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 794 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 340 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.0 REPLACE GREASE CAP 09/03/13 Page 4 of 6 Revision 0 8.2.10 On hoop and dome caps where the original through-cap mounting bolting is being replaced with hold down clamps the through-cap holes shall be plugged with Pop-A-Plugs.

8.2.11 With the grease cap on end, place a new gasket on the grease cap. Pliobond or a similar industrial adhesive, as approved by TMI Engineering, may be used to hold the gasket in place.

8.2.12 New gaskets shall be used in the final placement of the grease cap. Old or used gaskets may be used during temporary placement of the grease caps.

8.2.13 Place the gasket retainer (verticals only) and grease cap over the tendon end and align the cap by placing it over the two 1" aligning pins. If slotted aligning pins are used, insert the tapered wedges through the slots in the aligning pins to hold the cap in place. Be sure the gasket is in place and not pinched between the gasket retainer and the bearing plate. For vertical tendons, the wedges and pins need not always be used. The grease cap bolts may be used at this time while using a hoisting device to hold the cap in place temporarily.

8.2.14 Place 1 washer, standard or hardened, over each of the 1"bolts and put the bolts into the 2 remaining holes of the bearing plate. Tighten by hand until seated.

Remove the aligning pins and replace them with two bolts and washers.

8.2.15 Tighten each bolt with a wrench, equalizing the load on each bolt as well as possible. Tighten until there is evidence of metal to metal contact all around between the flange, gasket retainer, and bearing plate.

8.2.16 For Horizontal tendons and Dome tendons, the grease cap shall be placed so that the bushing (inlet, outlet) is oriented in its highest altitude or toward the top of the containment.

8.2.17 After aligning the cap and placing over the anchorage install the four tendon end cap holding down clamps with bolts and washers to the bearing plate and hand tighten them.

8.2.18 Reckeck that the gasket has not slipped or become crimped and that the tendon end cap and hold down bolts are aligned properly.

8.2.19 Tighten each bolt, equalizing the load on each as much as possible, to evenly compress the gasket by approximately 1/8".

8.2.20 Apply a new wrapping of TMI approved sealant to the grease cap filler bushing prior to final insertion and tightening.

8.2.21 Record on Data Sheet SQ 12.0, the completeness of the installation and that the bolts were tightened in incremental passes.

30 SQ 12.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 795 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 341 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.0 REPLACE GREASE CAP 09/03/13 Pn'f nf R Revision 0

• Rvso PRECISION LANCE 8.2.22 The replacement is now complete and re-greasing can be performed observing the requirements of PSC Procedure SQ 12.1.

8.3 Installation of upper Vertical caps 8.3.1 Only minor cleaning and brushing should be necessary to prepare the bearing plate and grease cap for remounting to the bearing plate or anchorage.

8.3.2 Prepare bearing plate surface by cleaning with rags and solvent. Ifdetrimental foreign matter such as mill scale, rust, and dirt is detected on the gasket bearing surface of the plate, and power tool cleaning is required, then:

8.3.2.1 Make suitable provisions to protect the tendon wires and anchor head threads from accidental rubbing, cutting, or scratching by coming into contact with the power tool's rotating wire brushes and/or abrasive disks. Sheet metal shrouds around the tendon and end anchorage may be necessary.

8.3.2.2 Take precautions to keep dirt and other foreign material out of the tendon; and from the inside of the trumpet and conduit.

8.3.2.3 Power tools should remove loose mill scale, loose rust, loose or flaking paint, etc. Surfaces must be clean and smooth but not necessarily burnished after using power tools.

8.3.2.4 Remove sharp edges, and smooth down remaining mill scale to a "feather-edge".

8.3.3 Fill scratches, nicks, and other sharp depressions in the gasket bearing surface with nonmetallic epoxy, such as "Belzona" epoxy if approved by TMI Engineering.

Use of epoxy shall be according to manufacture's application instructions.

8.3.3.1 Smooth out epoxy to prevent grease leakage under the gasket.

8.3.4 Remove all dust and loose mater from the vicinity of the tendon and entrance to the trumplet.

8.3.5 Clean any foreign material from the threaded bearing plate grease cap mounting holes.

8.3.6 Smear, swab or brush a coating of grease over all the exposed portions of the anchor head, bearing plate, shims, buttonheads and wires, if not previously done in another operation or if needed.

8.3.7 Clean and dry the gasket sealing surface of the grease cap.

30 SQ 12.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 796 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 342 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.0 REPLACE GREASE CAP 09/03/13 Page 6 of 6 Revision 0 8.3.8 Record on Data Sheet SQ 12.0 that the bearing plate, grease cap, and gasket mating surfaces and bolt holes have been properly prepared and that foreign material has been controlled so as not to enter the tendon void.

8.3.9 With the grease cap on end, place a new gasket on the grease cap. Pliobond or a similar industrial adhesive, as approved by TMI Engineering, may be used to hold the gasket in place.

8.3.10 New gaskets shall be used in the final placement of the grease cap. Old or used gaskets may be used during temporary placement of the grease caps.

8.3.11 Install the four studs in to the retaining ring attached to the anchor head.

8.3.12 Align the grease cap over the anchorage against the bearing plate using care to avoid damaging or misaligning the gasket.

8.3.13 Install the four end cap hold down nuts (with gasket and washer) on the studs and hand tighten.

8.3.14 Recheck that the gasket has not slipped or become crimped and that the tendon cap is properly aligned.

8.3.15 Tighten each nut, equalizing the load on each stud as much as necessary to evenly compress the main gasket. No torqueing is required.

8.3.16 Record on Data Sheet SQ 12.0, the completeness of the installation and that the bolts were tightened in incremental passes.

8.3.17 The replacement is now complete and re-greasing can be performed observing the requirements of PSC Procedure SQ 12.1.

9.0 DOCUMENTATION 9.1 The items requiring documentation in this procedure shall be documented by the assigned field construction person of the working crew on Data Sheet SQ 12.0 attached to this procedure, as an option a Precision Surveillance Corporation QC Inspector may record the documentation.

10.0 NOTIFICATION 10.1 PSC Site Superintendent shall be notified if any problems are encountered during the replacement of grease caps.

11.0 ATTACHMENTS 11.1 Data Sheet SQ 12.0.

30 SQ 12.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 797 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 343 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.0 REPLACE GREASE CAP Data Sheet 12.0 09/03/13 PPRECISION ANCE Page 1 of I Revision 0 S Project: TMI 40TH YEAR TENDON SURVEILLANCE Tendon No.: Tendon End: E] Shop [I Field ANCHORAGE INSPECTION CRITERIA BEARING PLATE SURFACE PROPERLY PREPARED: Li YES LI NO GREASE CAP SURFACE PROPERLY PREPARED: El YES El NO GASKET MATING SURFACE PROPERLY PREPARED: El YES El NO STUD/BOLT HOLES PROPERLY PREPARED: El YES El NO FOREIGN MATERIAL EXCLUSION CONTROLLED: El YES El NO COMMENTS S0, CREW FOREMAN SIGNOFF Date:

OC Reviewed: Level: Date:

30 SQ 12.0 TMI.13 ISI a W/

Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 798 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 344 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.1 GREASE REPLACEMENT 09/03/13 Page 1 of 10 Revision 0 EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (4 0TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE GREASE REPLACEMENT 1IflLa Jauj Q.C. INSPECTOR 09/03/13 Prepared by Title Date Q.A. MANAGER 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date 62Co PRESIDENT 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date 31 SQ 12.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 799 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 345 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.1 GREASE REPLACEMENT 09/03/13 Page 2 of 10 Revision 0 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure will establish the requirements for the Replacement of Grease in the tendon duct after scheduled inspections and evaluation during the 4 0 th Year In-Service-Inspections (Surveillance) of the Post-Tensioning System Tendons of Exelon's Three Mile Island Nuclear Plant - Unit 1.

2.0 SCOPE 2.1 This procedure is intended to provide the Grease Replacement requirements for the wire post-tensioning system. This procedure requires that all tendons worked on shall be full of grease at the end of the project.

3.0 RESPONSIBILITY 3.1 In the event of conflict between any TMI Procedure and an SQ, the former governs.

3.2 As stated in PSC Procedure QA 4.0.

4.0 QUALIFICATIONS 4.1 As stated in PSC Procedure QA 4.1.

5.0 EQUIPMENT 5.1 The gauges and test equipment necessary for the Quality Control activities will be itemized in PSC Procedure SQ 4.0.

6.0 QUALITY CONTROL 6.1 This procedure contains Quality Control Documentation (_.QC) points. The work shall not progress past or through a QCD without a sign-off or verbal approval from the QC Inspector. The sign-off's and required information or evaluation data shall be documented on Data Sheet 12.1. It shall be necessary to acquire the Total Grease Loss for the tendon from the Data Sheets 6.0 of PSC Procedure SQ 6.0 for each end, if applicable.

7.0 PRECAUTIONS 7.1 During Grease Replacement, the grease may be very hot and pumped under pressure. It is therefore essential to avoid direct contact with the hot grease and to make sure all connections are secure.

CAUTION - DURING GREASING, BE AWARE THAT THE GREASE IS HOT AND MAY BE PUMPED UNDER PRESSURE.

31 SQ 12.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 800 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 346 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.1 GREASE REPLACEMENT 09/03/13 Page 3 of 10 Revision 0 7.2 Spilled grease from hoses and voids could be a slipping safety hazard, during all operations it should be cleaned up and placed in waste drums.

7.3 Pumping of grease should be stopped immediately if it is suspected or known that the grease is going somewhere else besides the immediate tendon void.

8.0 PREREQUISITES 8.1 All Inspections, if required per SQ2.0, will be complete.

8.2 The tendon will be in a stressed condition.

8.3 The Grease Cap shall be ready to be installed or already have been installed.

8.4 QCD - Document the type of grease (corrosion inhibitor) being used for the greasing of this tendon. The requirements for acceptable corrosion inhibitor are listed in section 9.1.2 of this procedure.

8.5 QCD - Enter the tendon end designation and quantity of total grease loss from Data Sheet 6.0 for one end of the tendon, if applicable 8.6 QCD - Enter the tendon end designation and the quantity of totaI\g~rase loss from Data Sheet 6.0 for the other end of the tendon, if applicable. \?

8.7. QCD - Enter the tendon end designation and any estimated grease Oss that may have occurred as a result of leaks from the grease cap or gaskettshnce-tfe original installation or previous surveillance for the first end of the tendon.

8.8 QCD- Enter the tendon end designation and any estimated grease loss that may have occurred as a result of leaks from the grease cap or gasket since the original installation or previous surveillance for the second end of the tendon.

8.9 QCD - Calculate the total tendon grease loss by adding 8.5 + 8.6 + 8.7 + 8.8 and document the total tendon grease loss on Data Sheet 12.1.

9.0 CONTROLS FOR REFILLING THE TENDON VOID 9.1 All Tendons 9.1.1 The replacement of grease shall be performed prior to demobilization of the tendon surveillance equipment and personnel.

9.1.2 Tendons shall be filled with Tendon Corrosion Inhibitor (Certified) issued by the Utility Quality Program OR drained grease removed from the system ONLY after acceptable sample testing per Section SQ 7.0 OR upon written approval by Exelon.

9.1.3 Grease Temperature required at grease cap inlet: 180°F min., 250°F max.

31 SQ 12.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 801 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 347 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.1 GREASE REPLACEMENT 09/03/13 I PRECISION ANCE FO0 ~

0 J f/4 E Revision 0 9.1.4 Required grease to be drain for Thermal Expansion upon successful pump through: 1 gallon. This will curtail any excess pressure build up which may lead to gasket failure. (Vertical tendons bottom end only) 9.1.5 Required hold time at full pressure: 30 minutes if pump through not achieved.

9.1.6 Pumping shall be stopped immediately if it is suspected or known that the grease is going somewhere else besides the immediate tendon void.

9.2 Hoop and DomeTendons 9.2.1 Maximum pressure at grease cap inlet when pressure pumping: 100 psig 9.2.2 If less than 5 gallons of grease has been lost from the tendon void (duct) at each end of the tendon, each end shall be poured or hand pumped with hot grease until full.

9.2.3 If more than 5 gallons of grease has been lost from the tendon void (duct) at either end of the tendon, the tendon shall be pressure pumped with hot grease from one end until it exits the Opposite End. Pumping may be stopped after 30 minutes if nothing exits at the Top end.

9.2.3.1 Where there is no grease exiting from the opposite end of a hoop or dome tendon, it shall be necessary to hand pump hot grease into the opposite end grease cap until full.

9.3 Vertical Tendons 9.3.1 Maximum pressure at grease cap inlet when pressure pumping: 110 psig (may be pulsated up to 150 psig to clear any blockage) 9.3.2 If more than 10 gallons of grease has been lost from the tendon void (duct) at the lower end, the tendon shall be pressure pumped with hot grease from the bottom end until it exits the Top End. Pumping may be stopped after 30 minutes if nothing exits at the Top end.

9.3.2.1 Where there is no grease exiting from the top end of a vertical tendon, it shall be necessary to pour or hand pump hot grease into the top end grease cap until full.

10.0 MEASUREMENT OF GREASE REPLACEMENT 10.1 The grease may be in a large storage container or in 55-gallon drums. The large storage container shall have an automatic thermostat control for temperature, while drum heaters shall be used to heat the grease in drums.

31 SQ 12.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 802 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 348 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.1 GREASE REPLACEMENT 09/03/13 Page 5 of 10 PRPECISION ANCE Revision 0 10.2 The grease shall be monitored for quantity by measuring the quantity of grease remaining in the drum or by measuring the drum to determine the quantity that has

.been pumped out.

10.3 To provide a grease volume number in gallons based on a standard 55 gallon drum, divide the 55 gallons by the usable height of the drum (31 inches). This provides a figure of 1.77 gallons per inch of drum height. Note that a typical 55 gallon drum is 34 inches high, but based on actual observation, grease shrinkage and the depressed lid take up 3 inches of height.

10.4 Take a measurement of the height of the grease in the drum with a clean measuring device before installing any grease. It will be acceptable to take the measurement from the top of the grease in the drum to the top edge of the drum. Document the grease height dimension to the nearest .05 of an inch.

10.5 Take a measurement of the height of the grease in the drum after installing the grease. Document the final grease height dimension to the nearest 0.05 of an inch.

10.6 Calculate and document the Total Quantity of grease replaced into the cap to the nearest tenth (0.1) of a gallon.

10.6.1 EXAMPLE: Ifthe initial grease height was 25.5" and the final grease height was 6.25", this is a 19.25" reduction multiplied by 1.77 gallons per inch which equals 34.1 gallons pumped in.

10.7 The same methodology may be used for containers of different size or configuration.

11.0 MEASUREMENT OF GREASE WASTE 11.1 When it becomes necessary to determine the volume of grease that was pumped into the tendon void, it will be necessary to subtract the waste grease outflow, spillage, grease remaining in the pump-in hose, grease remaining in the waste line hose from the grease volume that was pumped from the drum into that tendon.

11.2 The 1 gallon of grease drained from the inlet end after a successful pump through shall be considered waste grease if it is not drained back into the original drum.

11.3 Ifthe waste grease is pumped into a 55 gallon drum, then each inch of drum height will equal to 1.77 gallons.

11.4 Smaller containers should be evaluated for size to determine the capacity. These types of containers would only require a simple estimate for the waste grease contained therein.

11.5 Before pumping any waste grease into a container, always verify the quantity within that container prior to pumping.

31 SQ 12.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 803 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 349 of 415 12.0 PRESSURE PUMPING 12.1 The grease replacements described in this procedure are for both ends of a tendon.

The terms tendon void, tendon conduit, and tendon duct are synonymous.

12.2 If more than 5 gallons of grease has been lost from the tendon void (duct) at either end of a hoop or dome tendon, the tendon shall be pressure pumped with hot grease from one end until it exits the opposite end. Pumping may be stopped after 30 minutes if nothing exits.

12.3 If more than 10 gallons of grease has been lost from the tendon void (duct) at the lower end of a vertical tendon, the tendon shall be pressure pumped with hot grease from the bottom end until it exits the top end. Pumping may be stopped after 30 minutes if nothing exits.

12.4 Remove the grease cap plug; attach the "Y-Device" to the end of the grease cap to be pumped. Connect the Y-Device, if necessary, and waste outflow hose to the opposite end of the tendon. Be sure to have a suitable quantity of waste containers on hand to collect the waste.

12.5 Be sure that adequate communication is provided at each end of the tendon so that the crew at each end of the tendon will know what actions are taking place.

12.6 QCQ - Document the ambient temperature near the tendon, as well as the Thermometer Identification and Recalibration Date.

12.7 QCQ - Document the inlet temperature of the grease as well as the thermometer identification and its recalibration date.

12.8 Prior to attaching the inlet greasing hose to the Y-Device, circulate hot grease through the system to ensure the grease is at sufficient temperature prior to pumping into the tendon void. Pressure pump and greasing hose should be fully primed prior to connecting to the Y-Device.

12.9 QCQ - Document the initial grease height dimension to the nearest .05 of an inch.

Refer to Section 10.0 for further explanation of grease measurement.

12.10 Commence pressure pumping grease into the tendon in accordance with the controls stated in Section 9.0.

12.11 Ifthe grease exits the opposite end of a dome tendon, pumping shall continue until a minimum of 1 gallon of clean grease has exited from the opposite end with a temperature of 1400 F. The opposite end Y-Device shall then be closed and pressure pumping from the inlet end will continue until maximum pressure is achieved. Upon achievement of maximum pressure, stop pumping and drain 1 gallon of grease from the inlet end.

31 SQ 12.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 804 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 350 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.1 GREASE REPLACEMENT 09/03/13 Page 7 of 10 Revision 0 12.12 When pump through is not achieved on the initial attempt, the following actions should take place in order to maximize the effort of filling the tendon void.

12.12.1 Build pressure to the maximum pressure at the grease cap inlet in accordance with Section 9.3.1.

12.12.2 Hold pressure for a minimum of 30 minutes. This may require additional pumping in order to remain at the desired maximum pressure.

12.12.3 If pump through is achieved, continue with step 12.11.

12.12.4 If pump through is still not successful pumping from this end shall be complete. It shall be necessary to hand pump the opposite end of the tendon by following the steps in Section 13.0 12.13 Release any pressure from the inlet end before disconnecting any of the hoses from the Y-Device. Ensure all shut-off valves are closed before disconnecting any grease connections at either end.

12.14 QCD- Once the tendon end has been completed, document the final grease height dimension to the nearest .05 of an inch. Refer to Section 10.0 for further explanation of grease measurement.

12.15 Remove grease hoses and Y-Devices from both ends and replace the grease cap plugs on both ends of the tendon.

12.16 QCD - Calculate and document the quantity of hot grease pressure pumped into this tendon end in accordance with Section 10.6. Also, document the tendon end identification, either shop/field and/or nearest buttress number to the tendon end being pumped.

12.17 QCD - Document whether successful pump through was achieved via exiting grease at the other end of the tendon. Ifexit was not achieved, document the pressure and time held in order to attempt pump through.

12.18 QCD - Document the quantities of waste grease if any, including any exiting outflow grease. Refer to Section 11.0 of this procedure for explanation on calculating waste grease.

12.19 QCD - Calculate and document the total amount of grease replaced through the current inlet end of the tendon by subtracting the amount of any waste grease from the quantity of hot grease pressure pumped into this tendon end.

12.20 Continue to Section 14.0 for final calculation of quantity of grease replaced if pump through was successful.

31 SQ 12.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 805 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 351 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.1 GREASE REPLACEMENT 09/03/13 Page 8 of 10 Revision 0 13.0 POURING AND HAND PUMPING 13.1 The grease replacements described in this procedure are for one end of a tendon, however both ends of the tendon will be documented on the same data sheet. The terms tendon void, tendon conduit, and tendon duct are synonymous.

13.2 If less than 5 gallons of grease has been lost from the tendon void (duct) at each end of a hoop or dome tendon, each end shall be poured or hand pumped with hot grease until full.

13.3 If less than 10 gallons of grease has been lost from the tendon void (duct) at the lower end, hot grease shall be poured or hand pumped into the top end until full.

13.4 If pressure pumping is unsuccessful from the end of any tendon hot grease shall be poured or hand pumped into the opposite end until full.

13.5 Remove the grease cap plug; attach the "Y-Device" to the end of the grease cap to be pumped or poured. It shall be acceptable to hand pump or pour grease directly into the grease cap without the use of a "Y-Device" if the grease cap configuration will allow this.

13.6 QCD - Document the ambient temperature near the tendon, as well as the Thermometer Identification and Recalibration Date.

13.7 QCQ - Document the inlet temperature of the grease as well as the thermometer identification and its recalibration date.

13.8 Prior to attaching the inlet greasing hose to the Y-Device or grease cap, circulate hot grease through the system to ensure the grease is at sufficient temperature prior to pumping into the tendon void. Hand pump and greasing hose should be fully primed prior to connecting to the Y-Device. This step is not necessary if grease is being poured into the grease cap.

13.9 QCD - Document the initial grease height dimension to the nearest .05 of an inch.

Refer to Section 10.0 for further explanation of grease measurement.

13.10 If grease is being hand pumped, commence pumping grease into the tendon in accordance with the controls stated in Section 9.0.

13.11 If grease is being poured, transfer grease into secondary (smaller) container and pour into the Y-Device or grease cap until full. Grease replacement must be in accordance with controls outlined in Section 9.0.

13.12 QQ - Once the tendon end has been completed, document the final grease height dimension to the nearest .05 of an inch. Refer to Section 10.0 for further explanation of grease measurement.

31 SQ 12.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 806 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 352 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.1 GREASE REPLACEMENT 09/03/13 Page 9 of 10 Revision 0 13.13 Remove grease hoses and Y-Devices as necessary from both ends and replace the grease cap plugs on both ends of the tendon. Verify no grease is leaking.

13.14 QCD- Calculate and document the quantity of hot grease hand pumped or poured into this tendon end in accordance with Section 10.6. Also, document the tendon end identification, either shop/field and/or nearest buttress number to the tendon end being pumped.

13.15 .QQD- Document whether grease replacement was accomplished by hand pumping or pouring.

13.16 QCQ - Document the quantities of waste grease if any. Refer to Section 11.0 of this procedure for explanation on calculating waste grease.

13.17 QCQ - Calculate and document the total amount of grease replaced through the current inlet end of the tendon by subtracting the amount of any waste grease from the quantity of hot grease hand pumped or poured into this tendon end.

13.18 Repeat the steps in Section 13.0 for the other end of a hoop or dome tendon if applicable.

13.19 Continue to Section 14.0 for final calculation of quantity of grease replaced when grease replacement is complete.

14.0 CALCULATION OF GREASE REPLACEMENT 14.1 QCQ- Calculate the total tendon grease replaced by adding the quantities of grease replaced by pressure pumping each end (combination of 12.19 and 13.17 as applicable).

14.2 QCQ - Obtain the calculated net volume of the tendon void from PSC Procedure SQ1 2.2 and post it on Data Sheet 12.1 14.3 QCQ- Compare the total tendon grease replaced (14.1) to the total tendon grease loss (8.9). Calculate the percent difference by the following formula:

[TOTAL TENDON QUANTITY REPLACED (14.1)]- [TOTAL TENDON GREASE LOSS (8.9)]x 100%

NET VOLUME TENDON VOID (SQ 12.2) 14.4 QCQ - Verify that no grease is leaking. If there is some leakage, the deficiency shall be corrected and cleanup performed. Document the acceptance of leak tightness.

14.5 QCD - Document the acceptability of the refilling. An acceptable refilling is one in which the percent difference from Section 14.3 of this procedure does not exceed 10% and there are no leaks.

31 SQ 12.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 807 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 353 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.1 GREASE REPLACEMENT 09/03/13 Page 10 of 10 Revision 0 S

14.6 QCD - Document any pertinent comments, unusual occurrences or references that could assist in evaluating the refill or for future surveillances.

15.0 NOTIFICATION 15.1 If the absolute difference between the amount of grease removed from the tendon and the amount of grease replaced exceeds 10% of the net duct volume, it shall be necessary to notify TMI Engineering with a nonconformance report within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.

16.0 DOCUMENTATION 16.1 The items requiring documentation shall be documented on Data Sheet 12.1a or 12.lb as necessary. Data Sheet 12.la shall be used when a tendon is pressure pumped and 12.1b shall be used when a tendon is hand pumped from both ends.

16.2 Some information shall be posted from Data Sheet 6.0 of PSC Procedure SQ 6.0 onto Data Sheet 12.1 a or 12.1 b as applicable.

16.3 The Data Sheets reference the applicable Section or Step number of the procedure for each QCD point.

17.0 ATTACHMENTS 17.1 Figure 1.0- PSC "Y" Device S 17.2 Data Sheet 12.1a - Pressure Pumping 17.3 Data Sheet 12.1b - Hand Pumping IS 31 SQ 12.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 808 of 1008

REP-i 098-510 Appendix E, Page 354 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.1 GREASE REPLACEMENT Figure 1.0 - PSC "Y" - Device 09/03/13 Page 1 of 1 Revision 0 Flaiure 1.0 - PSC "Y-Device" C.

C-3 a*

1:1 19 0ý Us V

w ~ ,.

P, to >

0 a4 a

4 31 SQ 12.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 809 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 355 of 415 Project: TMI 4 0 th YEAR TENDON SURVEILLANCE Tendon No.:

GREASE REPLACEMENT aC SIGNOFFS (8.4) Grease Used El NEW El OLD - TEST DATE: El ACCEPTABLE E- APPROVAL LETTER 8.0 PREREQUISITES DATED:

(8.5) Total Grease Loss from Data Sheet 6.0 for tendon end: gal.

(8.6) Total Grease Loss from Data Sheet 6.0 for tendon end: gal.

(8.7) Estimated grease losses from leaks for tendon end: gal.

(8.8) Estimated grease losses from leaks for tendon end: gal.

(8.9) TOTAL Tendon Grease Loss: gal.

12.0 INITIAL PRESSURE PUMPING (12.6) Ambient Temp.: OF Thermometer ID: Recal Date:

(12.7) Grease Temp.: OF Thermometer ID: Recal Date:

(12.9) Iitial Grease Height (a) in. (12.14) Final Grease Height (b) in.

(12.16) Total amount of Grease Pumped: gal. (a-b)xl.77 into the end (12.18) Quantity of Waste Grease: gal. (12.17) Was Exit Achieved? 0 Yes El No (12.19) Total Grease Replaced this end: gal. If no, Pressure Held for psi min 13.0 HAND PUMPING - SECOND END (if necessary)

(13.6) Ambient Temp.: OF Thermometer ID: Recal Date:

(13.7) Grease Temp.: OF Thermometer ID: Recal Date:

(13.9) Initial Grease Height (a) in. (13.12) Final Grease Height (b) in.

(13.14) Total amount of Grease added: gal. (a- b) x 1.77 into the end (13.16) Quantity of Waste Grease: gal. (13.15) El Poured E] Hand Pumped (13.17) Total Grease Replaced this end: gal.

14.0 CALCULATION OF PRESSURE PUMPING (14.1) Total Tendon Grease Replaced: gal. (12.19 + 13.17)

(14.2) Net Tendon Duct Grease Volume: gal. Refer to SQ 12.2- GREAsE VOLUMES, for the Tendon Net Duct Volume Total Tendon Replaced (14.1) - Total Tendon Loss (8.9)

(14.3) Percent Difference: Net Tendon Duct Grease Volume (14.2) x 100 =  % Difference (14.4) Grease Leaks: El Yes El No (14.5) Refill Acceptable: [] Yes (less than 1O%) El No (greaterthen 10%)

If No - Customer Notified NCR No.:

(14.6) Comments:

QC Reviewed: Level: Date:

31 SQ 12.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 810 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 356 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.1 GREASE REPLACEMENT Data Sheet 12.1b - Hand Pumping 09/03/13 Page 1 of 1 Revision 0 Project: TMI 40h YEAR TENDON SURVEILLANCE Tendon No.:

GREASE REPLACEMENT QC SIGNOFFS (8.4) Grease Used El NEW (3 OLD - TEST DATE: El ACCEPTABLE El APPROVAL LETTER 8.0 PREREQUISITES DATED:

(8.5) Total Grease Loss from Data Sheet 6.0 for tendon end: gal.

(8.6) Total Grease Loss from Data Sheet 6.0 for tendon end: gal.

(8.7) Estimated grease losses from leaks for tendon end: gal.

(8.8) Estimated grease losses from leaks for tendon end: gal.

(8.9) TOTAL Tendon Grease Loss: gal.

13.0 POURING AND HAND PUMPING - FIRST END (13.6) Ambient Temp.: OF Thermometer ID: Recal Date:

(13.7) Grease Temp.: °F Thermometer ID: Recal Date:

(13.9) Initial Grease Height (a) in. (13.12) Final Grease Height (b) in.

(13.14) Total amount of Grease added: gal. (a - b) x 1.77 into the end (13.16) Quantity of Waste Grease: gal. (13.15) [1 Poured E] Hand Pumped (13.17) Total Grease Replaced this end: gal.

13.0 HAND PUMPING - SECOND END (13.6) Ambient Temp.: OF Thermometer ID: Recal Date:

(13.7) Grease Temp.: OF Thermometer ID: Recal Date:

(13.9) Initial Grease Height (a) in. (13.12) Final Grease Height (b) in.

(13.14) Total amount of Grease added: gal. (a - b) x 1.77 into the end (13.16) Quantity of Waste Grease: gal. (13.15) El Poured E] Hand Pumped (13.17) Total Grease Replaced this end: gal.

14.0 CALCULATION OF PRESSURE PUMPING (14.1) Total Tendon Grease Replaced: gal. (13.17 + 13.17)

(14.2) Net Tendon Duct Grease Volume: gal. Refer to SO 12.2- GREASE VOLUMES, for the Tendon Net DuCt Volume (14.3) Percent Difference: Total Tendon Replaced (14.1) - Total Total Tendon Loss (8.9) .x 100 =  % Difference Net Tendon Duct Grease Volume (14.2)

(14.4) Grease Leaks: El Yes [I No (14.5) Refill Acceptable: 0l Yes (less than 10%) El No (greaterthan10%)

If No - Customer Notified NCR No.:

(14.6) Comments:

QC Reviewed: Level: Date:

-v C 31 SQ 12.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 811 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 357 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.2 GREASE VOLUMES 09/03/13 Page 1 of 4 Revision 0 S

EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 ( 4 0TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE GREASE VOLUMES S 1xti~u dau-) Q.C. INSPECTOR 09/03/13 Prepared by Title Date Q.A. MANAGER 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date PRESIDENT 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date 32 SQ 12.2.TMI.13 ISI a

w Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 812 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 358 of 415 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure will establish the Net Tendon Duct Grease Volumes to be observed during the refilling of the Post-Tensioning System Tendons with Corrosion Protection Material (Grease) during the 40th Year In-Service-Inspection (surveillance) of the Post-Tensioning System at Exelon's Three Mile Island - Unit 1 as provided by TMI Engineering.

2.0 SCOPE 2.1 This procedure shall apply to PSC Procedure SQ 12.1.

32 SQ 12.2.TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 813 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 359 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.2 GREASE VOLUMES 09/03/13 Page 3 of 4 Revision 0 2.2 Table 7-1 : TMI Unit I - Grease Void Volumes for All Surveillance Tendons D-142 86.9 8.69 H24-22 110.1 11.01 D-143 85.4 8.54 H24-23 110.1 11.01 D-144 84.1 8.41 H24-24 110.4 11.04 D-224 97.5 9.75 H35-01 110.3 11.03 D-225 97.5 9.75 H35-02 110.1 11.01 D-226 97.6 9.76 H35-05 110.0 11.00 D-236 93.6 9.36 H62-25 110.3 11.03 D-237 92.8 9.28 H62-26 110.1 11.01 D-238 92.1 9.21 H62-27 110.1 11.01 D-302 78.4 7.84 D-303 80.3 8.03 V-30 119.8 11.98 D-304 82.2 8.22 V-32 120.4 12.04 V-33 120.2 12.02 H13-02 109.7 10.97 V-84 120.0 12.00 H13-03 109.7 10.97 V-107 119.6 11.96 H13-04 110.4 11.04 V-108 120.3 12.03 H13-10 110.7 11.07 V-109 119.9 11.99 H13-11 110.6 11.06 V-159 119.9 11.99 H13-12 111.3 11.13 V-160 119.8 11.98 H24-15 110.9 11.09 V-161 120.0 12.00 SURVEILLANCE TENDON =ADJACENT TENDON 32 SQ 12.2.TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 814 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 360 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.2 GREASE VOLUMES 09/03/13 Page 4 of 4 Revision 0 2.3 Table 7-2: TMI Unit 1 - Grease Void Volumes for All Augmented Scope Tendons H46-33 109.7 10.97 V-1 14 119.0 11.90 H46-34 109.8 10.98 V-115 119.0 11.90 H46-36 109.6 10.96 V-1 16 120.3 12.03 H51-39 109.6 10.96 V-135 121.7 12.17 H51-40 j 109.1 10.91 V-136 1121.6 12.16 H51-41 108.8 10.88 V-137 122.8 12.28

= = SURVEILLANCE TENDON 7= ADJACENT TENDON 32 SQ 12.2.TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 815 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 361 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 1.0 PROGRAM PURPOSE 09/03/13 Page 1 of 2 Revision 0 EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (4 0TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE PROGRAM PURPOSE Ixt" Q.C. INSPECTOR 09103/13 Prepared by Title Date Q.A. MANAGER 09103/13 Approved by Title Date PRESIDENT 09103/13 Approved by Title Date w

33 QA 1.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 816 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 362 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 1.0 PROGRAM PURPOSE 09/03/13 Page 2 of 2 Revision 0 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This section of the Surveillance I.S.1 Manual shall outline the Quality Assurance/Quality Control activities necessary to insure that the In-Service Inspection operations are performed in accordance with approved procedures and provide the required quality level, consistent with the project specifications, industry standards, regulatory code requirements and the Precision Surveillance Corporation Quality Assurance Program.

33 QA 1.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 817 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 363 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 2.0 PROGRAM SCOPE 09/03/13 Page 1 of 2 Revision 0 S

EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (4 0TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE PROGRAM SCOPE S Q.C. INSPECTOR 09/03/13 Prepared by Title Date Q.A. MANAGER 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date 67C'. A/ PRESIDENT 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date 34 QA 2.0 TMI.13 ISI a

w Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 818 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 364 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 2.0 PROGRAM SCOPE 09/03/13 Page 2 of 2 Revision 0 1.0 SCOPE 1.1 The Quality Assurance Procedures within this Section of the Surveillance Program I.S.I. Manual are intended to be supplemental to the Precision Surveillance Corporation (PSC) Quality Assurance Manual. They are not intended to replace any Criteria of the Quality Assurance Manual. The Quality Assurance Manual remains as the highest category of document within the Quality Assurance Program hierarchy of documents.

34 QA 2.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 819 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 365 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 3.0 QUALITY ORGANIZATION 09/03/13 Page 1 of 2 Revision 0 A

EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 ( 4 0TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE QUALITY ORGANIZATION Q.C. INSPECTOR 09/03/13 Prepared by Title Date Q.A. MANAGER 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date PRESIDENT 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date

~Jw 35 QA 3.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 820 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 366 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 3.0 QUALITY ORGANIZATION 09/03/13 Page 2 of 2 Revision 0 1.0 ORGANIZATION 1.1 PSC Field Quality Control Inspectors operate under the immediate direction of the Lead Field Quality Control Inspector, who in turn reports to the PSC Manager, Quality Assurance.

1.2 The Field Quality Control Inspectors shall have full authority and responsibility in all matters pertaining to or affecting the quality control function for the Surveillance of the Post-Tensioning System. These Inspectors shall have the authority to accept, reject, or recommend changes to the field operations or performance.

1.3 The Field Quality Control Inspectors, and the Quality Assurance personnel shall have the authority to issue a "Stop Work Order" for any activity, material, or procedure not in conformance with the project specifications, the Quality Assurance Manual or the Surveillance I.S.I. Manual. The stop work action shall be coordinated through the PSC Manager of Quality Assurance.

1.4 The Quality Assurance Procedures section of this manual shall serve to further outline the duties and responsibilities of those personnel engaged in performing the quality control functions for the Surveillance of the Post-Tensioning System.

1.5 All personnel engaged in those activities that affect the quality function for the Surveillance operations, shall be qualified by experience or training, prior to the initial performance of their assignments.

1.6 Documentation of qualification and/or training shall be maintained in the quality files on site for those personnel engaged in quality activities.

35 QA 3.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 821 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 367 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 4.0 RESPONSIBILITY 09/03/13 Page 1 of 2 Revision 0 EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (4 0TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE QUALITY CONTROL RESPONSIBILITY Q. C.INSPECTOR 09/03/13 Prepared by Title Date Q.A. MANAGER 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date

• ,*. A PRESIDENT 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date 36 QA 4.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 822 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 368 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 4.0 RESPONSIBILITY 09/03/13 Page 2 of 2 Revision 0 1.0 QUALITY CONTROL RESPONSIBILITY 1.1 The responsibility for the Quality Assurance and Quality Control functions for this project shall be incumbent on those organizations performing that portion of the work described within the various sections of this manual, or as otherwise agreed to in the contract documents.

1.2 Portions of the work not performed by PSC, but where PSC supplies only the equipment or material, shall be subject to the quality requirements specified within the applicable PSC Surveillance I.S.I. Manual, where that Quality Manual has been developed to comply with the project specifications or contract documents.

1.2.1 The development of the Quality Assurance and Quality Control procedures for the Surveillance operations shall be the responsibility of those organizations performing that portion of the work, unless otherwise agreed to in the contract documents.

1.3 PSC Field Quality Control Personnel shall provide the Quality Control actions for that portion of the work, where PSC or its subcontractors are performing the work or as agreed to in the project specifications or contract documents. All subcontractors performing work as an agent of PSC shall be subject to the Quality requirements of the project specifications and the applicable PSC Quality Program.

1.4 PSC and its subcontractors and vendors, shall maintain open access for Inspection, Survey and Audit by Exelon for all portions of the work being performed for the project.

36 QA 4.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 823 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 369 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 4.1 PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS 09/03/13 Page 1 of 3 Revision 0 EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (4 0 TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS Q.C. INSPECTOR 09/03/13 Prepared by Title Date Q.A. MANAGER 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date PRESIDENT 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date 37QA4.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 824 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 370 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 4.1 PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS 09/03/13 Page 2 of 3 Revision 0 1.0 QUALIFICATIONS 1.1 QUALITY CONTROL INSPECTORS 1.2 All Quality Control Inspectors performing Inspections and Tests shall be qualified to minimum of Level II capability in accordance with the requirements of ANSI N45.2.6-1978. Inspectors performing General or Detailed Visual Examinations are to be qualified as a Level II examiner as defined in PSC's written certification practice approved by Exelon and each examiner shall be approved by the Exelon Responsible Engineer.

1.3 All Lead Field Quality Control Inspectors shall be qualified to a minimum of Level II capability in accordance with the requirements of ANSI N45.2.6-1978.

1.3.1 All Field Quality Control Inspectors performing reviews of Quality Control Documentation for the various procedures in the PSC Surveillance I.S.I. Manual shall be qualified to a minimum of Level II in accordance with the requirements of ANSI N45.2.6-1978.

1.3.2 All Quality Control Inspectors shall be certified to specific skill Levels by a Quality Control Inspector who has been qualified as Level III in accordance with the requirements of ANSI N45.2.6-1978.

1.4 PERSONNEL 1.4.1 Precision Surveillance Corporation Field Construction Personnel shall be responsible for the physical activities associated with the Surveillance of Post-Tensioning System Tendons. Construction Personnel shall be fit by skill, training and/or experience to perform these activities.

1.5 SUPERVISION 1.5.1 PSC Supervisory and Field Representative Personnel shall be responsible for administering the progress of the work and directing PSC Field Construction Personnel as necessary. These Personnel shall be fit by skill, training and/or experience to perform these duties.

1.5.2 Construction Personnel or Construction Supervision need not be qualified to ANSI N45.2.6 as they are supervised or overseen by a qualified individual participating in the inspection, examination, or test.

1.6 AUDITORS 1.7 PSC Personnel performing audits of field operations shall be qualified as auditors in accordance with the requirements of ANSI N45.2.23-1978.

37 QA 4.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 825 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 371 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 4.1 PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS 09/03/13 Page 3 of 3 Revision 0 2.0 DOCUMENTATION 2.1 Records of training and personnel skill certifications shall be documented in accordance with the requirements of the governing ANSI N45.2 or daughter specifications and shall be retained on site for those personnel so certified and/or trained.

S 37 QA 4.1 TMI.13 ISI S

Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 826 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 372 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 5.0 PERSONNEL TRAINING 09/03/13 Page 1 of 2 Revision 0 EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 ( 4 0TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE PERSONNEL TRAINING Q.C. INSPECTOR 09/03/13 Prepared by Title Date Q.A. MANAGER 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date PRESIDENT 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date 38 QA 5.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 827 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 373 of 415 1.0 TRAINING 1.1 Precision Surveillance Corporation personnel on site involved in the Surveillance of the Post-Tensioning System, shall be qualified and experienced in all phases of Post-Tensioning operations.

1.2 All training activities shall be conducted and coordinated by qualified, experienced, PSC personnel.

1.3 At the start of the work and usually at the beginning of each new phase of the Post-Tensioning operations, the field crews shall be instructed to perform the work in a safe manner and in accordance with the approved surveillance procedures manual.

They shall further, be trained in the use of the Post-Tensioning equipment for the operation for which they are being qualified, and for any subsequent actions during those operations that may affect the quality or integrity of the Post-Tensioning System.

1.4 The duration of the training period shall not be of a predetermined period of time, but shall instead be of such a length of time, that the PSC training personnel feel confident that the personnel being trained are sufficiently knowledgeable in the methods and procedures of the operation for which they are being trained. Each trainee shall be oriented by on-the-job training prior to the initial performance of any quality oriented function and each time he performs a different job assignment not previously trained or qualified for.

1.5 A list of the trained and qualified personnel shall be maintained on site, indicating the training received and the dates of training. Newly trained personnel shall be added to the list as the training is completed. This list shall be reviewed and controlled by PSC Field Quality Control personnel. Crew proficiency shall be verified during the progress of the work, through the mediums of inspection, surveillance or audit.

1.6 Procedures shall be used for training those personnel not familiar with Post-Tensioning Systems or Surveillance activities.

38 QA 5.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 828 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 374 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 6.0 PROCUREMENT 09/03/13 Page 1 of 2 Revision 0 EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 ( 4 0TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE PROCUREMENT Q.C. INSPECTOR 09/03/13 Prepared by Title Date Q.A. MANAGER 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date PRESIDENT 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date 39 CIA 6.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 829 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 375 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 6.0 PROCUREMENT 09/03/13 D. ')I ýV PRECISION LANCE Revision 0 1.0 PROCUREMENT 1.1 SAFETY- RELATED 1.2 The purchase of any safety-related material or service to be used for the Post-Tensioning System or surveillance operation shall be performed by the Procurement Section of the Precision Surveillance Corporation in accordance with the requirements of the Quality Assurance Program requirements in effect at that time and the requirements stated below.

1.2.1 Field personnel shall initiate a procurement request by a written or verbal order to the Construction or Project Management Section.

1.2.2 A requisition shall be prepared and submitted to the PSC Quality Assurance Section for attachment of applicable quality documents and/or comments and returned to the Project Management Section.

1.2.3 The requisition shall be sent to the Procurement Section for drafting of the purchase order, pricing, vendor selection, etc.

1.2.4 The purchase order shall be submitted to the Quality Assurance Section for review of quality content, approved vendor selection and sign-off. Other pertinent quality documents may be attached or referenced and then the purchase order shall be returned to the Procurement Section.

1.2.5 The purchase order shall be submitted to the vendor and copies of the order distributed to appropriate personnel.

1.2.6 Changes to the original purchase order shall be provided through the use of a Supplemental Purchase Order, which shall be subject to the same review and control process as the original purchase order.

1.3 NON-SAFETY-RELATED 1.3.1 Miscellaneous non-safety-related field purchases may be initiated by the field personnel or Procurement Section within the confines of the operating procedures established by the Operating or Construction Departments, independent of this manual.

39 QA 6.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 830 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 376 of 415 EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 ( 4 0TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE FIELD CHANGE REQUEST Q.C. INSPECTOR 09/03/13 Prepared by Title Date Q.A. MANAGER 09/03113 Approved by Title Date PRESIDENT 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date 40 CIA 7.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 831 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 377 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 7.0 FIELD CHANGE REQUEST 09/03/13 Page 2 of 3 Revision 0 1.0 FIELD CHANGE REQUEST 1.1 The Field Change Request (FCR) shall be the mechanism for requesting rapid evaluation and approval for those operations that must be changed to accommodate field conditions. The FCR shall be approved by Exelon prior to that change being put into effect.

1.2 Field Changes that take place prior to the approval of the FCR shall be documented by a Nonconformance Report (NCR) and subject to a "STOP WORK" order, depending on the magnitude of the change and the impact on the quality program. It shall not be necessary to generate an NCR where it has become necessary to return or move to a safe condition of the tendon or personnel.

1.3 Revisions to this manual shall be performed according to the Revision Control procedure found in the prologue of the Surveillance I.S.I. Manual. The following information will supplement those procedures for Field Change Request Activity.

1.3.1 When field operating procedures, as stated in this manual, become impractical to follow exactly for any reason, that portion, and any other affected portion of the manual shall be revised to provide the appropriate procedures. Where possible, revisions shall be made prior to performing the work.

1.3.2 When revisions become necessary, they shall be formally drafted by the PSC Quality Assurance Section and submitted to Exelon for formal approval. Where applicable, the responsible PSC Field Quality Control Personnel shall prepare a Field Change Request document to expedite approval from Exelon's Field Quality Organization, Maintenance Engineer or such other authority as designated by Exelon, in order to continue operations without extraordinary delays. The change document may then be transmitted to Exelon for formal approval or to issue a change order notice type of document.

1.3.3 Approval of the Field Change Request or emergency revision shall be obtained from the appropriate Site Quality Assurance Authority representing Exelon, before starting any Field Changes or Revisions.

1.3.4 Copies of the Field Change Request shall be submitted to the PSC Quality Assurance Section for review and where necessary for development of formal procedures to be included in the Surveillance I.S.I. Manual.

1.3.5 The approval of the FCR shall be considered as the acceptance for the Revised Procedures unless gross changes occur during the Revision drafting that affect other portions of the Surveillance I.S.I. Manual.

40 QA 7.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 832 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 378 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 7.0 FIELD CHANGE REQUEST 09/03/13 Page 3 of 3 Revision 0 1.3.5.1 If gross changes occur, the Surveillance I.S.I. Manual affected procedures shall be submitted for formal review and approval. Otherwise, the FCR Revision shall be considered as approved and submitted on a controlled basis for inclusion in the Surveillance I.S.I. Manual.

1.3.6 As the PSC Quality Assurance Section and the Engineering Department are responsible for drafting Revisions, whether a result of the FCR process or Specification Changes, it shall not be necessary for either function to provide a formal review and signoff. It shall be necessary for the Originator or PSC Field Quality Control personnel to call the PSC Home Office to acquire agreement and acceptance of the FCR before submitting it to Exelon. This way Quality Assurance and Engineering can evaluate the impact of the FCR on Quality Control, Engineering features and other subsequent Surveillance activities.

1.3.6.1 The Originator or PSC Quality Control personnel shall document the review and acceptance of the PSC Home Office personnel by printing the name of the person accepting that FCR and the date of acceptance at the bottom of the Recommended Change area on the FCR form.

1.3.7 The original FCR shall be maintained with the Field Quality Control records.

1.3.7.1 The remaining distribution shall be completed, using the Distribution Listing shown at the bottom of the FCR form once the FCR is formally approved by PSC and Exelon.

1.3.7.2 The FCR shall be entered into the FCR Index Log for 1.3.7.2.1 FCR Number 1.3.7.2.2 Brief Description 1.3.7.2.3 Date Written 1.3.7.2.4 Date Approved 1.3.7.2.5 Date of Revision (to Surveillance I.SoI. Manual, if applicable) 1.4 DOCUMENTATION 1.4.1 Included with this procedure are the various forms and control sheets described in this procedure.

2.0 ATTACHMENTS 2.1 Field Change Request Form 2.2 Field Change Request Index Log 40 QA 7.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 833 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 379 of 415 SPECIAL FIELD REVISION CONTROL FIELD CHANGE REQUEST NO.: FCR REQUEST BY: TITLE: DATE:

ORIGINATOR: TITLE DATE:

PROCEDURE NUMBER: REV NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE AFFECTED SECTION: REVISION TO MANUAL REQUIRED: El YES El NO NCR REQUIRED: 0l YES El NO NCR NUMBER: HOLD TAG NO.:

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING CONDITION: (USE EXTRA PAGES OR WRITE ON BACK)

RECOMMENDED CHANGE:

PSC QA QC ENGINEERING APPROVAL SIGN & DATE:

EXELON APPROVAL OR COMMENTS:

APPROVED SITE QA AUTHORITY: TITLE: DATE DISPOSITION PSC QC: HOLD TAG HOLD TAG APPLIED: REMOVED:

QC INSPECTOR: DATE:

DISTRIBUTION El EXELON QA 0 EXELON ENGINEERING 0] QC PSC El QA PSC 0 PROJECT MGR. PSC _ _

El ENGINEERING PSC [I EXELON QC _ _

40 QA 7.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 834 of 1008

REP-i 098-510 Appendix E, Page 380 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 7.0 FIELD CHANGE REQUEST INDEX LOG 09/03/13 Page _ of _

Revision 0 Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT - UNIT 1 - 40th Year FIELD CHANGE REQUEST INDEX LOG FCR# DESCRIPTION DATE DATE DATE WRITTEN APPROVED REV.

+ 4

& 4 4

• I t 4 4 t .4.

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 I .4- 1 4- + 4 4- 4 4 40 QA 7.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 835 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 381 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 8.0 DOCUMENT CONTROL 09/03/13 Page 1 of 2 Revision 0 EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (4 0TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE DOCUMENT CONTROL Q.C. INSPECTOR 09/03/13 Prepared by Title Date Q.A. MANAGER 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date PRESIDENT 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date 41 QA 8.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 836 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 382 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 8.0 DOCUMENT CONTROL 09/03/13 Page 2 of 2 Revision 0 1.0 DOCUMENT CONTROL 1.1 The responsibility for control and retention of all documentation and records, related to the quality control functions for the project within the limitations of the contract documents shall be incumbent on those organizations performing that portion of the work and as further stated in PSC Procedure QA 3.0.

1.2 All documentation, which includes inspections, tests, certifications, drawings, purchase orders, specifications, procedures, correspondence and audits, etc. shall be prepared in accordance with the procedures as described in the applicable job related manuals and procedures.

1.3 All inspection records shall be reviewed, initialed or signed and dated by the personnel responsible for the quality control functions.

1.4 All quality related documents pertaining to the project shall be retained in the field office file, jobsite vault, or both and maintained in such a manner so as to permit retrieval and prevent loss.

1.5 Document distribution or retention shall be in accordance with the requirements of the project specifications, or as agreed to in the contract documents.

1.5.1 All documents such as Data Sheets, Nonconformances, verification records, calibration records, certified mill test reports, engineering analyses, etc. generated during the course of the In-Service Inspection, shall be included in the Final Report or appended to that Final Report.

1.6 Copies of Non-Conformance Reports shall be distributed in accordance with the project specifications or as noted on the Non-Conformance/Corrective Action form; refer to PSC Procedure QA 9.0.

1.7 All records shall be sent to the responsible Quality Control Section for further distribution in accordance with the project specifications, or as agreed to in the contract documents, or the PSC Quality Assurance Manual.

41 QA 8.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 837 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 383 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 8.1 REVISION CONTROL 09/03/13 Page 1 of 5 PRECISIOýN ANCE Revision 0 EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (4 0TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE REVISION CONTROL 1Th~& JWW,-) Q.C. INSPECTOR 09/03/13 Prepared by Title Date Q.A. MANAGER 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date PRESIDENT 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date w

42 QA 8.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 838 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 384 of 415 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 The statements within this Manual are representative of the Precision Surveillance Corporation quality program activities in effect at the time of issue. The construction phase of the project and other delays have a direct influence on the amount of time that will transpire between the actual startup of fabrication and termination of the construction life of the contract. It may therefore become necessary to review and upgrade or revise the various quality procedures or manuals, as a means of accommodating changes in the specifications, codes, operating procedures, material procurement, or as a means of transmitting intent, information or clarification.

Correction of misspelled words or typographical errors that do not affect intent, shall not be considered as revisions.

2.0 TRANSMITTAL 2.1 Submittal of revisions to Exelon shall be in conformance with PSC Procedure QA 6.0, Document Control, of the Quality Assurance Manual.

3.0 REVISION CONTROL 3.1 If a revision is submitted where a Surveillance I.S.I. Manual has been issued, only those procedures being revised shall be affected for approval status. The remainder of the Surveillance I.S.I. Manual shall still remain approved. The original or previous revision of the affected procedure shall remain in effect, unless unworkable, until the revised procedure has been approved.

3.2 When a revision is submitted, the entire manual shall then become "Revision One" for example. Included in the revision package are all those documents required to bring the original version of that manual to "Revision One" status.

3.3 A Revision Control Sheet shall show all the documents being submitted, with the correct revision status of each page. The Revision Control Sheet provides a chronological history of development for the manual while the Index Status Sheet indicates all the original documents contained within the original submittal of the manual.

3.4 The Index Status Sheet shall not be revised to any extent greater than to show a date and revision number in the Revision Status column on the Index Status Sheet.

3.5 It is unlikely that any document within any Surveillance I.S.I. Manual shall be of an unrevised status or of the same revision status as the Manual itself. Therefore, the document and manual revision numbers will not be the same. The Index Status Sheet will establish the revision status of each Manual or document issued.

3.6 When a revision is made to a procedure, the entire procedure will revert to that revision number, even if there are no editorial or format changes to that page.

42 QA 8.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 839 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 385 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 8.1 REVISION CONTROL 09/03/13 Page 3 of 5 Revision 0 3.6.1 Revisions to a Section/Paragraph of a procedure will be identified with a triangle appearing at the left edge of the page near the Section/Paragraph which has been affected and revised. Inside the triangle will appear the revision number for that current change. The triangle will appear only for those Sections/Paragraphs that have changed.

3.6.2 It will not be necessary to delete the triangle from the previous revision, even though it is generally recommended that signs of a previous revision be removed to avoid confusion. It will be acceptable to erase, white-out, or tape over signs of the previous revision, where that page has not been revised and is not being reproduced as a new document.

3.6.3 It will not be necessary to apply a revision number to the top of each of those pages that comprise the body of the procedure. The revision number and date need only appear at the top of the Title Page and Data Sheets.

3.6.4 No Change will be taken to mean, that no changes have occurred to that page and that the revision number indicates the current status of that page. No dates other than the original effective date will appear on individual pages. Only the Title Page and Data Sheets shall show revision status and date of that revision, along with the triangle at the bottom of the page.

3.6.5 No Editorial Change or Format Change will be taken to mean, that the text of that procedure has not changed and that the change affects the page number, section/paragraph number or that information has shifted from one page to another. This will be noted along side the triangle at the bottom of the page.

3.7 Where drawings are included in the manual, such as post-tensioning fabricated components, these drawings shall be controlled through the quality manual for that product, except where otherwise agreed to in writing. This system utilizes the drawings and procedures from a controlled quality manual for fabrication and inspection control of that component and shall accompany the purchase order to the vendor, where applicable.

4.0 RESPONSE 4.1 Once the revision is received by Exelon the Acknowledgement of Receipt or a facsimile, shall be returned to the Precision Surveillance Corporation, Quality Assurance Section.

4.2 Exelon comments shall be referred to the PSC Quality Assurance Section or those personnel responsible for contract coordination.

4.3 Exelon approval without comments shall be transmitted in writing to either party noted in Section 4.2 above, however verbal approval shall be sufficient to start work using the approved revision.

42 QA 8.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 840 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 386 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 8.1 REVISION CONTROL 09/03/13 Page 4 of 5 Revision 0 4.3.1 Section 4.2 or 4.3 above, may be replaced by other means of control which have been established and formally agreed to by PSC and Exelon.

5.0 EXELON CONTROL (SUGGESTED) 5.1 As a means of maintaining the controlled manual and revisions at Exelon's facility, it is recommended that the submitted documents be verified for accuracy of inclusion, by comparing them to the Revision Control Sheet. PSC is not immune to errors, regardless of the amount of controls imposed or implied.

6.0 EXPEDITING CONSTRUCTION 6.1 In order to expedite the construction schedule and with Exelon's approval, it may become necessary or advantageous to fabricate materials prior to the approval of the revision. All materials fabricated in this situation shall be tagged "Hold" and retained on that status until approval of the revision. At the time of approval the "Hold" tag shall be removed.

6.2 If, for some reason, the revision is not approved, the material fabricated or installed under the controls of the revised procedure shall be maintained on Hold status until the revision is approved. Adjustments to the material shall be made, where required, after approval.

7.0 VOID DOCUMENTS 7.1 Once approved, the document being revised shall be marked void and dated to reflect the revision date. This void copy will be removed from the manual and placed into a dead or void file for retention as part of the Quality Assurance records.

7.2 As a temporary measure, the void copy may be turned backwards in the manual, until removal to the file.

7.3 Items fabricated or installed with the use of the previous revisions will not require any subsequent change once fabricated or installed. The date of the document approval shall determine the point of fabrication change over and therefore, the applicable quality requirements.

7.4 PSC does not require that void documents be returned.

8.0 FORMS/DATA SHEETS 8.1 Any of the forms contained in this Surveillance I.S.I. Manual or any Quality Control Procedure used as a means of providing quality control or inspection documentation, are subject to change at any time without prior approval of Exelon, providing that the amount of information shown on the original form is not diminished in any way.

42 QA 8.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 841 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 387 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 8.11 REVISION CONTROL 09/03/13 Page 5 of 5 4-:PRECISICON LANCE Revision 0 S

8.2 These revised forms shall be submitted for approval at the convenience of PSC with the next revision of that procedure that effects the change, but in no case later than 30 days from the first use of that form.

8.3 If the information required of the original or previous revision of that form is to be diminished in any way that form shall be submitted for approval prior to use.

8.4 Forms may be provided at any time where not shown in any procedure in order to provide the required quality control or inspection documentation, without prior approval and at the option of the PSC Quality Control or Quality Assurance Sections.

9.0 ATTACHMENTS 9.1 Revision Control Sheet S

42 QA 8.1 TMI.13 ISI a

w Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 842 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 388 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 8.1 REVISION CONTROL SHEET 09/03/13 Revision PRECISION LANCE Page 1 of 1 Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT - UNIT 1 - 4 0 th Year Revision #

REVISION CONTROL SHEET Procedure # Page # Revision/ Submitted Procedure # Page # Revision/ Submitted Date Date Date Date

_____ I __ I ___ I ___ I _____ 1. [__ ___ I ___

4 t 1 .4- .4- 4 4 4 4 .4- 4 4 4 4- + 4- t 4-Reiino Dat Reiso 1ecito eiinB:1 I aeApoe Revision Date Revision Description I Revision By: DaeApod No.IDaeApod 42 QA 8.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 843 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 389 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 9.0 NONCONFORMANCES 09/03/13 Page 1 of 5 Revision 0 EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 ( 4 0TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE NONCONFORMANCES Q.C. INSPECTOR 09/03/13 Prepared by Title Date Q.A. MANAGER 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date PRESIDENT 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date w

43 QA 9.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 844 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 390 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 9.0 NONCONFORMANCES 09/03/13 Page 2 of 5 Revision 0 1.0 NONCONFORMANCE REPORTING 1.1 Any item, service, activity or procedure not conforming to the approved drawings, specifications, instructions or other project requirements as related to the PSC contract for the project, shall be documented as a nonconformance. A non-conformance report shall be written by the authority responsible for quality, discovering the nonconformance, regardless of the location where the deficiency was discovered or the source of origin.

1.1.1 This reporting shall be completed on a timely basis, preferably immediately upon discovery and consultation. The reporting action should be within one working day from discovery.

1.2 All nonconforming items shall be removed to a segregated area.

1.3 The nonconformance report shall be distributed to the appropriate parties noted on the distribution list shown on the PSC Nonconformance/Corrective Action (NC/CA)

Report Form, which is shown at the end of this procedure. A typical Nonconformance Report Index shall also be seen.

1.3.1 Exelon shall receive copies of those nonconformance reports that indicate a loss of control for the manufacturing process, field construction, or quality control system and where it has been determined by PSC Quality Assurance, Quality Control, and/or possibly Exelon, that a measure of input shall be required by Exelon to resolve the deficiency.

1.3.1.1 The Recommended Corrective Action for the nonconformance reports noted in Section 1.3.1 above, shall be submitted to Exelon for review and approval prior to the execution of that action, for all items to be dispositioned as "Repair" or Use-As-Is.

1.3.1.2 All nonconformance reports shall be submitted to Exelon, whether for review and/or approval.

1.4 Acceptance of the nonconforming item, after completion of the corrective action, shall be by inspection.

1.5 Once the corrective action has been determined, the Quality Control or Quality Assurance personnel shall make arrangements for the completion of the nonconformance, including verification. The completion of this action shall be documented in the Disposition area provided on the NC/CA Report Form.

1.5.1 Once the nonconformance has been corrected and the disposition completed on the NC/CA Report Form, the formal close-out of that report shall be documented in the NCR Index Log. All nonconformance reports shall be closed-out.

43 QA 9.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 845 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 391 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 9.0 NONCONFORMANCES 09/03/13 Page 3 of 5 Revision 0 1.5.2 In some circumstances, the corrective action may be completed on another document, such as an Exelon nonconformance report. In that case, the PSC NC/CA Report may be closed-out immediately as a result of Exelon's document, and shall be so noted in the Index Log.

1.6 Only Quality Control or Quality Assurance personnel shall have the authority to return the nonconforming item to inventory or service, once disposition of the corrective action has been completed and accepted by that Quality authority.

1.7 In addition to the normal reporting system for Nonconforming Material and Services, supplemental reports shall be submitted for deficiencies whether a result of design, conformance, fabrication, or performance, that represent a significant breakdown in the Quality Assurance Program and, were they to remain uncorrected, could adversely affect the operation of the item at any time throughout the expected lifetime of the item. These written reports shall be prepared by the PSC Quality Assurance, Quality Control, and/or Engineering Department and submitted to Exelon documenting the cause of the deficiency and the formal corrective action to prevent repetition.

1.8 The Nonconformance Reports shall be retained in the appropriate Quality file on site.

2.0 DRAFTING THE REPORT 2.1 The following outline shall be used as a guide for developing the Nonconformance Report. Refer to the example at the end of this procedure.

2.2 The Nonconformance Report shall indicate the identification of the nonconforming item, the deficiency noted, preferably with reference to the requirement in violation, in the area marked Nonconformance on the NC/CA Report Form.

2.3 The Apparent Cause Known shall be entered onto the form, if it can be readily discerned. Overly restrictive or unworkable procedures or specifications may be listed as the cause, as well as changes in working conditions not considered by the procedures or specifications. If this cannot be satisfactorily resolved by the initiator of the report, then it shall be completed by Quality Assurance, Quality Control or the Engineering Department.

2.4 The area marked Recommended Corrective Action on the NC/CA Report Form shall indicate the action necessary to immediately correct the deficiency. Usually noted as Use-As-Is; Repair; Rework; Scrap; and any appropriate commentary to substantiate that action.

2.4.1 Where nonconforming items are to be corrected by repairing the stated deficiency, the repairs shall be accomplished through the use of an approved repair procedure. This may be shown directly on the NC/CA Report Form or attached to it as a separate document.

43 QA 9.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 846 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 392 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 9.0 NONCONFORMANCES 09/03/13 Page 4 of 5 Revision 0 2.4.2 Nonconforming items shall be rejected, repaired, reworked or accepted for corrective action after evaluation by the PSC Quality Assurance, Quality Control, Engineering and/or Exelon.

2.5 Where possible, the Corrective Action to Prevent Recurrence area of the NC/CA Report Form, shall provide the long range action that may be instrumental in preventing recurrence of that deficiency entered onto the form.

2.6 The determination of Significant Condition status shall be performed by the Quality Assurance, Quality Control and/or the Engineering Department. The identification of significant conditions adverse to quality, their cause and the appropriate corrective action to resolve the condition shall be documented on the NC/CA Report Form or in a separate report as noted in Section 1.7 of this procedure.

2.6.1 A significant condition adverse to quality shall exist if one or more of the following elements are required:

2.6.1.1 A significant investigation is necessary to determine the cause.

2.6.1.2 Significant redesign, repair or rework of the item.

2.6.1.3 A significant evaluation of the QA/QC Program implementation.

2.6.1.4 Significant evaluation for determining generic implication.

3.0 NONCONFORMANCE REPORT NUMBERING 3.1 All Nonconformance Report Numbers shall be prefixed with the PSC project Contract Number.

3.2 All Field originated NCR's shall prefix the project Contract Number with the letter "F".

3.3 Non-project oriented NCR's shall be prefixed with QA and shall only be issued through the Quality Assurance Section.

3.4 All NCR's shall be assigned a sequential control number, to follow the prefix number, which shall be applied in ascending order from the previous report and originating with the number "I".

4.0 PROCESSING NONCONFORMANCE REPORTS 4.1 This is intended to provide PSC Field Quality Control personnel with the means of approving processing or closing out NCR's where they are not in close proximity to the home office.

43 QA 9.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 847 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 393 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 9.0 NONCONFORMANCES 09/03/13 Page 5 of 5 Revision 0 S

4.2 The report may be drafted by independent action or with the assistance of the Engineering or Quality Assurance Sections. Where input has been provided by the assistance of others, the Quality Control person drafting the report shall print the name of that person assisting and the date in the respective area of that Section of the Nonconformance/Corrective Action Report Form. The report should be distributed as soon as it is drafted, unless the disposition of the corrective action takes place within 5 days after discovery of the deficiency; in this instance, the distribution will probably take place after the disposition is complete.

4.3 The PSC Approval for QA, QC and/or Engineering may be communicated by telephone to expedite corrective action. In which case the Quality Control person on site would print the name of the person approving that action and the date. Those NCR's could be initialed at a later date to formally complete the approval actions.

5.0 DOCUMENTATION 5.1 Included with this procedure are the various tags and control sheets described in this procedure.

6.0 ATTACHMENTS 6.1 6.2 Tags and Sample Logs (Example)

Sample NC/CA Report S

6.3 NC/CAR Form 6.4 NCR Index Form 6.5 Hold Tag Index Log 6.6 Reject Tag Index Log 43 QA 9.0 TMI.13 ISI a

'-p w Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 848 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 394 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 9.0 NONCONFORMANCES TAGS AND SAMPLE LOGS 09/03/13 Page 1 of 1 Revision 0 NONCONFORMING MATERIALS, PARTS OR COMPONENTS TAGS Shown below are typical examples of Hold, Reject and Acceptance tags. They may vary in appearance but, are representative of the format and information to be provided. All but the Acceptance tag, are two-part tags.

m~aDDmDCIWREJECTED HOLD ACCEPTED i'33-0

, i= 13309 I ~0599 DATOD DCI _-- DATE

-T--

SAMPLE LOG ENTRIES Shown below are typical examples of entries made into each respective log. Note that some are cross-referenced such as HOLD 1100 to Reject 1700; and HOLD 1103 to Reject 1701.

QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM HOLD TAG LOG Tq N.. DDEPý. ________ _ ~_________ QULT ASUR/C ~.vi PRf-OGR5iA'1M~'J~p..

REJEC TAGl L~.if~i.OG 4IZ-~J'6A I//O1 s-4 Zbe.v~wnn~J $A,4.1FD -,07P5 5-.g,. cwlbJ /Pm 6IC .2Jjeo D.4E 5et. 5:

JJ49O 4 4-05 %&S  ?ŽJ Ae40l -/~j eLEP3WF6,p0 o' -~

11.-3 4-1r-as A07Y' IOvX. V~~I'155~J h i i i i 43 QA 9.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 849 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 395 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 9.0 NONCONFORMANCES NC/CAR FORM SAMPLE 09/03/13 Page 1 of I Revision 0 NONCONFORMANCE/CORRECTIVE ACTION REPORT FORM - SAMPLE NONCONFORMANCE I CORRECTIVE ACTION REPORT FORM HOLDTAGNO.: _______ NC ICA NO.:

NONCONFORMANCE:

Enter NCR Number here Enter the nonConformance pre*fera Areferencing the quality program requirement that has be(

and also into NCR Index Refer to Section 2.1 of Procedure QA9. Log. The NCR Number is the Project Number, APPARENT CAUSEKNOWN: El YES 0 NO IF YES, DESCRIBE:

prefixed with an "F" (e.g.

May require consultation with QA, CE and/or Eng ng. Refer to Section 2.2 of Procedure 9 FN123-001).

i RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE ACTION:

The immediate corrective action that will be taken to correct e stated nonconformance. One of the following dispositionsShall be noted for the deficiency as it applies: As-is", Repair", "Rework", or

"'Us Refer to Section 2.3 of Procedure 9.0. t applicable. IfI a tag was ANY NONCONFORMING ITEM TO BE REPAIRED SHALL HAVEANAPPROVEDREPAIRPROCEDURE. aplentisrmo l

________________________________________________ in the Disposition CORRECTIVE ACTIONTO PREVENTRECURRENCE: Completed block.

The long range corrective action that may be useful in eliminating the deficiency or reducing th freqency S1 Refer to Section 2.4 of Procedure 9.0.

INITIATOR: DATE:IA "Yes" only by or with an evaluation and SIGNIFICANT CONDmON: 0 T a ] NO IF YES, REFER TO QAM SECTION 4 cT consultation with QA, QE APPROVAL COMMENTS:I and/or Engineering.

Enter any comments that might be pertinent to effecting the approval of the corrective action.

Refer to Section 25. of Procedure 9.0. TO be signed by Dept.

-,C ENGINEI indicated. May be P50 IC *--- CIQAEGN PPROVAL FE E signed by Initiator only if SIGN& DATE: the Dept. designee was OWNER I AGENTAPPROVAL notified. _

REQUIRED C3YES [C NO ENGINEER OA__

DATE DATE COMMENTS:

This area to be Input only by the Owner or his agent. Refer to Section 1.3.1.1 of Procedure 9.0.

DISTRIBUTO1N OISPOSITIONCOMPLETED -I

[- OA SECTION 0 VICEPRESIDENT o VENDOR SIGE: .

C3 EE SECTION 0 CONTR. MrMT. ] __ . DAE:

El ENGINEERING 0 OWNER/AGENT To be signed by Initiator or designee based on completion of Corrective Actions. Ensure NCR Index Log is updated to reflect closeout.

a

,"iw v

43 QA 9.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 850 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 396 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 9.0 NONCONFORMANCES NC/CAR FORM 09/03/13 Revision 0 Page of NONCONFORMANCE / CORRECTIVE ACTION REPORT FORM HOLD TAG NO.: NC / CA NO.:

NONCONFORMANCE:

APPARENT CAUSE KNOWN: El YES El NO IF YES, DESCRIBE:

RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE ACTION:

ANY NONCONFORMING ITEM TO BE REPAIRED SHALL HAVE AN APPROVED REPAIR PROCEDURE.

CORRECTIVE ACTION TO PREVENT RECURRENCE:

INITIATOR: TITLE DATE:

SIGNIFICANT CONDITION: El YES El NO IF YES, REFER TO QAM SECTION 15.

APPROVAL COMMENTS:

PSC QC QA ENGINEERING APPROVAL SIGN & DATE:

EXELON APPROVAL REQUIRED El YES El NO ENGINEER DATE QA DATE COMMENTS:

DISTRIBUTION DISPOSITION COMPLETED El QA SECTION El VICE PRESIDENT El VENDOR SIGNED:

El QE SECTION El CONTR. MGMT. El TITLE:

El ENGINEERING El EXELON El DATE:

43 QA 9.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 851 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 397 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 9.0 NONCONFORMANCES NONCONFORMANCE REPORT INDEX LOG 09/03/13 Revision 0 Page of Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT I - 40t Year NONCONFORMANCE REPORT INDEX L G NCR# IDESCRIPTION DATE WRITTEN

((SUBMITTED DATE IjAPPROVED DATE 1 DATE jCOMPLETE 1- t 1 t 4 t 1

+ 4 4. 4

+ 4 4 4- +

4 4 1 -~

4 4 4 *t- +

4 4 4 .4- 4 4 4 4 + 4 w

43 QA 9.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 852 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 398 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 9.0 NONCONFORMANCES HOLD TAG INDEX LOG 09/03/13 Revision 0 Page of Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 4 0 th Year HOLD TAG INDEX LOG CI IGNOFF TAG# DATE ISSUED DESCRIPTION OF CONDITION DATE REMOVED

__ I __ I I ___ I __

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 I I I 4 .9- 4 4

4. 4- 4 4

4. .4- 4- 1 4- 4

+ + 4- 4-43 QA 9.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 853 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 399 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 9.0 NONCONFORMANCES REJECT TAG INDEX LOG 09/03/13 Page Revision 0 of S

Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 4 0 th Year

______REJECT TAG INDEX LOG TAG# DATE DESCRIPTION OF CONDITION DATVED [QC SIGNOFF S

43 QA 9.0 TMI.13 ISI a

w Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 854 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 400 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 10.0 CALIBRATION 09/03/13 Page 1 of 5 PRECISION NERevision 0 EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (4 0TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE CALIBRATION OF MEASURING AND TEST EQUIPMENT lUa daftsj Q.A. MANAGER 09/03/13 Prepared by Title Date PROJECTMANAGER, P.E. 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date PRESIDENT 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date 44 A 10.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 855 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 401 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 10.0 CALIBRATION 09/03/13 P~nn 9 nf '*

PRECISION LANCE Revision 0 1.0 CALIBRATION REQUIREMENTS 1.1 This procedure will establish the requirements for calibration of the Quality Control Test and Measuring Equipment to be used for inspection, testing and evaluation, during the In-Service Inspections (Surveillance) of the Post-Tensioning System Tendons.

2.0 CONTROLS 2.1 All calibrated test and measuring equipment shall be controlled for issue by the PSC Quality Control or Quality Assurance Section. The area of issue shall be indicated on the calibration records. The calibration records shall be maintained by the PSC Quality Control or Quality Assurance Section.

2.2 PSC Quality Control personnel shall maintain a file or list of in-service devices requiring calibration, and periodically review those records to prevent any lapse in calibration.

2.3 The Quality Assurance Section shall review calibration records during audits of that operation being audited.

2.4 All calibrated equipment shall be documented and identified by a label, tag, or log sheet indicating the status of calibration. The control device shall identify the equipment, the date of calibration, date due for recalibration and the signature or initials of the person performing or verifying the calibration.

2.5 The identification control of the calibrated equipment shall be of such a nature so that the specific traceability of that device will not be lost; usually engraved or marked with a Quality Control code number.

2.6 Any calibrated device that has been damaged, adjusted or repaired before the recalibration due date, shall be recalibrated before initial use, to assure the prescribed accuracy.

2.7 There is no intent to apply calibration requirements on those devices such as tapelines, levels, etc. where normal commercial practices provide adequate accuracy, or where there is no need for accuracy.

2.8 Procedures shall be provided for the calibration of special testing, measuring, inspection devices or other equipment requiring calibration and shall be controlled by the Quality Assurance Section or included in the Surveillance I.S.I. Manual for the project.

2.9 The Rams which have been used for Monitoring Force, Detensioning or Retensioning operations for the In-Service Inspection of the Post-Tensioning System Tendons shall be verified for calibrated status after the completion of the work.

44 QA 10.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 856 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 402 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 10.0 CALIBRATION 09/03/13 Page 3 of 5 Revision 0 2.10 The documents for the calibration of Rams prior to starting the work and after completing the work shall be included with the Final Report for the In-Service Inspection.

3.0 OUT OF CALIBRATION 3.1 Devices out of calibration shall be processed as nonconformances. Devices out of calibration that are determined to have an adverse effect on quality shall have copies of that nonconformance report submitted to Executive Management for review, and comments where applicable.

3.1.1 Nonconformance Reports shall be drafted, submitted and distributed in accordance with the requirements of PSC Procedure QA 9.0.

3.2 Instruments that are found to be out of calibration shall be re-calibrated and a comparison made of the results of the new calibration and the out-of-calibration variance, if any. If no significant variation exists, the instrument shall be put back into service. In the event that a discrepancy exists, then the Engineering and/or Quality Assurance and Quality Control Sections shall make an evaluation of the discrepancy and the possible effect on the items processed with the out-of-calibration device, with regard to quality, accuracy or reliability. If it is determined that a serious problem exists, then the Quality Assurance Section shall determine what items checked with the out-of-calibration device shall be rechecked with an effective calibrated device.

3.3 Instruments that are found to be in excess of the required accuracy or tolerance band after being returned from Field Service, shall be controlled with Nonconformance Reports as required of Sections 3.1 and 3.2 of this Procedure.

4.0 TOOL AND GAUGE CONTROL 4.1 The calibration standards used to calibrate measuring and test equipment shall be traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) and shall be controlled to an accuracy not to exceed a limit of 25% of the tolerance of the equipment being calibrated or the smallest used division of that instrument's scale, unless otherwise limited by "State-of-the Art" conditions. Pressure Gauges used for Post-Tensioning System operations shall be excluded from this requirement and shall be defined for accuracy in separate procedures.

4.1.1 For example, a micrometer that has a smallest scale reading of 0.001" shall be calibrated with a standard or device that has been calibrated to an accuracy or 0.00025" or less.

4.2 All measuring and test equipment used for Quality Control Inspections shall have subdivisions or increments for measurements that are equal to or smaller than the tolerance of the parameter being measured.

44 QA 10.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 857 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 403 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 10.0 CALIBRATION 09/03/13 Page 4 of 5 Revision 0 a

4.2.1 For example, a part needs to be controlled to a dimension of 9.365" with a tolerance of plus or minus 0.001". It would therefore be acceptable to perform that measurement with a device that is capable of measuring to 0.001" or smaller.

4.3 Calibrated Devices may be extended for the stated period of frequency, where that device has been calibrated and placed into storage, rather than into service. The original frequency period stated in Section 5.2, Equipment List, shall always be observed.

5.0 EQUIPMENT 5.1 The Equipment List shown in Section 5.2 of this Procedure contains those devices that are required for the In-Service Inspection or are used to calibrate devices that will be used during the In-Service Inspection. The required accuracy and frequency of calibration are stated for each device. It should be noted that the accuracy requirement is meant to be the tolerance band to which the device is being calibrated and not the original accuracy or the accuracy between calibration frequencies.

5.1.1 The term "DISS" in the Accuracy Column is defined as "Division of that Instrument's Smallest Scale".

5.1.2 Where an asterisk "*"follows the accuracy dimension, this is meant to be that the dimension shown shall be verified with a Micrometer that reads to 0.0001".

5.1.3 The procedures that are used to calibrate the various types of equipment, gauges or instruments used during the In-Service Inspection, will accompany this procedure in the Surveillance I.S.I. Manual. These procedures provide information relative to the calibration of each device and may be used for purposes of calibrating these devices in the field, should that become necessary.

w 44 QA 10.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 858 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 404 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 10.0 CALIBRATION 09/03/13 Page 5 of 5 Revision 0 5.2 EQUIPMENT LIST DEVICE FREQUENCY ACCURACY Load Cell (3000 Kips) 5 Years +.1% FS Entire System Load Cell (Approx 50 Kips) 8 Years +.1% FS Entire System Rams/Jacks Beginning & End Calculated to within (Stressing, Testing, etc.) (B & E) of Project + 0.01 square" for Ram Area Dead Weight Tester 5 Years + 0.10% FS Heise Digital Gauge 3 Years + 0.10% FS Pressure Gauge-Master (1/4%) 1 Year +/- 30 psi Pressure Gauge-Stressing (1/4%) 1 Year + 30 psi of Heise Pressure Gauges (1/2%) 1 Year + 55 psi of Heise (Not used for Stressing)

Micrometer 6 months + 1 DISS Micrometer-Checking Bar Standard 1 Year 0.0001" Thickness (Feeler) Gauae Under 0.005" 1 Year + 0.0005"*

0.005" and Over 1 Year +0.001"

(* Verified with a 0.0001" micrometer)

Steel Ruler 1 Year +0.01" Thermometer 1 Year + 1 DISS Optical Comparator 1 Year +0.001" Dial Indicator 1 Year +1 DISS 6.0 DOCUMENTATION 6.1. The various types of documents generated for calibration and/or status of calibrations will be described in the General Procedures for Calibration or contained within that procedure for a particular device. Others may be added as the need arises. Quality Control personnel shall prepare or assist in the preparation of these records. A copy of the calibration record shall accompany the calibrated device to the field.

44 QA 10.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 859 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 405 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 10.1 CALIBRATION VERIFICATION 09/03/13 Page 1 of 5 Revision 0 EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 ( 4 0TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE VERIFICATION OF CALIBRATION STATUS OF HYDRAULIC PRESSURE GAUGES

&cau&,) Q.C. INSPECTOR 09/03/13 Prepared by Title Date Q.A. MANAGER 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date PRESIDENT 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date 45 QA 10.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 860 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 406 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 10.1 CALIBRATION VERIFICATION 09/03/13 Page 2 of 5 Revision 0 1.0 FIELD VERIFICATION OF PRESSURE GAUGES 1.1 The following procedure shall be used to verify the calibration of hydraulic pressure gauges during field operations. These gauges may be used in stressing operations with the rams or other devices that require a measure of accuracy to produce quality results. Frequency and Accuracy of Calibration shall be controlled as stated in Section 5.2 of Procedure QA 10.0 Equipment List. The Verification frequency shall be controlled as stated in Section 2.5 of this Procedure, while the Verification Accuracy shall be controlled as stated in Sections 3.6 or 3.7.

2.0 GENERAL 2.1 Prior to being used for any work, all gauges shall be calibrated with the use of a Dead Weight Tester or the Heise Digital electronic pressure indicator.

2.2 In addition to the pressure gauges used during the surveillance, one gauge, designated as the Master Gauge or a Heise Digital Gauge, shall be set aside for purposes of Calibration Verification during the process of the work. Prior to use the Master Gauge or Heise Digital Gauge used for Calibration Verification shall have been calibrated per PSC Procedure Q12.8.C-W with a dead weight tester traceable to the NIST.

2.3 PSC Quality Control personnel shall maintain the controls for distribution and recall of each Pressure Gauge being used on site.

2.4 A Pressure Gauge may be verified for calibration or accuracy at shorter frequencies than stated in Section 5.2 of Procedure QA 10.0. It is important that verification be performed any time that the gauge has been damaged, subjected to some physical abuse or there is some reason to suspect its accuracy.

2.5 Pressure Gauges used for Detensioning or Retensioning (Stressing) tendons of Post-Tensioning Tendon Systems during In-Service Inspections of Nuclear Power Plants, shall be Verified for Calibrated status at least once a day during the operational use of those gauges.

3.0 VERIFICATION OF CALIBRATION 3.1 Clean and remove any dirt, grease or residue that could affect the accuracy of the calibration or use of the pressure gauge.

3.2 At the option of the PSC Quality Control Section it shall be acceptable to use a Heise Digital Pressure Indicating Gauge for Calibration Verification of Pressure Gauges, rather than a Master Gauge.

3.3 Attach the Pressure Gauge to the Calibration Pump of the Heise Indicator or Master Gauge.

45 QA 10.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 861 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 407 of 415 3.4 Close the back pressure valves before pressurizing the system.

3.5 Increase the hydraulic pressure to the point of the desired reading on the Pressure Gauge, usually 1,000 psi plus or minus 100 psi increments. Take a reading of the Pressure Gauge and the Heise Indicator and document both on the Pressure Gauge Calibration Form.

3.6 MASTER GAUGE (1/4% Accuracy) 3.6.1 Where a Master gauge is used for verification of calibration, the master gauge and field gauge to be calibrated shall be connected to a common line (manifold) on a hydraulic pump. The pump shall be pressurized in no greater than 1,000 psi increments, plus or minus 100 psi, to the highest overstress pressure that shall be encountered during stressing activities; for example, 7,600 psi overstress will require calibration on that gauge to at least 7,600 psi. It shall be acceptable to go to 8,000 psi.

3.6.2 The accuracy of a gauge verified in this manner shall be acceptable, if it reads to within 50 psi of any reading on the Master Gauge.

3.7 HEISE DIGITAL GAUGE 3.7.1 A Pressure Gauge may be verified for calibration by connecting that gauge and the Heise Digital Gauge to a common line, which is in turn connected to a hydraulic pump and pressurized to the same values noted in 3.6.1 above.

3.7.2 The verification accuracy of that Pressure Gauge shall be acceptable if it reads to within 30 psi of the Heise Digital Gauge reading for a 1/4 percent accuracy gauge or 55 psi for 1/2 percent accuracy gauge. As a 1/2 percent gauge cannot be accurately interpolated to increments of 5 psi it will be acceptable to take the reading to some point equal to or above 50 psi but not to exceed 60 psi.

3.7.3 Pressure Gauges with an accuracy of 1/2 percent or greater shall not be used for Monitoring Force, Detensioning or Retensioning operations of the Post-Tensioning Tendon System during In-Service Inspections.

3.8 With the Verification and Documentation of the Pressure Gauge being acceptable, the pump and gauge shall be depressurized and prepared for disassembly.

4.0 UNACCEPTABLE CONDITIONS 4.1 If a Pressure Gauge fails to meet the accuracy requirements of Section 3.6.2 or 3.7.2 after being used for Stressing or Detensioning operations, it shall be necessary to draft a Nonconformance Report in accordance with the requirements of Section 3 of Procedure QA 10.0, to control that Gauge and any Tendons worked with that Gauge.

45 QA 10.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 862 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 408 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 10.1 CALIBRATION VERIFICATION 09/03/13 Page 4 of 5 Revision 0 4.2 Any Pressure Gauge not capable of meeting the stated accuracy requirements of Section 3.6.2 or 3.7.2 for the method of calibration being used, shall be returned to the PSC shop for adjustment or repair. Any repaired or adjusted Gauge shall be recalibrated before use.

4.3 ZERO ALIGNMENT (Zero Beating) 4.3.1 On occasion, the Pressure Gauge Indicating Needle may not be in precise alignment with the Zero mark on the Gauge Face, necessitating realignment.

Before calibration the needle is to be realigned to the zero mark, with the realignment completed the Verification shall be performed and documented.

5.0 ACCURACY VARIATIONS 5.1 Even though Pressure Gauges that have been calibrated or verified for calibration, variations in excess of the requirements of Sections 3.6.2 and 3.7.2 may be detected between calibrations or verifications. In an effort to explain and control this deficiency, this Section shall be reviewed before the Verification of any Pressure Gauges.

5.2 The accuracy of the calibration of Pressure Gauges or the verification of calibration is highly dependent on the accuracy of the reading of the location of the Pressure Indicating Needle on the Gauge Face. While there is an attempt to precisely align the needle with the Gauge Face Indicating Line, it is nearly impossible to maintain that control. In an effort to explain any variations that could be noted between calibrations or verifications, it is recommended that a notation be added to the Calibration Document to signify that the intended increment was not precisely obtained. At that increment it would be noted that the value actually achieved was plus or minus an extrapolated pressure noted during the calibration.

5.2.1 For example: Ifthe target increment on the gauge Face was intended to be 2,000 psi and the Indicating Needle was somewhat over the 2,000 psi line, perhaps enough to interpret as 10 psi, the notation on the Calibration Record would read:

2,000 psi +10 5.2.2 The requirements for Stressing or Detensioning Tendons do not require the Pressure to be read any finer than 10 psi during the In-Service Inspections. The Hydraulic Ram Calibration Procedure takes the reading error into account for Stressing or Detensioning along with any other errors that may occur as a result of calibration or gauge reading, thereby maintaining the accuracy or integrity of the work being performed. It is therefore necessary to document any minor variations during calibration or verification activities, so as to maintain the integrity of the accuracy of the Pressure Gauges.

45 QA 10.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 863 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 409 of 415 6.0 DOCUMENTATION 6.1 A gauge Calibration Record form shall be prepared for each gauge being calibrated or verified. All pertinent information as required by the form shall be posted during calibration or verification.

6.2 Calibration or verification documents shall be retained in the appropriate jobsite Quality file.

7.0 ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Gauge Calibration Record Form.

S 45 QA 10.1 TMI.13 ISI a

Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 864 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 410 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 10.1 GAUGE CALIBRATION RECORD FORM 09/03/13 Page _ of _

Revision 0 Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 4 0 th Year Job # N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D.

MASTER GAUGE I.D.

REMARKS QC SIGN OFF Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 4 0 th Year Job # N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE ID.

MASTER GAUGE I.D.

REMARKS QC SIGN OFF 45 QA 10.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 865 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 411 of 415 AD N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 11.0 Q.C. INSPECTION 09/03/13 Page 1 of 3 PRECISION ANCE Revision 0 A

EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (4 0TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE QUALITY CONTROL INSPECTION Q.C. INSPECTOR 09/03/13 Prepared by Title Date Q.A. MANAGER 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date PRESIDENT 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date 46 QA 11.0 TMI.13 ISI a

w Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 866 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 412 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 11.0 Q.C. INSPECTION 09/03/13 Page 2 of 3 Revision 0 1.0 QUALITY CONTROL INSPECTIONS 1.1 Where Precision Surveillance Corporation is not acting as the General Contractor for the Post-Tensioning operations, Quality Control Inspections shall be performed by the organization responsible for the quality control function of that portion of the work they are performing, as stated in PSC Procedure QA 4.0 of this manual, or as agreed to in the contract documents.

1.2 It is PSC's intent to provide the Quality Control activities for the Surveillance Inspection of the Post-Tensioning Tendon System as agreed to in the contract documents and as stated in the Surveillance I.S.I. Manual.

1.3 Quality Control documents shall NOT BE SIGNED until all information for the inspections or tests for which that document is being generated have been entered onto that document.

1.3.1 Partially completed inspection or tests, those where the operation cannot be completed on the same day, shall be initialed and dated by the Inspector for those items that have been completed and require documentation.

1.3.2 Partially completed inspections or tests, those where the operation is interrupted by a temporary condition such as lunch or a break and where the operation shall be completed the same day, may be initialed completed by the Inspector to that point, for those items that have been completed and require documentation.

1.4 Quality Control documents that are being reviewed for completeness but were not witnessed by the reviewer shall be signed for that review ONLY AFTER completion of the review and NOT BEFORE.

1.5 A Quality Control document is defined as any document or record that contains a Quality Control Inspector signature requirement.

1.6 All inspections shall be documented on the appropriate inspection form for those operations witnessed on that day. All inspection documents shall be signed or initialed, dated and retained in the appropriate Quality file at the jobsite.

1.7 Quality Control Documentation shall be completed and turned in for review as soon as possible after completion of that Inspection Test or Evaluation.

1.8 Reviews of Quality Control Documentation should be completed within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> of receipt or sooner to verify that the information is accurate and complete. Errors or deficiencies shall be resolved without delay.

46 QA 11.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 867 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix E, Page 413 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 11.0 Q.C. INSPECTION 09/03/13 Page 3 of 3 Revision 0 S

1.9 There are a number of Quality Control Documents that may not be completed in one day or require posting to another document. It is advisable to make reproductions of these documents and use these to complete whatever actions are necessary, while retaining the original document, even though incomplete, in a Quality Control file. The additional information can be entered onto the original document until completed.

Leave the reproduced copies attached to the back of that document until the review is completed, at which time the reproductions may be disposed of.

1.10 It may be necessary to generate more than one original copy of a Quality Control Document for an Inspection or Test on a tendon. This shall be acceptable just so the total quantity of pages and the page number appear on each document.

2.0 INSPECTION 2.1 The term Inspection is meant to include:

2.2 The witnessing of an operation that generates Quality Control Data which is documented by the Inspector.

2.3 The performance of some operation by the Inspector, such as measuring or other Quality Control Data, which is documented by the Inspector.

S 46QA 11.0 TMI.13 ISI S

Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 868 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 414 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 12.0 AUDITS 09/03/13 Page 1 of 2 Revision 0 EXELON THREE MILE ISLAND UNIT 1 (4 0TH YEAR) PHYSICAL CONTAINMENT BUILDING TENDON SURVEILLANCE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION IN-SERVICE INSPECTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE AUDITS Q.C. INSPECTOR 09/03/13 Prepared by Title Date Q.A. MANAGER 09/03113 Approved by Title Date PRESIDENT 09/03/13 Approved by Title Date 47 CIA 12.0 TMI.113 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 869 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix E, Page 415 of 415 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 12.0 AUDITS 09/03/13 p~n*= 9 nf9 LANCE ' Revision 0 1.0 AUDITS 1.1 Surveillance operations shall be audited as required by the project specifications or as agreed to in the contract documents, to verify conformance with the approved job related manuals and procedures.

1.2 Audits shall be performed by qualified personnel of the Precision Surveillance Corporation Quality Assurance Section and who shall be independent of the area being audited.

1.3 Audits shall be performed using a checklist prepared prior to the audit, with the results documented on a Jobsite Audit Summary Sheet and a commentary noted on an Audit Finding Report form or similar type documents.

1.4 Audits shall be performed on a random basis and shall be scheduled when a variety of operations are being performed or as a specific activity occurs.

1.5 Subsequent audits shall provide a review of previously noted deficiencies or program non-compliance to ensure appropriate action has been taken to resolve those areas of concern.

1.6 Copies of the audit report shall be maintained in the appropriate jobsite quality files and distributed in accordance with the project specifications or distribution list on the audit checklist.

1.7 The audits shall be performed as early in the life of the In-Service Inspection, as is practical, and must consider the limitations of the scaffolding or platforms.

1.8 The elements to be audited shall be commensurate with the status and importance associated with the In-Service Inspection activities.

1.9 Exelon has the right of access for the performance of quality audit.

1.9.1 Any findings noted as a result of an Exelon audit shall be addressed by Precision Surveillance Corporation on a timely basis with corrective action as approved by Exelon.

47 QA 12.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 870 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix F, Page 1 of 17 Project TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT I - 40M Year Job # N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED q 2- o MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. CC 13 2'75*' 1600 MASTER GAUGE I.D. 4.4 0 15 z .g9 REMARKS AoAJI "__ _ _ 2-99___0_ I

-70M , 700,0 SQC SIGN OFF -,wafZ af15 ____

Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 -40"' Year Job # N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED I -rq" I

-s MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. (z" 13A-76(, - - I 00D 1/000 MASTER GAUGE I.D. i4LjOt%3 208b _ _ 1

_ ,O REMARKS :______!P____= 3000 A0n, q0

=00

___ __ ___ __ __ Ll 0 0 QC SIGN OFF C L1ow Lq4LI __ _ 7=

__ _ _ _900__

I 45 OA 110.11 TMI.13 I$1 Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 871 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix F, Page 2 of 17 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 10.1 GAUGE CALIBRATION RECORD FORM 09103113 PS A Page - of_ _

Revision 0 Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 -40&" Year Job # N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED '--- 2.1-13 MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. C.C- 13915,to !130 MASTER GAUGE I.D. I4 40%*_3 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

REMARKS N!

__ 0 NE _ _ __ __q__o q4qqo

• "ra* !000 QC SIGN OFF __ 2"______......

Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 40"' Year Job # N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED 10 20'"15 MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. CC 1-527S& _____________

MASTER GAUGE I.D. LILIES0-3 96 M___

REMARKS _,_ __ _ _ _ -_ _ _ *9i" QC SIGN OFF , O'I0"/-Z-O_

1 45 QA 10.1 TMI.13151 e Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 872 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix F, Page 3 of 17 Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 400 Year Job # N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED /O -Z.- *-013 MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. CCI5r3*S5 1_6_0 __ _

MASTER GAUGE I.D. 4_,,_ %_5_0 __ _ .. /IgO REMARKS A__ _ _ _ _ sew_ _ 30O 700 D~

QC SIGN OFF ,).

Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT I - 4 0 'h Year Job# N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED /.0-3 ZO011 MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. CC I 3% 75!S I OW V MASTER GAUGE I.D. 4LI_%3 190,0 REMARKS A_,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ C;*0

-7=F 7600 QC SIGN OFF j I

45 QA 10.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 873 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix F, Page 4 of 17 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 10.1 GAUGE CALIBRATION RECORD FORM 09103113 Page,. of__

Revision 0-Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 400 Year Job # N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED lo -! - 0 I3 MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. ec 1666 sfo MASTER GAUGE 1.D. .440%3 0e 1990 REMARKS ___ __._ "30 _99O 7__

..... 6oao QC SIGN OFF (I/Jj/y _ _ _

Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT I - 4 0 1h Year Job # N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED I 0 - MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. *_______ ________/ I*. > u*O MASTER GAUGE I.D. L.LIOW" 26W) 000 REMARKS .5 ._ __ _ ,_ 0 _ __

I I00 I

45 QA 10.1 TMI.13 ISI 0 Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 874 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix F, Page 5 of 17 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 10.11 GAUGE CALIBRATION RECORD FORM 09/03113 Page - of _

IN ANCE Revision 0

<IM00000 Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT I - 40e Year Job # N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED 10 -q- 13 MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. r__ I, _ _ "_ _7_s 1000 MASTER GAUGE I.D. 4L10%3

• 9 g¶3o REMARKS _________-__sew pimp __qqo

__ __ __ __Liggo .

-QC SIGN OFF 4A _/___ 7________

Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 4& Year Job# N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. i DOD MASTER GAUGE I.D. LILlo.3 2O)

REMARKS _ _ _ _

'7=

QC SIGN OFF

- ~%

I 45 QA 10.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 875 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix F, Page 6 of 17 N10i1 PSO PROCEDURE QA 10.1 GAUGE CALIBRATION RECORD FORM 09103113 Page - of__

Revision 0 Project TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 40u' Year Job# N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED /0 -201"5 MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. CC13%i*'.: 168O 9%6 MASTER GAUGE I.D. .040': 3 ... ItI-I4 2... ...

REMARKS _1_=,,_e..,- _,2 .... m

_____ ____ 3q~ so 660" ___/__0 __6w OC SIGN OFF _

Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 40"' Year Job # N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED /0 - (f' - 2-1 3 MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. CC /3'R 75 00t qqk MASTER GAUGE I.D. AL2io . 1.440 REMARKS ,_-5 __ _2q_70 QC SIGN OFF  ? L.,': 1o) _ _- __,

45QA 10.1 TMI.13 ISI 0 Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 876 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix F, Page 7 of 17 Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 401 Year Job # N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED W.[!;- 201 s MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGEI. D. c 131SS_ _ _,_o 1600 MASTER GAUGE I.D. L4/0 *% _ _ _ _ _g9r)

REMARKS A_ _ _,,_ _ _ __ 2__ o _ _

_______________46W 369 70cO "___ __ _

____ t wo.

QC SIGN OFF Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 4 0" Year Job # N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED it) 2* *5 MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. (64In 7'5 1 Ono g.,

MASTER GAUGE I.D. 411iL0Z 02L-REMARKS Af-AV 3. .

QC SIGN OFF 4 e ,

- ~ I 45 QA 10.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 877 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix F, Page 8 of 17 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 10.1 GAUGE CALIBRATION RECORD FORM 091/0313 Page - of _

Revision 0 Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT I - 40"' Year Job# N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED /10/6-1-3 MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D.  ; 16_ _i_ __. _'_,._ _ _ _

MASTER GAUGE I.D. 440%5 .6W _ _ _.

REMARKS A,4ve-. _ _ _ _t_ __ ,_"_ _

OC SIGN OFF A E

• _ __ _ _ _

Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT I - 40' Year Job # N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VEIRIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED ,bw 'I MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. _ . ___...

_ _100 0. .

MASTER GAUGE I.D. 4LI64bI3 200 141D REMARKS A,'Ae.-- --'5__ 7929 QC SIGN OFF Jet. _ _

-10 45 Q.A 10.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 878 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix F, Page 9 of 17 Project TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT I - 40& Year Job# N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED lO, l 3 MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. _ _ _1_5 _ _ i660 bqo MASTER GAUGE I.D. _14_-_0M_"t __lop REMARKS _ Aux 70¢M OC SIGN OFF W. *

• __......__ _ _

Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 4d0u Year Job # N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED 16_____.1743 _ _ MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. -C/387Si6 10 U 4tot MASTER GAUGE I.D. 4,tin-3 A10___________

REMARKS ,A__ __ _ _. "___"___

__ __ __ __3g19c QC SIGN OFF LA,!- -- ,O II 45 QA 10.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 879 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix F, Page 10 of 17 I I II I II N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 10.1 I GAUGE CALIBRATION RECORD FORM I 09103/13 I Page - of I PRE ISION ANCE Revision 0_

icmw Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 40e Year Job # N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED /- Ii - MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. cc. i30I75WO 1__ _ _ _ _ _ _

MASTER GAUGE I.D. /440%3 20 0w REMARKS _________"__ 3_,_

_____ _____4660_ __ __ _ __ __ _ 46 QOC SIGN OFF i.,

Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 40"h Year Job # N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED - MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. .e /57 7S ,OIw I'Tto MASTER GAUGE I.D. 4klotj-3 _ __ P? l__o REMARKS ,_ , ____)_____) 29W__,_

QC SIGN OFF __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

45 QA 10.1 TMI.13 1S1 0 Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 880 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix F, Page 11 of 17 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 10.1

-~GAUGE CALIBRATION RECORD FORM 09/03113 P

PPRECISION S ANCE Page - of _

RevisIon 0 Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 40e Year Job# NWOWI GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED Jo - Z8 .- 2015 MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. e. ja5* AS,4 1600q MASTER GAUGE I.D. 4110%:3 2000 REMARKS ,_0_ . ._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ l__

_~ o O.,_, 666 '

QC SIGN OFF 1,,t,*

Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 40"h Year Job# N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED JO -  ?-0) MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. C e_1.. -5_... _

MASTER GAUGE I.D. 4L10%-3 ____. ______

REMARKS NVA, QC SIGN OFF ___ . ...

- ii I

45 QA 10.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 881 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix F, Page 12 of 17 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 10.1 I GAUGE CALIBRATION RECORD FORM I 09103113 I Page _ of___ _

e PRiii A iE Revision 0-Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT I - 40dh Year Job # N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED in -2! -- 20!r MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. C 15'2 7_1 9 q1c MASTER GAUGE I.D. _4_4%B =00- /Io'IO REMARKS _ _30____ 291'0'

__3 3990 QC SIGN OFF /t.

Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT i - 40e' Year Job # N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED 10 , 35 MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. rC,1c32755 _ ____ 1_ _ _

MASTER GAUGE I.D. 4L 10 %-3 26 A1490 REMARKS ,__ _5,__ _b________ =-_

QC SIGN OFF /4as.- iZ 45 (2A 10.1 TMIA13 151 Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 882 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix F, Page 13 of 17 Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 40' Year Job # N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED (/'/"/. MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. ccI 5n155 1660 991p MASTER GAUGE I.D. 44/__0%3_191 REMARKS ,mA_ e- 22

• ooo _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

QC SIGN OFF if' __

Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 40"h Year Job# N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED .I - 13 MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. ___ _J_  %

_ _ _. I_I_

MASTER GAUGE I.D. L4LJ103 ________,_

REMARKS 4J,_b e-_

. -- Y QCSIGNOFF w *, _.

- p I

45 QA 10.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 883 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix F, Page 14 of 17 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 10.1 l GAUGE CALIBRATION RECORD FORM 09103113 l Page Revision v of n 0l PRECISION ANCE Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 40"' Year Job # N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED II- S 201 20 MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. ct iM*% e 6 166. _ ___ _--

MASTER GAUGE I.D. -t/4 0 o&3 2000- Zs REMARKS -3=

__ __ __ t6bo 09 oc ,___ ____ __F QC SIGN OFF a. .t--

Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 40& Year Job # N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED I1-17-2011 MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. ____7_*__ t _o__ . 11Q MASTER GAUGE I.D. Lln-%3 zw 199 REMARKS ALA _ 3000 2990

'7=D QC SIGN OFF (1) e I

45 QA 10.1 TMI.13 ISI 0

Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 884 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix F, Page 15 of 17 Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT I - 40" Year Job # N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED 1-3

. MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. __ 13__Is_ _ 16_ _ __ TO MASTER GAUGE I.D. 440__0- _ .. _ __9 REMARKS Ag,,e. __ _q__ 0w _

7=~

OC SIGN OFFi__

Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 40'h Year Job # N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED "J " '3 3 MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. eccl1=5 I 00D......... 1O MASTER GAUGE I.D. JLl0003 20O Jqqo REMARKS _ &A__ ,_..... "5__ 2,qqi.

QC SIGN OFF __J __ ____._

45QA 10.11TMI.113l$I Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 885 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix F, Page 16 of 17 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 10.1 GAUGE CALIBRATION RECORD FORM 09/03113 Page _ of _

Revis~on 0 Project TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT I - 40"&Year Job# N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED 1 -" 1 MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D. cf j347_K 1660 qqo MASTER GAUGE I.D. 440%3 2lf*

web__,,_,,

REMARKS _I&AZ 0C SIGN OFF j*,, _----

Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 40" Year Job # N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED It- Ida - 15 MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE 1.D. .z, m - 10m . 9g . .

MASTER GAUGE I.D. LILIbq3 _2_ IM' REMARKS No&A -750z'00 FF wt__ _CSIGNO

-10 45 CIA 10.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 886 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix F, Page 17 of 17 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 10.1 GAUGE CALIBRATION RECORD FORM 09103113 Page _ of _

ep""RECIION, ANCE Rev-slon 0 Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT I - 40 Year Job# N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED 11-20 -..205 MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE I.D.

MASTER GAUGE I.D.

... . e -

REMARKS 260500 bow-_ _

OC SIGN OFF

'I Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 41P Year Job # N1091 GAUGE CALIBRATION VERIFICATION RECORD DATE CHECKED 11- ,Z01,3 MASTER GAUGE (PSI) JACK GAUGE (PSI)

GAUGE ID. __ _/_____ 1,0W ___......

_91_),_!

MASTER GAUGE ID. iJLIj"3 2680 1990 REMARKS _ _ __ -_ __=__y-_ _0_

QC SIGN OFF _,,_ _ _ _

I 45 QA 10.1 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 887 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix H, Page 1 of 20 Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 - 40" Year NONCONFORMANCE REPORT INDEX LOG NCR# DESCRIPTION DATE DATE DATE DATE WRITTEN SUBMITTED APPROVED COMPLETE At*'- 2.. Pmo4fud#'.u*, tres a.t,',. aud OA *  ?-,-r*/3 -Z.7-1

1. • - tA4d;4i.-,'. ,M;-siJ*, ;rc:4 A1169/-60Z- 6A~krv/Fkk."&F.KM V-,1-916DZ-*

i4-÷c.. lt-ZI mc. ioe~ at V413, 14/qJ-&Ps M&WL a oAver 70% 4,k. ,*, It (F-tI3 ____

"r- "i 61 stP0 ,TorP Or, H/0 4 15 SA/

ANcK Lexessive eN 9,ApA'1 btels I- of*46 W101k15.. 141-e"B A-)31-13 Mt-31-11___

ve/ 6Ve 10 OdU !JyM~e.- a~)1 *A4ec6e tOW.0 r) - :4-. //-13-13t 11-154-J-3 oAfw over 10% o, 9f el'l/et'I o-t*1 11" Ivk &ver 1&%, *4 q fe4-., te-L ItOf IDoIJ 0l-0-1-5 /im4-I _______

0i~imb__2__

• 4. 1 4 i 4 i I.

I- -I 4- 4

4. i a ~. I

4. r 1 4. I I

43OA 9.0TMIA 3 1811, Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 888 of 1008

, E, - 8-510 A endixH Pag 2of20 S 4 N 1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 9.0 NONCONFORMANCES NCICAR FORM 09103113 RMS1 S=.A14CE Revision 0 Page _ of _

Wa -

w NONCONFORMANCEI CORRECTIVE ACTION REPORT FORM HOLD TAG NO.: 4/* NC I CA NO.: (R-/Viol t -60 (

NONCONFORMANCE: r pse( -Se*. 1'35 jvvx Id. ,[. t e ,ef*dJdJ-ko, A4.,.hAVe XJOv beeJ .reviuwtly dcu4,xteo4ed Are- do4,L 4 es&Arb,.J5 Iilll.e'C4 ,oAv.

4A-A. eCl 4 SkA~t be_ Aot4; 4Y'ec& b A NC*e'.. T4D 4()I4rUdcJ,5 w,,&S A.Jeft- POAd APPARENT CAUSE KNOWN: 0 YES I&NO IF YES, DESCRIBE:

RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE ACTION: clfe" &4e, _I *4.

ANY NONCONFORMING ITEM TO BE REPAIRED SHALL HAVE AN APPROVED REPAIR PROCEDURE.

CORRECTIVE ACTION TO PREVENT RECURRENCE: %A30 .--.- __

INITIATOR: TITLE DATE:

SIGNIFICANT CONDITION: C3 YES p4-NO IF YES, REFER TO QAM SECTION 15.

APPROVAL COMMENTS:

PSC Oc ENQA SIGN &DATE:

APPROVAL A- .L*'-3, EXELON APPROVAL REQUIRED J YES U1 NO ENGINEER DATE

_ADATE COMMENTS:

DISTRIBUTION DISPOSITION COMPLET[ED

~QA SECTION [ VICE PRESIDENT U VENDOR SIGNED:

[J QE SECTION 0 CONTR. MGMT. [_ __ TITLE:

DAT'E:

j ENGINEERING [] EXELON 43 QA 9.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 889 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix H, Page 3 of 20

.. ~ ~ flea 0 NM1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 8.0 ANCHORAGE INSPECTION Date ShOet 8.011 Page I of I Ravision " 0 Project: TMI 20'13 TENDON SURVEILLANCE UNIT I (7.3)Tendon NO.: 21 IS1 Tendon End: , Shop ANCHORAGE INSPECTION CRITERIA

[ As-Found [] Post De.Tensioning f Pre-Wire Removal [] Postee-Tensionin*g Q.C. Signoff 9.0 & 10.0 - CORROSION & CRACK INSPECTION (9.2) Buttonheads L.eval: A (10.1) Cracks L- Yes Z) I No E[-IN/A (9.2) Anchorhead Level:' (10.1) Cracks El Yesi' *I No [1 NtA (9.2) Bushing LUwvl: (10.1) Cracks 1-1 Yes

• No K2) C] NIA (9.2) Shims Level: (10.1) Cracks I] Yes* M No Cl NIA . -..

(9.2) Bearing Plate Level: _ 1) (10.1) Cracks I] Yes( 1[0 No N/A WA 11

)-Corrosion Level of C requires a NCRI.p7- Compose a sketch of the cracks on Sketch Sheet 8.0 *nd initlnto a NCR.

I1..0- UTT0 EAD IO._NSPECTION

• Offsize (Malforined)

Protrudinighinseated Pf2~ -

W virelbuttonheads, ~/AAD if 0 Broken/missirg wireibutionheads &-1Ak~ifýz A

! Previously identilied as missing o~J~AC

]JI Discontinuous - removed this 0 ~. t*

surveillance imre(s) being removed during this -'a((ý ,r C )

surveitlance for testing

' 0 C~' C','-

(111.2) Anchorhead Ii.D r~)ry~~r> '210 Located on Sketch: M Yes D] No Bushing I.D. I 2. &

Located on Sketch: FAj Yes 171 No (11.4) Missing Buttonheads Found:

0 Yes El No Quantity: t.ý,

t... ..

Additional Information:

. I~~*tA/

-a-- LL (12.2) Number of Protruding Butllonheads (v):,. 2- (B.3) Illumination aoufa Ic OU1(p ,W/A4i'l" (12.3) Number of Missing Butionheads (0, 5.,: '

TI It f EII1213)d Seated:

(12.4) Total of Prot uding + Missing Bullonhoads: . .

WiTest Rdenueted? i (i26)Continuity Test Requested ? .. Yes ,,. No N

(12.5) Total #of Effective Bultonheadss1Sealed: Wires Identified? y IN-4]Y 1:(2.7 Overall Results (J Acceptable FAUn-Acceplable Customer Nolified MCRA gLoD\i -0t2 I LI M-0. ~ 2~~

QC Reviewed:/ K Levol: Date: 'Z7.t i8 ISQ ao.TM.13 I15 Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 890 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix H, Page 4 of 20 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE GA 0.0 NONCONFORMANCES NCICAR FORM 09103113 IN 111FCIS LANtCE Rvso NONCONFORMANCE I CORRECTIVE ACTION REPORT FORM HOLD TAO NO.: ,____1A NC I CA NO.:

NONCONFORMANCE: *"isig i k;rC/bu44om eAd 4-AIA- At-6 p5evbbotly vrefler-eA 1 Per P5 proceeedcre S.0, 4ý.o seet.&~ wh" io r more eql-spiu5 wui&5 or &A" 4oiJcAd t ire- de~-4ec~ed CXeto101 &wj~~5;Sý 0 J6A< A AtI,'s is a - A& V 13k, APPARENT CAUSE KNOWN: Lj YES 91 NO IF YES, DESCRIBE:

RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE ACTION:

• 'ff'--RUffc Ni6ff'TN

"* i*i*-t~ff Gi~i~*¥OBEh*'L* E *fiA**

• fi **-i°R =-**3*i *.... ...................................

CORRECTIVE ACTION TO PREVENT RECURRENCE: i .f-- 46/

q4ljm INITIATOR: TITI.E DATE:

SIGNIFICANT CONDITION: El YES L NO IF YES, REFER TO QAM SECTION 15.

APPROVAL COMMENTS: -,

APPROVAL EXELON APPROVAL ....

REQUIRED [. YES El NO ENGINEER DATE QA DATE"......

COMMENTS: .... ................. .

OISTRIBUTION DISPOSITION COMPLETED QA SECTION - ] VICE PRESIDENT Li VENDOR I SIGNED:

1] CE SECTION Q CONTR. MGMT. El _ TITI.E:

ENGINEERING - EXELON El DATE:

L '43 OA 9.0 TMI I I ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 891 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix H, Page 5 of 20 Project: TMI 2013 TENDON SURVEILLANCE [UNIT 1 (7.3)Tendon No.: V- 1_1o Tendon End: ,-1_4.M.L-R ,I Field ANCHORAGE INSPECTION CRITERIA (a As-Found 0 Post De-Tensioning / Pre-Wire Removal C) Post Re-Tensioning Q.C. Signoff 9.0 &10.0 - CORROSION &CRACK INSPECTION (9.2) Buttonheads Level: / (10.1) Cracks n Yes JOI No 0 NIA (9.2) Anchorhead Level: (10.1) Cracks C0 Yes *No R 01 N/A (9.2) Shims Level: (10.1) Cracks 0 Yes'4 99 No 0 NIA (9.2) Bearing Plate Level:, - " (10.1) Cracks 0 Yes 3 }No 0 NIA ,o4- I)

(1)- Conrsion Level of C requires a NCR. Compose a sketch of the cracks on Sketch Sheet 8.0 and Initiate a NCR.

1t0 -3UTTrONHEAD INSPECTION V Offaize (Malformed) -

Protrudinglunseated w lwre/buttonheads E= I 0 Brokenlmnissing wirelbuttonheads 0000000 0 Previously Identified as missing 00000000 00000000000 1]Discontinuous surveillance.

-removedlthis 000000000000

,W0000000 _0000 wre(s) removed during this 00000000000000 wlr~s~moeddrigtiis0000000000000 surveillance for testing 0OOOOOOOOOOOO (11.2) Anchorhead I.D. 0000000000000 00000000OO OO OO 0 OO000O 0000000000000/

Located onSketch: I(Yes ONO OO 00 0 00 (11.4) Missing Buttonheads Found: 0000000000

,,00(00000 00 0 Yes 0 No Quantity. 0000000 Additional Information:

(12.2) Number of Protruding Buttonheads (w): L (8.3) Illumination source I t, /

(12.3) Number of Missing Buttonheads (0, ): _

(12.4) Total of Protruding + Missing Buttonheads: (12.6) Continuity Test Requested? [I Yes 0 No (12.5) Total # of Effective Buttonheads Seated: Wires Identified? [I Yes [ No (12.7) Overall Results (]Acceptable f4LUn-Acceptable Customer Notified NCR#D: Nr*&:.-iJ1 t-O0L-)3.--

QC Reviewed: Level: Date:

18 SO 8.TMI. 13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 892 of 1008

N]1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 9.0 NONCONFORMANCES NCICAR FORM 09103/13 Revision 0 l Page _ of NONCONFORMANCE I CORRECTIVE ACTION REPORT FORM HOLD TAG NO.: NCICANO.: * /-O/O0 I NONCONFORMANCE: 34-' 4emdov tv"i.. /x J&L ý-F14-i /4 14. k-ýs o i o vetr -mn5%o

5 Per of c~uk. p ,eedwe-lAe w +/-Q 11,6 Seel. q,1.3 e..ork OAP-4brc-. 5 eje 7e) %a of 6, Wr7 5. ( 1304 kZps 4w- A doLp,j'P IK2 r ~f wý) fi'fe-APPARENT CAUSE KNOWN

LV YES (2 NO IF YES, DESCRIBE:

Wt4A~e- bV Q&AI 4y (& ro ;a-spe-4eof.

RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE ACTION: 6(;eu4Aj" " e.4M' =AI '

ANY.NONCONFORMING ITEM TO BE REPAIRED SHALL HAVE AN APPROVED REPAIR PROCEDURE.

CORRECTIVE ACTION TO PREVENT RECURRENCE:

INITIATOR: TITLE DATE:

SIGNIFICANT CONDITION: El YES 1l NO IF YES, REFER TO QAM SECTION 15.

APPROVAL COMMENTS:

APPROVAL Q A *'! /

SIGN & DATE:,0'~r EXELON APPROVAL REQUIRED 9) YES El NO ENGINEER DATE GA ____________DATE_____

COMMENTS:

DISTRIBUTION DISPOSITION COMPLETED 0OA SECTION [ VICE PRESIDENT El VENDOR SIGNED:

E-1 QE SECTION ElCONTR. MGMT. u] - LAfL TITLE:

f* ENGINEERING ' EXELON 0- DATE:

43 OA 9.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 893 of 1008

REP-i1098-510 Appendix H, Page 7 of 20 N'1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 9.0 MONITOR TENDON FORCE DATA SHEET 9.0 P S_ 09103113 PRECISION ANc Page 1 of 1 Revision 0 1 Project: TMI 4eT YEAR TENDON SURVEILLANCE []Unit I (7.6)Tendon No.: Y- 136 Tendon End: ,re Shop 0 Field LIFT-OFF INSPECTION CRITERIA Q,.C., S lgnoff (9.3) Temp. of Concrete: OF Thermometer No.: ST-,. g: Recal Date: /0Z*-IJ Ambient Temp.: O Thermometer No.: jO Recal Date:

(9.4) Anchorhead and Stressing Adapter Threads: [] Acceptable El Unacceptable (9.5) Number of Effective Wires: 16 (9.e) Anchorhead and Stressing Adapter EngagementlAlignment: I] Acceptabte [I Unacceptable (9.7) RAM ID: tim Recal Date: end ofjob RAMArea: 23(,JLI"K= - *,ZA Gouge ID: ciudi RecOl Date: s 11e DaOly Check: C_

(9.8) Shim Stack Height: #1 I* In. #2 in. Ruler ID: A Recal Date: -4 Individual Shims: Stack #1: 4 A.4/, V2. ,.. In. Stack #2: i jn..

(9.9) Lift-off Overstress Force (LOSF): 59 Z_ kips Pressure: 1l 76 psi (9.10) PF: I kips 95% PF: 24f kips 90% PF: 1/75 kips

~4g psi 119!0,13 PITa%(&psi (9.11.5) As-Found Uft-Off (9.11.13) Circled Values Stack#1: 1) T*"'r psi Stack#2: 1) K psi 1) 57461 psi

2) 615So psi 2)1 7(0 psi 2) ' pal

3) 51*O psi 3) ý.M ] psi 3) S760 psi (9.11.13) End Average Force (this end): /&S.17 k~p5.,, Average: &7&0 psi (9.11.14) End Avg. Force (other end): dl& kips (9.11.15) Average Ulftoff(ALV) j 7 kips (9.11.18) Liftoff (ALV) Acceptance Criteria:

a) 5 Acceptable - ALV Is a 95% PF.

b) [] Adjacent Tendons to be stressed - ALV is < 95%PF but k O0%PF. Document on a NCR.

c) [] Unacceptable - ALV is < 90%PF. Document on a NCR.

NCR Required 0 Yes Z No Customer Notified NCR No.: 1A (9.11.17) Adlacent Tendon I-ft-Offs (NOte: Use a separate Data Sheet 9.0 to document Liftoff flbre)-

AdI Tendon: i[Acceptable - ALV > 95% of PF, The original scope tendon SHALL a) This Tendon: restored to within -01+6% of PF, but In no case, no greater than 0.7 0 G Adi Tendon: _ determined for the number of effective wires.

EXELON Notified: 0 Yes C0 No Name/Date: _

b) ..Adj b)-- Tendon:

Adi Tendon: _____ _ on aUnacceptable NCR. - ALV c 95% of PF for either tendon. Document the condit Customer Notified NCR No.:

A'_/_

AdI Tendon: _] Unacceptable - ALV < 90% of PF for either tendon. Document the co diil c) L.. Adj Tendon: on a NCR.

Customer Notified NCR No.: 7_AWE&_M QC Reviewed: Level: Date:

I I

21 SO 9.0 TMI.13 ISla Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 894 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix H, Page 8 of 20 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 11.0 RETENSION TENDONS DATA SHEET SQ 11.0 09103113 PRECISION ANCE Page 1 of 2 Revision 0 Project: TMI4eTh YEAR TENDON SURVEILLANCE Unit I o Unit 2 (9.3)Tendon No.:  %-/-M Tendon End: 7',6 H Shop [I Field (9.4) Temp. of Concrete: IL', Thermometer No.: .iv"/0 Recal Date:

Ambient Temp.: It °OF Thermometer No.: PK . Recal Date:

(9.5) Anchorhead and Stressing Adapter Threads: IR Acceptable 0 Unacceptable I RETENSIONING DOCUMENTATION (9.6) Number of Effective Wires: 14" (from Data Sht. 8.0) ,

(9.7) Anchorhead and Stressing Adapter Engagement/Alignment: a4 Acceptable 0 (9.7.3) RAM ID: Recal Date: r4 -r RAM Area: 2. -r K - OA Gauge ID: &Z0 .. Recal Date: Dally Check: gp-Calculated Force for Elongation Measurement and Retensioning using formula below NM: Stress during Lift-Off should not exceed 9.425 kips pereffecive wits or 1592 kips fora 169 wire tendon.

(9.8.4) PTF a II lkips Pressure: %50.%6,psi Step I a I00 kips Pressure: 3 4_5 1.71 psi Elongation: 4,14 inI.° Step 2 = -.. 00_ kips Pressure: t i(,q 4 g, psi Elongation: OS i.in.

LOF= 1j,33,17 kips Pressure: 5760.00 psi 161 Pressure:

OSF= .kips Elongation: I in.

~ee io.2g~

Key: F = Force (kips)

P=(F-K) xlOOO A = Ram Area (in2)

A P =Gauge Pressure (psi)

K = Constant factor (kips)

(cAuTio: *K constants can be either positive or negative.)

64e- t~tv- 1 Odtod l(Arlfjns5 AA&l 4CLS~& lwre-'I- Yekfsio*.

A4 4h ki. se4 .E III5 4.'n-.A1F 1140 604'!eD4/'sAile-, eAJCl-HT#*5 V: RI1067 101rsaI ,qfo QC Reviewed: Level: Date:

28 80 11.0 TMI.13 IS4doC Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 895 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix H, Page 9 of 20 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 11.0 RETENSION TENDONS DATA SHEET SQ 11.0 09103/13 Page 2 of 2 Revision I' Project: TMI 4e~ YEAR TENDON SURVEILLANCE (K Unit 1 0 Unit 2 (9.3)Tendon V.,I 11L Tendon End: J1$........... RShop [3 Field Actual Observed Force and Elongaston Measurements using formula below QC Signofta (9.9.4.1) PTF= 1 9f.,f( kips Pressure: 1St) psi D Elongation: f (9.9.5.1) Step 1 7qqg,(o kips Pressure: Am4. psi Elongation: !

(9.9.6.1) Step 2 j2860.70 kips Pressure: _1/io pas Elongation: iaf In.

(9.9.7.1) OSF= 1574.1.kips. Pressure: A760 psi QDElongation: /6,.Vin.

1000 (9.9.8) CD - (D. 5 in. Elongation Value (this end)

(9.9.9) L//A in. Elongation Value (opposite end)

(9.9.10) /02 1) In. TOTAL Tendon Elongation Value (9.9.12.1) Elongation S Ruler ID: *14 Recel Date: if-I- 1 (9.9.12.3) Elongation Results C Acceptable 0 Unacceptable Customer Notified NCR No: -L A&

Options Original Lift-off Values from Data Sheet SQ 9.0 A Lift-off < Predicted Force 0 Use Predicted Force- 0 + 6%

B Lift-off > Predicted Force ij Use Lift-off - 0 + 6%

C Lift-off > 67% GUTS 0 Use 70% + 0 -3% GUTS (effective wires)

D Lift-off > 70% GUTS 0 Use 70% + 0 - 3% GUTS (effective wires)

(9.10.5) LOF Acceptable Range Min Max As found lift-off/or predicted (highest): (,5SiS*j-1 kips I4/*t zI kips From: 51f,0 psi To: PSI 2 4,5,1/0 (9.10.6) Actual Lift-Off (9.10.8) Circled Values Stack #l: 1) 40 IQ psi Stack #2: 1 4.ý  :*s 1 1) 101D psi

2) ,OtQ psi 2 s&__]p! 2) (./bA psi

3) 404 psi 31 si 3) 0100 psi (9.10.8) Force (this end): j4cta00 kips Average: .(4,l0W psi (9.10.9) Force (opposite end): AJ/* kips (9.10.10)Tendon ALV Force 1ý 1*- kips (9.10.11) ALV Acceptable: 9,Yes [I No Customer Notified NCR No.:

(9.10.15) Additional broken/missing wires: 1 No C1 Yes Amount:

(9.10.16) Additional Protruding/Unseated wires: K.No 0 Yes Amount:

q F762 1 IfYes - Customer Notified NCR No.: _,,74 (9.10.17) Final Shim Stack Height: #1:

4

,L ,1 Reviewed 44 .1. #2: 1j Leve l:

/~fiiZ"l

-Date QC Reviewed: ___________________ Level: ________ Date: _________

28 SQ 11.0 TMI.13 ISI.doc Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 896 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix H, Page 10 of 20 N 1091 PSO PROCEDURE CIA 9.0 NONCONFORMANCES NCICAR FORM 09103113 Revision 0 Pago of NONCONFORMANCE/CORRECTIVE ACTION REPORT FORM HOLDTAG NO.: IAC I CA NO.:

NONCONFORMANCE: Cm A1 '--4:::F-T'A rTi-pyV*Pe-'i Of- TEDO 01%J T-bP ýSST".P(04<6 sl0cr- OF:-ar 01-01-N/'5 "p ' H IM *~bu 140P at*oSdt. 4A tUt"V1 f /X>H 4'

&W-~~~~~vP Pi~eŽf CV6' frL4~NT 1)kL c APPARENT CAUSE KNOWN: El YES L NO IF YES, DESCRIBE:

RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE ACTION:

ANY NONCONFORMING ITEM TO BE REPAIRED SHALL HAVE AN APPROVED REPAIR PROCEDURE:.

CORRECTIVE ACTION TO PREVENT RECURRENCE:

INITIATOR- _ _ ITLE DATE:-

SIGNIFICANT CONDITION: El YES I NO IF YES, REFER TO QAM SECTION 15.

APPROVAL COMMENTS: /* , a-" UA-" "' -

4?. ea A)/> 6ý

-Srr~v~

14-i W S ,DcA PSC QA 1 E G ,,  :

SIGN & DATE: .- - a 13---

EXELON APPROVAL REQUIRED E] YES Dl NO ENGItIEER .ATE QA DATE COMMENTS:,.. ....... ... .........

DISTRIBUTION ojISPOSIrION COMPLETETD CIA SECTION VICE PRESIDENT El VENDOR SIGNED:

CI SECTION QE F] CONTR. MGMT. f'IS_1"._) TITLE:

,EXELON [] DATE:

ENGINEERING 43 OA 9 0[MI.3 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 897 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix H, Page 11 of 20 Nt1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 9.0 NONCONFORMANCE$

NCICAR FORM 09103)13 Revision 0 PRECON, L*ANCE Page of NONCONFORMANCE I CORRECTIVE ACTION REPORT FORM HOLD TAG NO.: 'd/A NC I CA NO.: i/g'-lVyi 91- 06s NONCONFORMANCE: ,xcemop_ skA#', 5A3S 43, & 4 4 te ss I __d tl k1 /3,-68P 7k

ýA IO~ASLAI'e.ý 4 4 4kc +o skkle - e-r PSC.. Pfr-ce-.duhr- 'SQ se. i'a .7 41$,- cI*+;eje 4 h I ýYWIfk.4 APPARENT CAUSE KNOWN: C1 YES L4 NO IF YES, DESCRIBE:

RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE ACTION: (Ie4 to /*e"dlee*vi* -,

ANY NONCONFORMING ITEM TO BE REPAIRED SHALL HAVE AN APPROVED REPAIR PROCEDURE.

CORRECTIVE ACTION TO PREVENT RECURRENCE: C.e4 de-4e-rf';i'ae INITIATOR: TITLE DATE:

SIGNIFICANT CONDITION: 0 YES $ NO IF YES, REFER TO QAM SECTION 15.

APPROVAL COMMENTS:

PSC QC , ENGI EER NG APPROVAL NIER&G SIGN & DATE: /0 -h ,

EXELON APPROVAL REQUIRED 01 YES LI NO ENGINEER DATE _

GA -___________ DATE _________

COMMENTS:

DISTRIBUTION DISPOSITION COMPLETED CQA SECTION 0 VICE PRESIDENT C0 VENDOR SIGNED:

G3 SECTION QE 0 CONTR. MGM`T. Fi te£.,f TITLE:

I] ENGINEERING

• EXELON 0 DATE:

43 QA 9.0 TMI.13 IS! 0 Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 898 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix H, Page 12 of 20 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 8.0 ANCHORAGE INSPECTION Data Sheet 8.09 09103/13 PEISION' LANCE Page 1 of 1 Revision" Project: TMI 2013 TENDON SURVEILLANCE _ _f UNIT 1 (7.3)Tendon No.: H 1,5 - . Tendon End: e L Shop ANCHORAGE INSPECTION CRITERIA

.As-Fou Post De-Tensioning I Pre-Wire Removal 0 Post Re-Tensioning Q.C. Signoff 9.0 & t0.D -CORROSION R& CRACK INSPFCTIA"N (9.2) Buttonheads Level: (10.1) Cracks [IYes' ii N/A (9.2) Anchorhead Level: 4(10.1) Cracks 0 Yes l2 NO L N/A t2 (9.2) Bushing (9.2) Shims Level:

Levl: A (10.1) Cracks 0I Yes(

e 2 MLIA (9. sLevel: (10.1) Cracks L[ Yes ýtO N/A (9.2) Bearing Plate Level: (10.1) Cracks Li Yes' NI FN l NIA

- Corrosion Level of C requires a NCR. (21- Compose a sketch of the cracks on Sketch Sheet 8.0 and initiate a NCR.

L&&- ýYx---

11 l -k

. ITT-MWI-LFfAn I1"MQF:TI'IM cuessi've- dtlipý

- Oflsize (Maltlomed) ýAp MC041' Protruding/unseated

' wirelbuttonheads

/

./

0 Brokenfmissing vtreebtuttonheads '~

0 Previously identified as missing

[] I Discontinuous -- removed this surveillance I wire(s) being removed during this Jsurveillance for testing (11.2) Anchorhead I.D. ion¶" 'I,,J .-. 2 Located on Sketch: FZYes L-1 No Bushing I.0.

Located on Sketch: QQ Yes C1 No (11.4) Missing Buttonheads Found:

C1 Yes [0 No Quantity:

Additional Information: UIOLA __L

,6.

.............- . ...... ........... ......... .. . . . .. . . . . ..I . . . ..

(12.2) Number of Protruding Butlonheads (,w): Illumnination source ~ j -r (12.3) Number of Missing Buttonheads (0,K): Z)

(12.4) Total of Protruding #-fMissing Buttonheads: (12.6) Continuity Test Requested ? Q] Yes aI-,14 (12.5) Total # of Effective Buttonheads Seated: Wires Identified? Yes n-INo 1(12.7) Overall Results E Acceptable KUn-Acceplablo ustomer Notified NCR#*: ltY,- ~ ~ eb~

.i8s fO t.0. r;1, Is)

Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 899 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix H, Page 13 of 20 Project. Exelon 20-12 TENDON SURVEILLANCE ____~UNIT ij Tendon No.: 1/13 Tendon Enr. Shop 0 Field (10.2) Sketch each crack as it appears in the anchorheadsibushings, shims and bearing plates. Identify each Unit by number; record the location of the anchorhead or bushing identification and apply to the sketch. Use as many Sketch Sheets as necessary being sure to list the page number below and to apply a Sketch Number to each unit with cracks, Ensure a Nonconformance Report in accordance with Procedure QA 9.0, NONCONFORMA!NCES, for Ejelon aEgroval

- .T .......... "* ' "- - i-"..

i ;... * .... ' .i.. . *.....[ .. L

- ---- i,..... . .__ _ ... ... _..........

.r _T. -.- .. . .. .......

rd ......, _T._ : ....... *...

LA-i4,4 A I"

i , ii

. .i.

.I LI-I,- *, I ... .... ...

I ____ _ ....-

P We tI-*....

... i

... .-.-.-.....ý .....

r i,-

III

7. 7-~ -4 QC inspector: Level: Date  :

QC0 Revievicd- Level:Dile:-

18 SO 605TM ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 900 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix H, Page 14 of 20 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 8.0 ANCHORAGE INSPECTION 09103/13 8Page 3 of 8 Revision 0 PRECISgON,, rA2CE Revision: 1, 10/04113 7.0 PREREQUISITES 7.1 The Anchorage Cleanup will be completed.

7.2 The tendon will be in a stressed condition.

7.3 QCD - Document the tendon identification and tendon end on Data Sheet 8.OA or 8.08, ANCHORAGE INSPECTION.

8.0 ANCHORAGE INSPECTION 8.1 The tendon anchorage, including the anchorhead, bearing plate, stressing shims, buttonheads and wires of all selected tendons shall be visually inspected (Detailed Visual Examination) for signs of corrosion, cracking, missing wires, protruding buttonheads and signs of deformation.

8.2 This inspection is to be performed with light conditions supplemented by auxiliary light sources if needed.

8.3 QCD - Record the illumination source used on Data Sheet 8.OA or 8.0B as applicable.

8.4 For Detailed Visual Examinations, access must be sufficient to place the eye within 24 inches, at an angle not less than 300 to the surface.

8.4.1 Mirrors may be used to improve the angle of vision.

8.5 QCD - The gap between shim halves for the first set of shims under anchorhead shall not exceed an average of 0.25". A maximum gap of 0.50" is acceptable at one Agap location if other side of shim halves is in contact. The remaining shims are allowed a maximum gap of 0.50" at each location of shim halves. Exelon Engineering shall be notified by a Nonconformance Report if the average shim gap exceeds 0.25".

A gap of 0.50" on one side and 0" on the other side is acceptable.

h 18SO 8.0.TMI.13 ISI Rev 1 Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 901 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix H, Page 15 of 20

.. -NlO9SC PROCEDURE CIA .0 NONCONFORMANCES aoft NCICAR FORM 09/03113 PRECSGISION 'NCE Revision 0

• '"

• Page _ of__

NONCONFORMANCE / CORRECTIVE ACTION REPORT FORM e-A ... .

HOLD TAG NO.: 1/A NCI/CA NO.: U tC NONCONFORMANCE: Qrj, 4Tj~ b.1(13 +h~e. jp,,4e. 1ES- -f-i, 3em1se-. m'pIced.i-ffA ~ A~

eKee.4 /C)Mo. -T-hr 46444 4o-CPe-rewe Is S9,1 4%. Per I'SC pbevtr e- 5A 1,1' Z 5eC-)6. j5I 'fke.' c~ ; 4S-c> e-i 14C W4;A alhy A ,A R/,

APPARENT CAUSE KNOWN: N YES

• NO IF YES, DESCRIBE:

RECOMMENDED CORREC'VE ACT ION : -

ANY NONCONFORMING ITEM -TOBE REPAIRED SHALL HAVE AN APPROVED REPAIR PROCEDURE.

CORRECTIVE ACTION TO PREVENT RECURRENCE: C{M.t " cf=-/fn4 -,

INITIATOR: TITLE DATE:

SIGNIFICANT CONDITION: U YES U NO IF YES, REFER TO QAM SECTION 15.

APPROVAL COMMENTS:

flee D<t . " .' * ,#- "^,,7-**.

• F* T*'

APPROVAL ,,, ' " Lxl A, , I'*-

SIGN & DATE: kk/ý°k, = -3 1 EXELON APPROVAL --

REQUIRED 0 YES E] NO ENGINEER DATE QA DATE 4\

COM MENTS:~ .... ...~.. ....................

COMMENTS:

DISTRiBUTION ... DISPOSrFH, COMPLETED QA SECTION - VICE PRESIDENT C3 VENDOR - SIGNED:

QE SECTION W CONTR. MGMT. V I TITLE:

J ENGINEERING [.* EXELON U DATE:

.3 QA 9.0 TMI.13 II Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 902 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix H, Page 16 of 20 N 10G91 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.1 GREASE REPLACEMENT Data Sheet 12.1a - Pressure Pumping 09/03/13

1. R E G1 IRS0 N N k, Page I of I Revision 0 Project: TMI 40"' YEAR TENDON SURVEILLANCE Tendon No.: .> 1 GREASE REPLACEMENT CCSIGNOFFS (8.4) Grease Used NEW [I OLD - TEST DATE: FI ACCEPTABLE E APPROVAL LETTER 8.0 PREREQUISITES. DATED:

(8.5) Total Grease Less from Data Sheet 6.0 for 1 L tendon end: 15.5 gal. 11-12-fl (8.6) Total Grease Loss from Data Sheet 6.0 for . . . " tendon end: _ t) gal. '-'.3 (837) Estimated grease losses from leaks for tendon end:

(8.8) Estimated grease losses from leaks for - tendon end: - .'l gaI.

(8.9) TOTAL Tendon Grease Loss: gal-1R.0 INITIAL PRESSURE PUMPING (12.6) Ambient Temp.: "* '*F Thermometer ID: Recal Date:

(12.7) Grease Temp.: .... b IF Thermometer ID: Recal Date: ,._[ .

12.9)i ae. () . (12.14) Final Grease Height (b) Y n (12.16) Total amountofG, ase Pumped: 7, gal. fa-bX1,.7 intotile (12.18) Quantity of Waste Grease: 1,0 gal. (12.17) Was Exit Achieved? I1 Yes L\No

'12.19) Total Grease Re ,.acc.4 this end: "71,& q gal. Ifno, Pressure 1Held for V Jpssi

. _..min Ijg./[-f'j ID PUMPIN!G - SECOND ENf (if necessary)

(13.6) Ambient TcnPi..* ...... ',F Thermome r D: / Recal Date:

(13.7) Grease Temp.: -*'"9:h, hertomjt _o_*._ Recal Date:

(13.9) Initial Grease Height (a) i.."  %~ Final Grease Height (b)in S(13.1 4) Total amount of Grease added:

~

al. a-bx.7 -. iath

.. ....-.. n (13.16) Quantity of Waste Grease: gal. 13.15) C. -Poured (13.17) Total Grease ft~ae this end: gal.!__

14.0 CALCULATION OF PRESSURE PUMPING (14.1) Total Tendon Grease Replaced: 70,f gal. (12. f9 + 13.11)

(14.2) Net Tendon Duct Grease Volume: 5 ,Zj gal. R;e, '.SO 122 -*.,pl ' c IC.*

(14.3) Percent Difference: Total Tendon Replaced (14.1)-Total Tendon Loss (%9).ifference Net Tendon Duct Grease Volume (1421 (14.4) Grease Leaks: LI Yes I No Ilel-11 I (14.5) Refill Acceptable: Li Yes gtess thzn Wj No (greate* thnn* ")

If No - Customer Notified NCR No.:

(14.6) Comments: ..

=

t- . o . . ......

I 0C Reviewed: & (1 .1 Level: ______ Dale: id Dale:

cl/1'..

! 3-. S jA.

Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 903 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix H, Page 17 of 20 N1091 PSO PROCEDURE 6A 9.0 NONCONFORMANCES NCICAR FORM 09103/13 SoN P ERevision 0 P:age of NONCONFORMANCE /CORRECTIVE ACTION REPORT FORM HOLD TAG NO.: ,A NC/CA NO.: e,

_A NONCONFORMANCE: K proue (wrc., ~34ý 12I- i 'ee /,-I f IPk4 CleAP( ki Aw . +~

APPARENT CAUSE KNOWN:- l YES D NO IF YES, DESCRIBE:

RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE ACTION: ,-__,__

ANY NONCONFORMING ITEM TO BE REPAIRED SHALL HAVE AN APPROVED REPAIR PROCEDURE.

CORRECTIVE ACTION TO PREVENT RECURRENCE-: C leAd "b &4e hn7N.

0 INITIATOR: TITLE DATE:

SIGNIFICANT CONDITION: YES NO IF YES, REFER ro QAM SECTION 15.

PSC QC W T 7 At7QAE APPROVAL '

SIGN & DATE: 4 //'th43I

/nC REQUIRED E] YES El NO ENGINEER DATE QA DATE _

COMMENT$:

DISTRIBUTION DISPOSITION CO'MPLETED GIA SECTION El VICE PRESIDENT [I VENDOR SIGNED:

,*CI E SECTION - CONTR. MGMT. SiL ATITLE:________________ I 9 ENGINEERING W- EXELON I] __ - j DATE:

t~3 A 9. 0 TrN1.13 1S Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 904 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix H, Page 18 of 20 i1N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.1 GREASE. REPLACEMENT Su,. , Dalta Shoet 12.1a- Pressure Pumping 09103113

',P PRECIStOrl4SU.R IPA"CE Page 1 of I

<Mý -. Revision 0

=='==- ~ ~ ...

Project: TMI 40j" YEAR TENDON SURVEILLANCE Tendon No. ".

GREASE REPLACEMENT oC SINOFFS (8.4) Grease Used T4 NEW E] OLD - TEST DATE: [ ACCEPTABLE EJ APPROVAL LEF-FER IU __ .

8.0 PREREQUISI1ES DATED:

(8.5) Total Grease Loss from Data Sheet 6.0 for tendon end: _ , pall / f)'((3

-s .. .......

tendonrend: 1L,6 g*l. .____

(8.6) Total Grease Loss from Data Sheet 6.0 for &

(8.7) Estimated grease losses from leaks for _ tendon end: gal.

(8.8) Estimated grease losses fromn leaks for tendon end: gal.

g) '*Zl-'

(8.9) TOTAL Tendon Grease Loss: f ga, L. .

12-.0 INITIAL PRESSURE PUMPING (12,6) Ambient Tremp.: .. -- F Thermometer ID: .. /: _ Recal Date: ib - 1*I (12.7) Grease Temp.: 2eih Thermometer 10: Recat Dat":

(12.9) Lniti Grese Height (a)

• in, (12.14) Einal Grease Height (1)) ... in.

(12.16) Total amount of Grease P.mpd:

• t gal. (A--b)x%.7r into the e end (12.18) Quantity of Waste Grease: ,

• gal. (2.17) Was Exit AchieveP? Yo,t ma 1l2.19) Total Grease Rpj~ced

• p this end: gal. Ifno, Pressure Held for --'- .. ,psi

..... A,/..min

.,~/*'-

....... i&_Z

,..:____ .___-/; _*

D PUMPING -. SECOND ENO (if necessary)

(13.0) Ambient n *F Thermometer ID: Recal ate:,

(13.7) Grease Temp,: __-__ " Roclu-4.bL,~rmom Dale:

(13.9) Initiql Grease Height (a) in. /(J.?* l Grease Height (b) in_.___.

(13.14) TIotal amount of Greasa added: ,/ /* gal (a - xll'l... tha end I (13.16) Quantity of Waste Grease: _ gal. (13.15) U] Poured UN Pumped (13.17) Tolal Grease Liq!L~c__eejd this end: gal. ....

14.0 CALCULATION OF PRESSURE PUMPING (14.1) Total Tendon Grease Replaced:

• gal. (I2.19 13. i?

(14.2) Net Tendon Duct Grease Volume: _ ,'gaI. neeroSQ s; 2-- g, j.

urt..jon,:ec.*g..,:

3,-,',E C f ,c Total Tendon Replaced (14.1) -Tctal Tendon Loss (8.9)

(14.3) Percent Difierence. Ne.T edon me Duct GreaseVolume (14.2) l0- )JIu_ %Differonce "

(14.4) Grease Leaks: LI Yes [* No (14.5) Refill Acceptable: Li yeti rass raaa 16." U No tgtreafw'han w.%)

If No - Customer Notified NCR No.: Af -t)~

(14.6) Comments: ._ *:!..-.- -...-........ --.----... _________

SQC Reviewed: Level: -3ate.

Ask S*1012." TM1,4.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 905 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix H, Page 19 of 20 N'1091 PSC PROCEDURE GA 9.0 NONCONFORMANCES NC/CAR FORM 09/03/13 Revision 0 REMNSLLAE Page of NONCONFORMANCE/ CORRECTIVE ACTION REPORT FORM HOLD TAG NO.: NC I CA NO.: A.,. _i__1_

NONCONFORMANCEK: +4 900A-3 IYS, DCRE .eA:emP d 4

__________ A 14C___ __

APPARENT CAUSE K~NOWN: Uj YES .NOIF YES, DES CRIBE-RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE ACTION: C eha io .,fWlAJ*.

ANY NONCONFORMING ITEM TO BE REPAIRED SHALL HAVE AN APPROVED REPAIR PROCEDURE.

CORRECTIVE ACTION TO PREVENT RECURRENCE: Chem4 4,b de.4cm*lve.

INITIATOR: TITLE DATE:

SIGNIFICANT CONDITION: 0] YES E] NO IF YES, REFER TO QAM SECTION 15).

APPROVAL COMMENTS:

PSC QCQA N( -- G APPROVAL SIGN &DATE:

EXELON APPROVAL REQUIRED E] YES (] NO ENGINEER ___ ____DAT~E QA DATE COMMENTS:

DISTRIBUTION DISPOSITION COMPLETED i

C9 OA SECTION

[

1] QE SECTION ENGINEERING 0] VICE PRESIDENT f CONTR. MGMT.

(*I EXELON F] VENDOR 13 i e SIGNED:

TITLE:

DATE:

111 43 QA 9.0 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 906 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix H, Page 20 of 20 N 1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 12.1 GREASE REPLACEMENT Data Sheet 12.1 a - Pressure Pumping 09/03113

(

• ~~~1 ?RIlS11.5V1.A4 Page 1 of 1 Revision 0 Project: TMI 40te YEAR TENDON SURVEILLANCE Tendon No.:

GREASE REPLACEMENT QC SIGNOFFS (8.4) Grease Used [ NEW El OLD - TEST DATE: [3 ACCEPTABLE E] APPROVAL LETTER ,jl -li 8.0 PREREQUISITES DATED:

(8.5) Total Grease Loss from Data Sheet 6.0 for _ .tendon end: _

(8.6) Total Grease Loss from Data Sheet 6.0 for lendon end: ,T gal,1. -6 (8.7) Estimated grease losses from leaks for tendon end: ._,* gal. __ _

(6.8) Estimated grease losses from leaks for tendon end: .- gal. .. __

(8.9) TOTAL Tendon Grease Loss: gal.

t,_

12.0 INITIAL PRESSURE PUMPING (12.6) Ambient Temp.: F Thermometer ID: . Recal ate: ,

(12.7) Grease Temp.:  ? , °F Thermometer ID: Recal Date:

(12.9) !In!tia Grease I-light (a) ' f in. (12.14) Ein Grease H-eight(b) **7 / in, (12.16B)Total amount of Grease Pumped: at- (~j 6)x I ?I into the end (12.18) Quantity of Waste Grease: ,.- gal. (12.17) Was Exit Achieved? i'Yes, LI N[)o 5

'l2.19) Total Grease Rep.lacod this end: &' 37 gal. If no, Pressure Held for , psi e n Ln ,L PUPN -SCN END (if necessary)

(13.6) Ambient lreTp.-.... rF Thermometer ID: Recal Date:

(13.7) Grease Temp.:. ""'F-T4herlnoreter D0: Recal Date:

!utal Grease Height (a) in. r 2in.Fl l Grease Height (b)"(3.9)

(13.14) Total amount of Grease added: gal.a -a I;* "-1,th (2h11d (13.16) Quantity of Waste Grease: ga. 3., 5) 0I Poured El~aPm~s (13.17) Total Grease (,3,.)~~~.......

&g~acei this eivd:,....... gal{'1. .e0 ...... .........-

14.0 CALCULATION OF PRESSURE PUMPING (14.1) Total Tendon Grease Replaced: 4,$,'t gal. (12.19+ 13.17)

(14.2) Net Tendon Duct Grease Volume' f) '¢ gal. Ro,-3So 1P.? - sww,,tatii: fot  :,;:&:,

Totat Tendon Replaced (14.1) - Total Tendon Loss (8.9)

(14.3) Percent Difference: Met Tendon Duct GreaseaVolume (14.2) 100 2.AL*  % Lrf',rcnce .

(14.4) Grease Leaks: [] Yes { No (14.5) Refill Acceptable: [2Yes ttesWha 101S) No (Ireaterthan 10%)~~Ii~I If No - Customer Notified NCR No.: -a-loil 0 6_

(14.6) Comments: *..,AAa' .

I QC Reviewed:

-. I t~..4 .,_ *_-__ Level: - .. D :

Da.te.. t/.

(. 31 SQ 12.1 Tt*i.13 It Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 907 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix I, Page 1 of 11 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 7.0 FIELD CHANGE REQUEST INDEX LOG 09/03/13 Page - of_-_

Revision 0 Project: TMI NUCLEAR PLANT - UNIT 1 - 4&t Year

.... 141FIELD CHANGE REQUEST INDEX LOG FCR DSCRPTONWRI'TTEN NDATE DATE APPROVED DATE REV.

A DESCR

_______ I 4 4 4 I 4

• 1~ t I

-* I I 1~ I

4. .9 I I

_______ I 4 4 K T T I 1 '9 .9

__ I ___________ I __ __ __

40 GA 7.0 TMI.1~ I~I 40QA 7.0 TMI.13 I8I 0 Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 908 of 1008

SPECIAL FIELD REVISION CONTROL FIELD CHANGE REQUEST NO.: FCR -614I-,16 1 REQUEST BY: Ii ,,.',* TITLE,

,,.V, . DA.E: J*LL Ž_.

ORIGINATOR: jd& .An dTiTLE DATE we1~

PROCEDURE NUMBER: , REVNO.: _.J PROCEOURETITLE=

AFFECTEDSECTION: T1/i4' REVISION TO MARUAL REQUIRED: C" YES 0 NO NCR REQUIRED: 0 YES 10 NO NCR NUMBER: HOLD TAG NO.. ....

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING CONDITION: (USE EXTRA PAGES OR WRITE ON BACK)

MO~ P..dj ;4 d V4CCeE'3%Ajle. 4?of r(Aiil .1<

RECOMMENDED CHANGE; A~. ~'i~

i DCc ^. k EN- =E EXELON APPROVAL OR COMMENTS:

APPROVED SITE QA AUTHORITY:

• TITLE: DAFE DISPOSITION PSC QC: HOLD TAG HOLDTAG APPLIED: ........ REMVED:

QC INSPECTOR: APPLIED:_________DATE:

DISTRIBUTION C3 EXE'LON QCA 00 EXE.LLI ENGINEERING CC PSC Q

CIA P80 ORPROJECT MGR. PSCJ} "..

FNGINFERING PSC 1 EXELON DC (0 __  ;"

40 (IA 10 U.11.13 131 Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 909 of 1018

Gerald Bussone From: Nick Darlage Sent: Thursday, October 17, 2013 3:39 PM To: Gerald Bussone; Paul Smith; Christopher Cox; William Robbins; Dustin Estep

Subject:

FW: Preliminary Tendon Data: FCR Response from TMI Attachments: FCR N1091-001.pdf; ATT00001.txt Nick Darlage Precision Surveillance Corporation From: Grimm, Michael:(GenCo-Nuc) rniailto:;Michael.Grimmirnxeloncorp.com]

Sent: Thursday, October 17, 2013 3:26 PM To: Stein, Howard:(GenCo-Nuc); Nick Darlage; Taylor, Sean Ryan:(GenCo-Nuc); Espenshade, Marvin H:(GenCo-Nuc)

Subject:

RE: Preliminary Tendon Data: FCR Response from TMI

Nick, Attached is the signed FCR. You will receive a TODI formally transmitting the values in this email chain tomorrow.

Thanks, Mike Michael Grimm Reactor Vessel InternalsISI Programs Engincer. EIT

• ExeionGincycralcn.

'262ý * ,R R:=: M ::J-* =, =1.AI. :5 nc_.a*Lgr l inirne:ehcOn^rp.n*j, ',,_~~**ocr~o From: Stein, Howard:(GenCo-Nuc)

Sent: Thursday, October 17, 2013 3:59 PM To: Nick Darlage; Grimm, Michael:(GenCo-Nuc); Taylor, Sean Ryan:(GenCo-Nuc); Espenshade, Marvin H:(GenCo-Nuc)

Subject:

RE: Preliminary Tendon Data: FCR Response from TMI Importance: High Mike-Please see Nick's comment below.

Thanks, Howard I

Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 910 of 1018

From: Nick Darlage (mailto:ndarlageC(pscnuclear.com]

Sent: Thursday, October 17, 2013 3:22 PM

• To: Stein, Howard:(GenCo-Nuc)

Subject:

RE: Preliminary Tendon Data Thanks Howard.

Can we get Mike to Sign that FCR and reference this information within his response?

Thank you, Nick Darlage Precision Surveillance Corporation From: Stein, Howard:(GenCo-Nuc) (mailto: Howard.Stein@exeloncorp.com]

Sent: Thursday, October 17, 2013 2:15 PM To: Nick Darlage

Subject:

FW: Preliminary Tendon Data Here is info Nick!

From: Grimm, Michael:(GenCo-Nuc)

Sent: Thursday, October 17, 2013 2:12 PM To: Stein, Howard:(GenCo-Nuc)

Subject:

Preliminary Tendon Data Howard, Please distribute this information so we can start on D-146. We need to get the TODI signed off and we have not been able to get the right people yet this morning. Will get by end of day. Work can proceed at risk with the information below.

Tendon Stressing Data:

Tendon Normalization Predicted Force 95% Predicted 90% Predicted Number Factor (Kips) Force (Kips) Force (Kips)

D-141 47 1059 1006 953 D-146 -4 1110 1055 999 D-149 52 1055 1002 950 Tendon Net Duct Volume:

Net Duct 10% Net Duct Tendon Number Volume (GAL) Volume (GALU D-141 80.6 8.08 D-146 81 8.1 D-149 75.84" 7.58*

• Tendon D-149 installation cards are not Included In electronic files and are not readily available. The net duct volume provided Is the minimum value per calculation C-1101-153-E410-033 Revision 0, Dome Tendon Grease Void Calculations.

2 Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 911 of 1018

Thanks, Mike Michael Grimm Reactor Vessel Internals/ISI Programs Engineer. Err

-- ExelonG,'nerat*rn, 232i' i2 3r:! iM?~~ 0 Of1:,52.7 L7 -):13 3306 This e-mail and any attachments are confidential, may contain legal, professional or other privileged information, and are intended solely for the addressee. If you are not the intended recipient, do not use the information in this e-mail in any way, delete this e-mail and notify the sender. -EXCIP 3

Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 912 of 1018

TODI 5971-2013-033 THREE MILE ISLAND TRANSMITTAL OF DESIGN INFORMATION 0 SAFETY RELATED Originating Organization ID# 5971-2013-033 0 AUGMENTED TMI Programs Engineering Revision 0 0 NON SAFETY RELATED Page I of 2 To: Nick Darlage P$C 3468 Watling St.

East Chicago,IN 46312

Subject:

Replacement Tendon Engineering Data Michael Grimm ,? 10118/13 Prepared by Signature Date Sean Taylor 10/18/13 Reviewed by ISignt e Date Greg Clraula at 10/18/13 Approved by "g Date Status of Information: 0 Verified El Unverified 0 Engineering Judgement Action Tracking # for Method and Schedule of Verification for Unverified DESIGN INFORMATION: N/A Description of Information:

TMI is currently performing the 40?' Year Tendon Surveillance on Unit 1. During surveillance activities a tendon (D-143) In the current inspection population was identified to be inaccessible due to interferences from installed plant equipment. Engineering data, including the stressing Information and net duct grease volumes of the replacement tendon (D-146) and Its adjacent (D-149 and 0-141) Is being transmitted for revision of the PSC inspection manual.

Purpose of Information:

TMI Is currently performing the 4Al year tendon surveillance on Unit 1. To support the continued performance of the surveillance TMI Is supplying PSC with engineering data for the replacement tendon (0.146) and Its adjacent (0-149 and 0-141). This information will be incorporated Into a revision of the PSC Inspection manual. This TODI submittal provides information from AR EVAL A2238266-04, Tendon Net Duct Volume TechnicalEvaluation,and the stressing data for 0-146 and its adJacents (D-149 and 0-141) taken from calculation C-1101-153-E410-046 Revision 0.

Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 913 of 1018

TODI 5971-2013-033 Tendon Stressing Data:

Tendon Normalization Predicted Force 95% Predicted 90% Predicted Number Factor (Kips) Force (Kips) Force (Kips)

D-141 47 1059 1006 953 0-146 -4 1110 1055 999 D-149 52 1055 1002 950 Tendon Net Duct Volume:

Net Duct 10% Not Duct Tendon Number Volume (GAL) Volume (GAL)

D-141 80.6 8s06 D-146 81 8.1 D-149 75.84* 7.58'

'Tendon D-149 installation cards are not Included in electronic files and are not readily available. The net duct volume provided Is the minimum value per calculation C-1101-153-E410-033 Revision 0, Dome Tendon Grease Void Calculations.

PSC to sign and confirm receipt of this Information:

Receipt:

Z_________

• - T p~c Q1-

)1rxk "vi Date:_t183

References:

1) CC-AA-310, Transmittalof Design Information

2) C-l101-153-E410-046, Tendon Force Predictions

3) C-1101-153-E410-033, Dome Tendon Grease Void Calculation

4) Technical Evaluation A2238266-04, Tendon Net Duct Volume Supplemental Distribution: Mail: ndarlage@psctendon.com 'ard CoMv: EDMS Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 914 of 1018

V N1091 PSC PROCEDURE QA 7.0 FIELD CHANGE REQUEST FORM

.RCSO ANCE 09103/13 Page 1 of I Revision 0 SPECIAL FIELD REVISION CONTROL FIELD CHANGE REQUEST NO.: FCR - ,q 1. 602f REQUESTBY: bij 4 t&... TITLE: PS.C . DATE: . - 4 ORIGINATOR: We. ,9.A.JCe -V3 TITLE S_ .. DATE: J_*fLj PROCEDURE NUMBER: _ REV NO.: 0 PROCEDURE TITLE _ 1A!u '

AFFECTED SECTION: , _TM.,__.._____REVISION TO MANUAL REQUIRED: [I] YES . NO NCR REQUIRED: Cl YES IR NO NCR NUMBER: At 1 HOLD TAG NO.:-. , /f DETAILED DESCRIPTION 017EXISTING CONDITION: (USE EXTIRA PAGES OR WRITIE ON BACK~) i eiL ~~~1 DUr~e #VVr~ H ij 7 ~A-5 k4 remA -fA04!J, M 14 13 o. r(Aet,b, eiet oAA/iAd.4KI L/(4(C F RECOMMENDED CHANGE:

AdcIJ n e.- dlueI vol nv.5 At -16c~,~-m)~ c,9i~

A4 be)ve,.-

PSC QA/ ~~ QC I N SIGN & DATE: S V4 .. j/fI 4 0 -is EXELON APPROVAL OR COMMENTS:

APPROVED SITE QA AUTHORITY: TITLE: DATE DISPOSITION PSC QC: HOLD TAG HOLD TAG APPLIED: REMOVED:

QC INSPECTOR: DATE:

DISTRIBUTION Q EXELON QA 0 EXELON ENGINEERING OC PSC a

G GA PSC 0 PROJECT MGR. PSC 0 4f ._

f- ENGINEERING PSCG EXELON QC .

I . . ... . .. - - -

40 QA 7 0 TML 13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 915 of 1018

TODI 5971-2013-037 THREE MILE ISLAND TRANSMITTAL OF DESIGN INFORMATION SSAFETY RELATED I Originating Organization ,D# r71o2)13-...

AUGMENTED TMI Programs ngineering Revision 0 NON SAFETY RELATED Page 1 of 2 To: Nick Dadage PSC 3488 Watflng SL East Chicago, IN 46312

Subject:

Additional Grease Voids for 40' Year Tendon Surveillance Michael Grimm ___

Prepared by =ignature Date Sean Taylor 2~,14 2WI-- 1=e Reviewed by Sig--reW Date Maurk Torbora _____I_1_.__.__11_--

Approved by Signature Date Status of Information:

H Verified Unverified Engineering Judgement Action Tracking # for Method and Schedule of Verification for Unverified DESIGN INFORMATION: W/A Description of Information:

TMI Is currently performing the 40P Year Tendon Surveillance on Unit 1. Surveillance activies for repair of the tendon end cup for H24-47 and the visual examination of H13-08 were not transmitted under the previous TODIM (6971-2013-032 and 033).

Purpose of Information:

TMI Is currently performing the 440 year tendon surveillance on Unit 1. To support the continued performance of the surveillance TMI is supplying PSC with additional grease void volumes for use on tendon H24-47 and H13-0&. H24-47 was added to the outage to repair a leaking end cap. H13-08 was In the original outage scope and was removed due to Inaccessibility. The tendon Is having a visual examination performed and the grease void Information was not previously transmitted.

Tendon Net Duct Volume:

Duct 0Not Duct lONet Tendon Number Volume (GAL) Volume(GAL)

H24-47 110.1 11.01 H13.08 110.7 11.07 Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 916 of 1018

• . . .. . .... I. .. .

TODI 5971-2013.037 PSC to sign and confirm receipt of this Information:

Receipt: Date:

References:

1) CC-AA-310, Transmittalof Design Information

2) C-i 101-153-E410-032, HorizontalTendon GreaseVoid Calculation

3) Technical Evaluation A2238266-02, Tendon Net Duct Volume

4) Technical Evaluation A2238266-04, Tendon Net Duct Volume Supplemental Distdbullon: - Mall: ndarlage@psctendon.com HrdQQ: EDMS Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 917 of 1018

From: Marvin H: Espenshade Matvvin.Espershadie@exeloricor),coni

Subject:

FW: Grease Void Info Date: October 31, 2013, 12:13 PM To: Dustin Estep deSeOl)ypscnuctoar.com From: Grimm, Michael:(GenCo-Nuc)

Sent: Thursday, October 31, 2013 11:24 AM To: Espenshade, Marvin H:(GenCo-Nuc)

Cc: Stein, Howard:(GenCo-Nuc); hthill@hthpo.com; Taylor, Sean Ryan:(GenCo-Nuc)

Subject:

Grease Void Info

Butch, Please pass this info on to Rance. I will send the TODI out with this information once signed.

Just want to make sure you guys have it.

Tendon Number Net Duct 10% Net Duct Volume (GAL) Volume (GAL)

H24-47 110.1 11.01 H13-08 110.7 11.07

Thanks, Mike This e-mail and any attachments are confidential, may contain legal, professional or other privileged information, and are intended solely for the addressee. If you are not the intended recipient, do not use the information in this e-mail in any way, delete this e-mail and notify the sender. -EXCIP 0

Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 918 of 1018

REP-1098-510 Appendix J, Page 1 of 70 DATA SHEET SQ 8.4 09103/13 PCItN SURVEILLANCE Page 1 of I Revision 0 VISUAL EXAMINATION - GENERAL VISUAL EXAMINATION Project TMI ' ,;t / Surveillance# 40TH Year 2013 Inspection Area: But,-.S I (,

Equipment Used *,!oI-u e-Vla Y-Concrete Surface Condition Coninment Surface (Findings and Descri tonN o el V--u

(' if-- '.

_b i~p .W U _ i v& . e "'

(Use as many sketch sheets (page2) as needed to report any Recordable Indication(R) or Information Only (10) findinms for the Pur/ose of documentation andorientation.)

Recordable Indications to be Examined For (PSC Procedure 8.4)

Leaching or Chemical Attack Deterioration of any Concrete Coating (if applicable)

Abrasion or Erosion Degradation Tendon Grease on Exposed Concrete Surfaces Popouts and Voids Corrosion on Grease Cans, Bearing Plates or Anchorage Cracks *Excessive-Corrosion on Exposed Embedded Metal Surfaces Scaling *Detached Embedments or Loose Bolting Spalls "Indication of Degradation Due to Vibration Corrosion Staining on the Concrete Surface (*The owner/agent must be notified for these noted conditions.)

Exposed Reinforcing Steel Surface Patches or Repairs Comments and Disposition by Rbsponsible Engineer 'JAcceptable [J]nacceptable Comments:

Inspector &Level: -7 Date:3 Responsible E ngineen: --4r. Date: rtI!:

AN'l.: __Date:

20 SQ 8.4.TMI113 181 Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 919 of 1008

CONCRETE EXTERIOR DATA SHEET SQ 8.4 REP-1 098-510 Appendix J, Page 2 of 70 09/03/13 RCON SSURVECLLAVCE Page 1 Of I Revision 0 VISUAL EXAMINATION - GENERAL VISUAL EXAMINATION U

Project -TMi .. Ij Surveillance# 40TH Year 2013 Inspection Area:

Equipment Used '6'1)o c7' a -e-p T " ' O.. .

Concrete Surface Condition Containment Surface (Findings and Descrip tion) -NI _R.

' 'd osJ- id le e I%

h;ý q.Aa CV ioo of- I0-- '

Ab ldoostd eWoe aa ,o4,a M

~' ~Vf3~,~IY~Op~ td c~-, 1 I~~s e(~1l-?1 ,(----

I-, *---"--

(Use as many sketch sheets (page2) asneededto reportany RecordableIndication (RI) or Information Only (10)findingsfor the purposeof documentation and orientation.)

Recordable Indications to be Examined For (PSC Procedure 8.4)

Leaching or Chemical Attack Deterioration of any Concrete Coating (if applicable)

Abrasion or Erosion Degradation Tendon Grease on Exposed Concrete Surfaces Popouts and Voids Corrosion on Grease Cans, Bearing Plates or Anchorage Cracks *Excessive Corrosion on Exposed Embedded Metal Surfaces Scaling *Detached Embedments or Loose Bolting Spalls *Indication of Degradation Due to Vibration Corrosion Staining on the Concrete Surface (* The owner/agent must be notified for these noted conditions.)

Exposed Reinforcing Steel Surface Patches or Repairs...

Comments and Disposition by Responsible Engineer ' ' ° Acceptable -Unacceptable Comments:

Inspector & Level: Date:

Responsible Engineer: Date:

ANII: .Date:

20-SQ a:4.TM('l M1a1 0

Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 920 of 1008

CONCRETE EXTERIOR I I

S PPRECISIO! snuaveI%.LANCE REPm1098-510 Appendix J, Page 3 of 70 VISUAL EXAMINATION - GENERAL VISUAL EXAMINATION DATA SHEET SQ 8.4 09103113 i Page 1 ofl I Revision 0'1

- . I Project TMi /2j+/-J" . SurveillanceA 40TH Year 2013 Inspection Area: . Vtfr-e...S P,= .d Equipment Used 621260 Concrete Surface Condition Containment Surface (Findins and Description) . N. 10 0 r ao*,v ousfavou aitch,qe-c = -ev'k A .10 -c 0 lie OLI Li -F (Use as many sketch sheets (page2) as needed to report any RecordableIndication (RI) or Information Only (10) findingsfor the purposeof documentation and orientation.)

Recordable Indications to be Examined For (PSC Procedure 8.4)

Leaching or Chemical Attack Deterioration of any Concrete Coating (ifapplicable)

Abrasion or Erosion Degradation Tendon Grease on Exposed Concrete Surfaces Popouts and Voids Corrosion on Grease Cans, Bearing Plates or Anchorage Cracks *Excessive Corrosion on Exposed Embedded Metal Surfaces Scaling *Detached Embedments or Loose Bolting Spalls *Indication of Degradation Due to Vibration Corrosion Staining on the Concrete Surface (* The owner/agent must be notified for these noted conditions.)

Exposed elenforcing Steel Surface fttches or Repairs Commeniý and Disposition by Responsible Engineer 'ýAcceptable -Unacceptable Comments:

Inspector & Level: 7- Date: fl/1 .f1.3 Responsible Engineer+-,, (ý Date: Z%

AN0II: Date:

2080Q 8.4.TMI.13 181 Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 921 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix J, Page 4 of 70 CONCRETE EXTERIOR I pit DATA SHEET SQ 8.4 4 14W 09103113 "

PRECISION SURVEILLA CE Page 1 of e1 2 Revision 0 VISUAL EXAMINATION - GENERAL VISUAL EXAMINATION Project TMI ,lut I I_ Surveillance # 40TH Year 2013 Inspection Area: .. . 3- --

EquipmentUsed -raie m.e-A ý,.j.a le.e/E.. , /-e. 9.7301144 alde Concrete Surface Condition Containment Surface (Findings and Description) NI 10 RI 9d 4a*b iOU /h d aw&.Y f a

~' am 3M -

27h' a dI hie? ecy Im's - cgho-fto aoki tein .-- J cPe- vr-Ic~. w,',"- 0.o vb-i C6, (Use as many sketch sheets (page2) as needed to reportany RecordableIndication (RI) orInformation Only

,,, (10)findIngsfor the purposeof documentation and orientation.)

II Recordable Indications to be. Examined For (PSC Procedure 8.4)

Leaching or Chemical Attack Deterioration oftany Concrete Coating (if applicable)

Abrasion or Erosion Degradation Tendon Grease on Exposed Concrete Surfaces Popouts and Voids Corrosion on Grease Cans, Bearing Plates or Anchorage Cracks *Excessive Corrosion on Exposed Embedded Metal Surfd es Scaling *Detached Embedments or Loose Bolting I Spalls *Indication of Degradation Due to Vibration Corrosion Staining on the Concrete Surface (*The owner/agent must be notified for these noted conditions.)

ExposedPatches Surface Reinforcing Steel or Repai rs&~~~al [,Uacpabe. "

Comments and Dispositon by Responsile Engineer 'a 'n a Comments: ,&*,O1ADP ,,l (2'* (,ul/aar=. Fugrzda '/= 0,,-00.-4-k* 4?.u4,/a Inspector & Level: Date: 123/I Responsible Enginee . Date: 9'~g/~

ANII: Date: ,

Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 922 of 1008

CONCRETE EXTERIOR SKETCH SHEET 8.4 NSVI ACE REP-1 098-510 Appendix J, Page 5 of 70 09/03/13 PageXof, Revision 0, 2 OF q,1 Project: TMI 2013 4 0 T"YEAR TENDON SURVEILLANCE Inspection Area: ltc V3 $S

1. Sketch or attach photographs to provide documentation or additional details as necessary.

O1)CrALkti a icL 7 rOt cey re~clt iWn(oYsfi 7O o kVCs .P Q) Em~~ M. fr/led eak/q/ {ý4o&4' -014(e O(ý Cck leif-e QC Inspector: . Level: 7 Date:.

20SQ 8.4.TMI.13 1SI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 923 of 1008

CONCRETE EXTERIOR REP-1 098-510 Appendix J, Page 6 of 70 DATA SHEET SQ 8,4 09/03/13 P ECIS~ON BUIWc~LLA cc Page 1 of 1 Revision 0 VISUAL EXAMINATION - GENERAL VISUAL EXAMINATION w

Project TMI Uvu t I Surveillance 40TH Year 2013 Inspection Area:  ?'V -e.'

Equipment Used Ito g uL' ,

Concrete Surface Condition Containment Surface (Findings and Description) N I 10 RI b-c'0"d-cIn I-7Li l .. .. -- LELi-p .. 0" 1!..... iq eii i i

• zll (Use as many sketch sheets (page2) as needed to reportany Recordable Indication (RI) or Information Only (10) findingsfor the purpose of documentation and orientation.)

Recordable Indications to be Examined For (PSC Procedure 8.4)

Leaching or Chemical Attack Deterioration of any Concrete Coating (i 'applicable)

Abrasion or Erosion Degradation Tendon Grease on Exposed Concrete Surfaces Popouts and Voids Corrosion on Grease Cans, Bearing Plates or Anchorage Cracks *Excessive Corrosion on Exposed Embedded Metal Surfaces Scaling, *Detached Embedments or Loose Bolting Spalls *Indication of Degradation Due to Vibration Corrosion Staining on the Concrete Surface (* The owner/agent must be notified ror these noted conditions.)

Exposed Reinforcing *;teel Surface Patches or R0Pairs Comments and Dispoiidon by Responsible Engineer ['-Acptable

'Unacceptable Comments-Inspector & LDate: 1/3 Responsible Enginee. Date: e..g AN!!: Date: glj.

20 SQ 8,4.TM1.13 ISi Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 924 of 1008

CONCRETE EXTERIOR I j'*

REP-1 098-510 Appendix J, Page 7 of 70 DATA SHEET SQ 8.4 v ,/"

09/03113 "

_ I PRECISION SURVEILLANCE Page I ofr0*1 Revision 0 VISUAL EXAMINATION - GENERAL VISUAL EXAMINATION Project TMI "0J i Surveillance# 40TH Year 2013 Inspection Area: T U '*_ a4 ', a 11&w , ._F , 0 o,1* 4ei oV'Alie, Equipment Used 4v'ge.. 1L- -e.e~'4 F7&dj_&0 '1-ohj Tes t- cht I-f- Mw ep c II - va 6 Concrete Surface Condition Containment Surface Findings and Descri tion " N 10 Wqeade co nsll--ve tloz oullecl

• 0 I

la (Use as many sketch sheets (page2) as needed to report any Recordable Indication (RI) or Information Only (10)findingsfor the purpose of documentation and orientation.)

Recordable Indications to be Examined For (PSC Procedure 8.4)

Leaching or Chemical Attack Deterioration of any Concrete Coating (if applicable)

Abrasion or Erosion Degradation Tendon Grease on Exposed Concrete Surfaces Popouts and Voids Corrosion on Grease Cans, Bearing Plates or Anchorage Cracks *Excessive Corrosion on Exposed Embedded Metal Surfaces Scaling *Detached Embedments or Loose Bolting Spalls *Indication of Degradation Due to Vibration Corrosion Staining on the Concrete Surface (*The owner/agent must be notifiedlr, these noted conditions.)

Exposed Reinforcing Steel Surface Patches or Repairs Comments:

Comments and DIsosition by Responhible Engineer rAV,& 'LAcceptable Unac e table

=. -r/

Inspector & Level: . "* Date: iP/L A LS Responsible Engineer. Date:

ANII: Date:  % U-/ 'jj 20 SO 8.4.TMI.13 181 Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 925 of 1008

F CONCRETE EXTERIOR iewo REP- 1098-510 Appendix J, Page 8.of 70 SKETCH SHEET 8.4 I 09/0313 S .C.O

.. LLNCce Revision 0 Project, TMI 2013 4 0 TH YEAR TENDON SURVEILLANCE w Inspection Area: "B P.., ,

1. Sketch or attach photographs to provide documentation or additional details as necessary.

__ El El El IEl El]

Eli El 0#$ftfJ7 e dl LIq-S/rl Cjommren ts: ~ ~ ~

20 SO 8.4.TMI,13 SI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 926 of 1008

I CONCRETE-EXTIRIORl PSw REP-1098-510 Appendlx J, Page 9 of 70 DATA SHEET SQ 8.4 09103113 l Page 1 of 1I PRECISION SURVEILLANCE Revision 0 f VISUAL EXAMINATION - GENERAL VISUAL EXAMINATION Project TM! /u- I Surveillance# 40TH Year 2013

• Inspection Area: QP12 ta n MAd - t te 12't~ CGtjtiJ)

Equipment Used 1 ;,1o CU J10..0 5 Concrete Surface Condition Containment Surface (Finding! and Description) , , R Sv.e gS 5 Jace Is, inge~e.*,4/e. dhe.. vy h 6

... ., LL " W"-,

,a " "t,/. - "

A 5 -e (Use as many sketch sheets (page2) as needed to reportany Recordable Indication (RI) or Information Only (10) findings for the *purpose of documentation and orientation.)

Recordable Indications to be Examined For (PSC Procedure 8.4}

Leaching or Chemical Attack Deterioration of any Concrete Coating (Ifapplicable)

Abrasion or Erosion Degradation Tendon Grease on Exposed Concrete Surfaces Popouts and Voids Corrosion on Grease Cans, Bearing Plates or Anchorage Cracks *Excessive Corrosion on Exposed Embedded Metal Surfces Scaling *Detached Embedments or Loose Bolting Spalls *Indication of Degradation Due to Vibration Corrosion Staining on the Concrete Surfce (* The owner/agent must be notified for these noted conditions.)

Exposed Rein~rcing Steel Surface Patche$ or Repairs Comments and' Disposition by Responsible Engineer !Acceptable ClUnacceptabie "

Comments:

Inspector & Level: Date: "/

Responsible Enginew Date: 'li6 ANII: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __Date: q/,6-/,p 20 SQ 8.4.TMI 13 ISI Pr01e,d U/,R- -r, Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 927 of 1008

CONCRETE EXTERIOR REP-1098-510 Appendix J, Page 10 of 70 DATA SHEET SQ 8.4 P CION SURVSIL LANCE 09/03/13 Page I of 1 Revision 0 IL-w VISUAL EXAMINATION - GENERAL VISUAL EXAMINATION Project J!

TMI .J/I.". Surveillance # 40TH Year 2013 Inspection Area: '15 VftCA (2~s 6 aofiý Equipment Used IS 4d 92 4 LP 16 r .-

Concrete Surface Condition Containment Surface (Findings and Description) .. N.. R _

= 2~~~~~~a,,s.,-

-1 ,co -A- R

")ýU- 6 re, V11 V Y (Use as many sketch sheets (page2) as needed to reportany RecordableIndication (RI) orInformation Only

.(I0)finigsfor the puroseof documentation andorientation.) 1, 1 Recordable Indications to be Examined For (PSC Procedure 8.4)

Leaching or Chemical Attack Deterioration of any Concrete Coating (If applicable)

Abrasion or Erosion Degradation Tendon Grease on Exposed Concrete Surflces Popouts and Voids Corrosion on Grease Cans, Bearing Plates or Anchorage Cracks *'ExcessiveCorrosion on Exposed Embedded Metal Surfaces Scaling *Detached Embedments or Loose Bolting Spalls *Indication of Degradation Due to Vibration Corrosion Staining on the Concrete Surface (* The owner/agent must be notified ror these noted conditia.)

Exposed Reinforcing Steel Surface Patches or Repairs Comments and Disposition by Responsible Enginer 14Acceptable lnUnacceptable Comments:

Inspector & Level, Date: L/

Responsible Engineer: Date: ,' 9 -*3v -4 ANII: Date:

20 SQ 8.4,TMI.13 ISI 0~

Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 928 of 1008

CONCRETE EXTERIOR REP-1098-510 Appendix J, Page 11 of 70 DATA SHEET SQ 8.4 09/03113 P

pecisioN SSURVELLNC Page 1 of 1I Revision 0 VISUAL EXAMINATION - GENERAL VISUAL EXAMINATION Project iMI W'Lt; t Surveillance # 40TH Year 2013 inspection Area: t e -ei . /' -S aS.

. atl d I

• Equipment Use(d o/ S 0i C. t-- (V'2 Concrete Surface Condition Containment Surface (Findings and Description)- i O RI Do- 9 Y4..eJ dl ee v - :4?ý 14, rI,ý*-p _vlrkc, ,-

W- Theeip r0'J-,;47%,sC 'el- Alea,- V1/Y oe,,o,,-e-'__

(Use as many sketch sheets (page2) as needed to report any RecordableIndication (RI) or Information Only (10) findingsfor the purposeof documentation and orientation.)

Recordable Indications-to be Examined For (PSC Procedure 8.4)

Leaching or Chemical Attack. Deterioration of'any. Concrete Coating (if applicable)

Abrasion or Erosion Degradation Tendon Grease on Exposed Conciete Surfaces Popouts and Voids Corrosion on Grease Cans, Bearing Plates or Anchorage Cracks *Excessive Corrosion on Exposed Embedded Metal Surfaces Scaling *Detached Embedments or Loose Bolting Spalls *Indication of Degradation Due to Vibration Corrosion Staining on the Concrete Surface (*The owner/agent must be notified for these noted conditions.)

Exposed Reinforcing Steel Surface Patches or RepairsI.

Comments and Disposition by Responsible Engineer . . Acceptable -[Unacceptable Comments:

Inspector & Level: F , "'- I . Date:.

Responsible Engineer: 1-2A9 . Date: IV.

ANII: Date: . .%.n"4 20 SQ 8"4.TM.113 1S1 0

Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 929 of 1008

CONCRETE EXTERIOR REP-1098-510 Appendix J, Page 12 of 70 DATA SHEET SQ 8.4 09/03/13 PR INV S-a-aLA=C E Page I of I Revision 0 VISUAL EXAMINATION - GENERAL VISUAL EXAMINATION Project TMI Surveillance # 40TH1' Year 2013 Inspection Area: .Betwe*e'-, .it,+f. 1,L2 J ,, -:sde EquipmentUsed *&"locýla* c , -

Concrete Surface Condition Containment Surface (Findin and Descritdon)

Ra k - e ,,7,-cL

e. a u Saone1 (Use as many sketch sheets (page2) as needed to reportany RecordableIndication (RI) or Information Only (10) findinms for the purpose of documentation and orientation.)

Recordable Indications to be Examined For (PSC Procedure 8.4)

Leaching or Chemical Attack Deterioration of any Concrete Coating (if applicable)

Abrasion or Erosion Degradation Tendon Grease on Exposed Concrete Surfaces Popouts and Voids Corrosion on Grease Cans, Bearing Plates or Anchorage Cracks *Excessive Corrosion on Exposed Embedded Metal Surfaces Scaling *Detached Embedments or Loose Bolting Spalls *Indication of Degradation Due to Vibration Corrosion Staining on the Concrete Surface (* The owner/agent must be notified for these noted conditions.)

Exposed Reinforcing Steec Surface Patches or Repair' Comments and Dispositioh by Responsible Engineer "Acceptible Unacceptable Comments:

Inspector & Level: ae:Z Responsible Enginee.R* ,* 4 - Date: Oak ANJI: _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _Date:.

20 8 8.47TM1.13 181 Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 930 of 1008

CONCRETE EXTERIOR I REP-1 098-510 Appendix J, Page 13 of 70 DATA SHEET SQ 8.4 I 09/03/13 PECI5t SUR;VP-ILLAkc Page l of 1 Revision 0 VISUAL EXAM.INATION -GENERAL VISUAL EXAMINATION Project TMI .. * ] Su. eillance 4 40TH Year 2013_

Equipment Used . i~:*.'J +  :-~*"..  ?,=*.~ ii...

Concrete Surface Condition Containment Surface (Findin and Description) N I o R

e. * -, 3==.

CC 'R4 -i.

• ~ dlll9* l *.. 14 da 1' O"a ... e .l 1

• '- eVo t¢O"is4/ C.Lfo f-el (Use as many sketch sheets (page2) as needed to report any Recordable Indication(RI) or Information uil findinsfor the purpose of documentation and orientation.)

0Ls) 00 Recordable Indications to be Examined For (PSCl Procedure 8.4)

Leaching or Chemical Attack Deterioration of any Concrete Coating (if applicable)

Abrasion or Erosion Degradation Tendon Grease on Exposed Concrete Surflces Popouts and Voids Corrosion on Grease Cans, Bearing Plates or Anchorage Cracks *Excessive Corrosion on Exposed Embedded Metal Surfaces Scaling *Detached Embedments or Loose Bolting Spalls *Indication of Degradation Due to Vibration Corrosion Staining on the Concrete Surface (* The ownerlagent must be notified for these noted nditedns.)

Exposed Reinforcing Steel ~n~~n.

Surface Patches or Repairs Comments and Disposition by Responsible]Engineer . Acceptable lnacceptable Comments:

Inspector & Level: 7 t Date: //. 3' Responsible Engineer Date: /

ANII: Date:

20 $0 8.4.TMl. 13 181 Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 931 of 1008

CONCRETE EXTERIOR REP-1098-510 Appendix J, Page 14 of 70 DATA SHEET SQ 8.4 09/03/13 P ReCIS'IO SUVCLLA kC Page 1 of 1 Revision 0 VISUAL EXAMINATION - GENERAL VISUAL EXAMINATION Project TMI 1t1L I/ Surveillance # 40TH Year 2013 inspection Area: " 0" ,-- :g f7,.*S-t: = "-.- 1iTv.7=s' )

Equipment Used 1 o ul #

Concrete Surface Condition Containment Surface (Finding! and Description) I R Ps!R' et"de c "Cy1' 0 "-,O e,. . " ..

in. ,4 n0

" P> 0,0 g f! V kr*o .. le-'

.... "q elg t-ii;*

e-0,*,,,.. I / ,( '*A

, .. M . . __I F e oo .

• ,,* . .... . * ,-b=-.El

• . ... ,.,_,L (Use as many sketch sheets (page2) as needed to reportany RecordableIndication(RI) or hformation Only

!0

.- (10)findinRs for the purposeof documentationand orientation.)

Recordable Indications to be ,ExaminedFor (PSC Procedure 8.4)

Leaching or Chemical Attack Deterioration of any Concrete Coating (if applicable)

Abrasion or Erosion Degradation Tendon Grease on Exposed Concrete Surfaces Popouts and Voids Corrosion on Grease Cans, Bearing Plates or Anchorage Cracks

• Excessive Corrosion on Exposed Embedded Metal Surfhces Scaling *Detached Embedments or Loose Bolting Spalls *Indication of Degradation Due to Vibration Corrosion Staining on the Concrete Surface (*The owner/agent must be notified for these noted conditions.)

Exposed Reinforcing Steel Surface Patches or Repairs Coinments and Disposition by Responsible Engineer .. Acceptable -Unacceptabie Comments:

-Insp-ector& Level: C Date:.

Dat Res~ponsible Engineer: Date:

ANII: ..

Date: y./&.U/

20 SQ 8,4.TMI.13 ISI 0

Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 932 of 1008

NCRETE PATERIOR DATA SHEET09/03113 SQ 8.4 J°j+

ziyp, REP-1 098-510 Appendix J, Page 15 of 70 RECISION SURVEILLANCE Page I o tA Revision 0 pa'reI1 0F -

VISUAL EXAMINATION - GENERAL VISUAL EXAMINATION rT- IC.

Project TMI UAit I Surveillpnce 9 40TH Year 2013 InspectionArea: Coa#4Ic-ýS e_ Wks 51i_ 1 '0 Equipment I Used n

atvN 06k- U4LS t v- SA/ CI - 2 Concrete Surface Condition Containment Surface (Findings and Description) ... t/

Akaiite i 4 pr 4i iiO v+"h' C.eo' /1Cvot' ]

I1 rdefr c k

• 114: t af ,e CA 20PKP Ce(ok-oi iJ 14)

E*hd .o*r-e -'o-f7a oP *A (Use as many sketch sheets (page2) as needed to reportany Recordable Indication(RI) or Information Only findingsfor the purpose of documentation and orientation.)

. .(10)

Recordable Indications to be Examined For (PSC Procedure 8.4)

Leaching or Chemical Attack Deterioration of any Concrete Coating.(if applicable)

Abrasion or Erosion Degradation Tendon Grease on Exposed Concrete Surlhces Popouts and Voids Corrosion on Grease Cans, Bearing Plates or Anchorage Cracks *Excessive Corrosion on Exposed Embedded Metal Surfaces Scaling *Detached Embedments or Loose Bolting Spalls *indication of Degradation Due to Vibration Corrosion Staining on the Exposed Reinforcin* Stee I*, Concrete Surface (*The owner/agent must be notifled ror these noted conditions.)

Surface Patches or R pairs ......

Comments and Dis sition by Responsible Engineer  :]di-t" ncet-J Comments: AW W",LA2.DW~gi/

"M .A i f' A. Vr/p _0 6 A.(.AI Inspector & Level: I<--- "7 Date: I / !6 Responsible Enginee 64..W. Date:

ANII: Date: q".. 21/

203SO 8.4TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 933 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix J, Page 16 of 70 Cuve,,n,7 cor ,,4.ii kIdh is J ,vl-,r'5Oa ,t"en .. ,d Oe-s 9 -

c,..,, , 5 ',,f cC,,.Jqt,' 7 ',un.nch",ryeJ, not Co*I#*?,cw

~ Ee~h.

m o/-th Cve4ze4 fic'I 0Ag LI"vVý- and 0 ;2'peeV.f vS+/-

)

Aj f,,,,ofe s "C- , 1911 tqh-e-t veluf,&

'*e,,i/,

c) o t Ae-'Y - dpwe -i,Moi to+-ef4 /eJ /ale A 001k-cl,4'0

• M6e pd lae.

(v b) Vi3te~n ioae

-nle Diff. Jlow ss h*,..,

ý40ý.h-e-tojo - (ýIo elr wl 7" Cv n 9 4-?1 4 /0-ia& V,?1//i 0 4s f~l C~)

~I C ,zioiJot1 x-o~

v5 'ýO X-1? ebil k as7 'J SCrltc~k JVI- '

btiow) ru-i 2 4. jjJ~ c/+

qi'c-eP ' 71ya- "'/I~io~/

59see//ed avl~eaVpA Je

~V-~A,~~I ~e- -e ~Ita-eJ4h~kal q w~.d-e a., Q1?fdoir

~~-ir- A--he- 6j1? Eýolbw,42 LO,1d, lo4-, av,-e-LJ~C(k~ rie- hOa{ d44cil oa~d&e~t o)'One ote hs,-iIca )/~~ 4 'e(iie

..v C)3do alo -ýe COVICI'tQ oviip#' h'? ea dQOsen~Joa 4ýh /0C', C 14 01,Co.tte Ot Aag S CL {V'Oz

'ýep 1eIýo/

,em-nd plott'e-i nof II4ýA to 1P Qprte.p of CO,7cv -eie 0T al pgfh,/1 CI~AY(-A4/ a-vid Con c(1? Ph seoatne/?al

• .to Mi erA Joe-ca#04il3Attuachment 2 Page 934 of 1008

REP-. 098-510 Appendix J,Page 17 of 70 3_3uv

-embLed p/Jth aodJ e&4ed ,oleek is noAf ý-Jvs/I to 7 ~ al4~4? cve p

" rla(( (,.e

'7' h.

/ 10C4IC0

- CviO ji_a Sveav1t AeJ V1or7 e_,, be i4 l a*in el -i'4 serlprl i& {/,Lb>zti., ,.7f"C

T.: -e C Ck2) ha.t' Cvek d.a*ido* ~~'r~o. 1 .hti.C+eoy/

anc U-M 1Je+ eiym'OS-J 4IfeAje4Momeibve COta~esor /9'60r'e~ £YlýS -A'4e Thes-~e C-04J1 6,7&; ivive b-eern ý0'.'vovsly r've&~e e-vcyo r4tnoJf o9/)

/o~o

~ 5IY C "IL-1,1.41a c(Mg ,Zieod5?C' .-Ielrc-~ 6c) ewe r A0Uje4 40-;

_ pvie+ep I h&

ff- toi e ec ~

Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 935 of 1008

CONCRETE EXTERIOR REP-1 098-510 Appendix J, Page 18 of 70 DATA SHEET SQ 8.4 09/03/13 PCISIo N SURVEILLANCE Page 1 of 1 Revision 0 VISUAL EXAMINATION - GENERAL VISUAL EXAMINATION Project TMI Ut.Mv Surveillance #4 40TH Year 2013 Inspection Area: e-6 J~

~fra- Ie -T ~ (t~'

• EquipmentUsed . -e C ,4) c -.

Concrete Surface Condition Containment Surface (Findings and Description) .. ..

be- ^t J~ej q 'evv"- tor, e- "S*

-1' Jac,0vA 1ed#2j-7Ml PIA e.V 00I1j r--ortF' Cnt71ý 44 r' fo,,4,.

"~~~ ........ ~

. ... .i . ..

LI. .... .....................

(Use as many sketch sheets (page2) as needed to reportany Recordable Indication (RI) or Information Only

.(0) findingsfor the purpose of documentation and orientation.)

Recordable indications to be Examined For (PSC Procedure 8.4)

Leaching or Chemical Attack Deterioration of any Concrete Coating (if applicable)

Abrasion or Erosion Degradation Tendon Grease on Exposed Concrete Surfaces Popouts and Voids Corrosion on Grease Cans, Bearing Plates or Anchorage Cracks *Excessive Corrosion on Exposed Embedded Metal Surfaces Scaling *Detached Embedments or Loose Bolting Spalls *Indication of Degradation Due to Vibration Corrosion Staining on the Concrete Surface (* The owner/agent must be notified ror these noted conditions.)

Exposed Reinforcing Steel Surface Patches or Repairs Comments and Disposition by Responsible Engineer '.Acceptable L[Unacceptable Comments:

Inspector & Level: Date:

Responsible Engineer. Date:

ANII: .' ,.,, Date: W65..

20 SQ 8.4.TMI.13 ISI 0

Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 936 of 1008

CONCRETE EXTERIOR REP-1i098-510 Appendix J, Page 19 of 70 DATA SHEET SQ 8.4 09/03/13 P

PeCISION0SURVEICLLA CE Page 1 of I Revision 0 B

VISUAL EXAMINATION - GENERAL VISUAL EXAMINATION Project TMI L4,ih -, Surveillance # 40TH Year 2013 Inspection Area: C$rn ai *m.e-1 bo ,,.

EqulpmentUsed FpS*_a., S0 A ' ./, " ,CI - &lo ... J, k,A Concrete Surface Condition Containment Surface (Findings and Description) , N R.1

&bk 4 F-1 AfLiG~t de% clZ6ý.,1 o c/W1?

-t! .~~I4 I4 4 e4cz*v..s Codpei r-& tiIAJJ7 MV )6g CI, , o .. e

_. IC- _ag".&--L iv'on tVfg~L ~ a~e~

LL (Use as many sketch sheets (page2) as needed to report any Recordable Indication(RI) or Information Only (10) findings for the purpose of documentation and orlentation.)

Recordable Indications to be Examined For (PSC Procedure 8.4)

Leaching or Chemical Attack Deterioration ofany Concrete Coating (if applicable)

Abrasion or Erosion Degradation Tendon Grease on Exposed Concrete Surfhces Popouts and Voids Corrosion on Grease Cans, Bearing Plates or Anchorage Cracks *Excessive Corrosion on Exposed Embedded Metal Surfaces Scaling *Detached Embedments or Loose Bolting Spalls kIndication or Degradation Due to Vibration Corrosion Staining on the Concrete Surface (* The owner/agent must be notified ror these noted ondit ons.)

Exposed Reinforcing Steel Surface Patches or Repairs Comments and Disposition by Responsible Enginker .Acceptable MUnacceptable Comments:

Inspector & Level: I .... ..- 1.. Date:- 1 I* f/"

Responsible Enginee. Date:

ANII: Date:

20 80 8.4,TM1.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 937 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix.J, Page 20 of 70 DATA SHEET 8Q 8.4 09/03/13 PeCISIo N SURVEILLANCE Page 1 of Il Revision 0 VISUAL EXAMINATION - GENERAL VISUAL EXAMINATION Project TMI J__ Surveillance# 40TH Year 2013 Inspection Area: -2J_/P- s'il-e Equipment Used bi'oedlar5j 'fest c0,' $i -a/c-Op 5/"

Concrete Surface Condition Containment Surface (Finding! and Description) - -1 -

• .*i, t,. .~ ..-

19,.ae.,,

ATh00 l Igna to eSePe /V R - .ft S"Oa Is O (Use as many sketch sheets (page2) as needed to reportany RecordableIndication (RI) or Information Only 0

- (0) &ndinfs or the urpose o documentation and orientation.)

Recordable Indications to be Examined For (PSC Procedure 8.4)

Leaching or Chemical Attack Deterioration of any Concrete Coating (if applicable)

Abrasion or Erosion Degradation Tendon Grease on Exposed Concrete Surfaces Popouts and Voids Corrosion on Grease Cans, Bearing Plates or Anchorage Cracks *Excessive Corrosion on Exposed Embedded Metal Surfaces Scaling "Detached Embedments or Loose Bolting Spalls *Indication of Degradation Due to Vibration Corrosi n Staining on the Concrete Surface (* The owner/agent must be notified for these noted conditions.)

ExposelReinforcing Steel Surface atches or Repairs Commehts and Disposition by Responsible Engineer . ,[Acceptabie InUnacceptable Comments:

Inspector & Level: z c Date:

Responsible Engineer: Date:

ANIh: .,Date: .

20 S6 8.4.TMI13 IS)

Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 938 of 1008

INCRETE EXTERIOR I REP-1 098-510 Appendix J, Page 21 of 70 DATA SHEET SQ 8.4 I PRECISION SURVEIULANCE 10- . 09/10/1-3 Revlsion 0 p~iIoF~

VISUAL EXAMINATION - GENERAL VISUAL EXAMINATION Project TMI Surveillance # 40TH Year 2013 ,

Inspection Area: 17i it L1," C; ~ei7'a. I'8. 353sr% 355, EquipmentUsed -"lI*h -.i5 k*d h .,=

/,~u/4's, a..i T-eSfr,h4,nvs SAI, Q~flJ'O.6 Concrete Surface Condition Containment Surface (Findings and Description) [0 RI o .e.c . .a i-(Use as many sketch sheets (page2) as needed to report any RecordableIndication (RI) or Information Only (10)findings for the purpose of documentation and orientation.)

Recordable Indications to be Examined For (PSC Procedure 8.4)

Leaching or Chemical Attack Deterioration of any Concrete Coating (if applicable)

Abrasion or Erosion Degradation Tendon Grease on Exposed Concrete Surfaces Popouts and Voids Corrosion on Grease Cans, Bearing Plates or Anchorage Cracks *Excessive Corrosion on Exposed Embedded Metal Surfaces Scaling *Detached Embedments or Loose Bolting Spalls *Indication of Degradation Due to Vibration Corrosion Staining on the Concrete Surfhce ("The owner/agent must be notified for these noted coaditions.)

Exposed Reinforc ing Steel Surfhce Patches Ol Rep!irs .

Comments and Di~position by Responsible Engineer .Acceptable E]Unacceptable Comments:

Inspector & Level: Lt z Date: ItIua*I/.'J Responsible Engineer: " ./4 , " Date: .4 1  !ýL ANII: Date-20 SQ 8,4.TM1.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 939 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix J, Page 22 of 70 * -o pTh q-In.ri,,ef/Io'4Oa +S)Vc71*,e.' - o POej,-o r'c' 4-on + e y, aIoiv..*? Ia.e?/ -...

w.-ks ,;-ed

,h-e od.

ov, e y a,,

Al'bte* -T l /ISaJrtc4( & 716-h Can oýIo'>- no/eJ/

ob-s-(etw ae-e d /

,%O k4 X "

a]/.' E/I =......................... .....

0 c/~v'k)"~ rk:aV%$

-/Fr*'e l4HI,-,o: - boorY r-,/a&

)Porof~s/ kLhO/e5r 6nii:>or)j 6 4a64,.,do ..et Ct or7L--fre.--eA,a,,.I/o4 4vlbO"..

Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 940 of 1008 k

REP--1098-510 Appendix J, Page 23 of .70 4.... 3'."

-9 C),Oo ir X . oL W,) q// .r7 C), Mloo," j* ol+-

,4) epoz,/ , -oe'. Y',,,',?,*/ ,/e4,t, J I,/dei_ 9' i" E/c.v/o; i-i .- cdroojo, uo 6~V-/bl/0' / /ie4

(~>~Ioo~d e-4~ f4e~m - 1Io/ ý vei 1-,o o4a ieJ ~ ),i 1 q'-,v~c e.47Cho/e

) 3*k1 v'e 4ov *,* , Ia,.J t *, c

"- joe , 10,-.4ýs A40o 0,,

Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 941 of 1008

q - -:

REP- 098-510 Appendix J, Page 24 of 70 f~e E"3 -

' Ek"d',r/- p ro

,,4 e #,,s,e, MVlwov, fýy'ouS v-i bvyhol/es.C CI)0, IJf4e s& 5 4e n on s-A1eFo e CO Y1qý+~,ki -ee, UW11f.

vo hoy? T)v /ý isess "'/

3D.kI-v '/ e "Q0&.

0%) minoe buy. hoA,.

hat'r II'V,4P , ,,Q ý E1c),I 0enB ~

CI m,,,Qo," h~o/e- c~v

• ,: P~c~5 Tq o-p ica,epot 23 A me

,.I*,014 6v,? oles aod- po;(,q74..

9) Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 942 of 1008

. . . .5.. . ..

RýEP-i 098-510 APpendix J, Page 25 of 70

.'.. E/e v.--,,4i4'o

~ '..

3; bka~O oi~yho/e.S' q) YP7 I'V71 ?{ V7ai po0IIk bI/ 4~ 2I3 C~) 9 4 ffpa4+cbe i c~e~mk-~hri Ieeciia C/o re-scedce e

-i~3~57 /~I'r et$ce { ~ -~

Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 943 of 1008

REP-1098-5.10Appendix J, Page 26 of 70 /026 4e h41"'Ck" 11 CVZZ/Z Ai evezit obs-1 ezox 4

ap-eJ Uew rezorl'e h..........k.

Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 944 of 1008

CONCRETE EXTERIOR REP-1098-510 Appendix J, Page 27 of 70 DATA SHEET SQ 8.4 09/03/13 PRECISiONSURVEILZC Page 1 of I Revision 0 I

VISUAL EXAMINATION - GENERAL VISUAL EXAMINATION Project TMI Surveillance # 40TH Year 2013 Inspection Area: 1en A5 l t//ei -3?aov'do '2 Equipment Used -; / j, Cv' g Concrete Surface Condition Containment Surface (Findings and Descri tion

• _ s Ar o ,l. 1" 0e

"-- 1.? 4' .. a e, A

r iagj~ 0 M .

~ , -,"-h -I 04'

-//

• 7-4?I ., V .. / e.,qle 0 tPo Y'/c

, + o" I:o* y ..,, ..

kaea (Use as many sketch sheets (page2) as needed to reportany Recordable Indication(RI) or Information Only (IO)findingsfor the purposeof documentation and orientation.)

Recordable Indications to be Examined For (PSC Procedure 8.4)

Leaching or Chemical Attack Deterioration of any Concrete Coating(I f applicable)

Abrasion or Erosion Degradation Tendon Grease on Exposed Concrete Surfaces Popouts and Voids Corrosion on Grease Cans, Bearing Plates or Anchorage Cracks *Excessive Corrosion on Exposed Embedded Metal Surfaces Scaling *Detached Embedments or Loose Bolting Spalls *Indication of Degradation Due to Vibration Corrosion Staining on the Concrete Surfhce (* The owner/agent must be notlred for these noted conditions.)

Exposed Reinforcing qteel Surface Patches or Re, irs ..

Comments and Disposhion by Responsible Engineer .Acceptable [31Unacceptabte Comments:

Inspector & Level: L eove/ 7Z Date.:

Responsible Engineer: Date: I A ANH: Date:

20 SQ 8.4.TMI.13 181 Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 945 of 1008

CONCRETE EXTERIOR REP-1 098-510 Appendix J, Page 28 of 70 DATA SHEET SQ 8.4 09/03113 9191014 SURVE!"LLNCE PF / --- Page 1 of 1 Revision 0

, ii.

VISUAL EXAMINATION - GENERAL VISUAL EXAMINATION Project T"MI Surveillance # 40TH Year 2013 Inspection Area: Q~f 9It4 rfh -,- wi 13,- V, Equipment Used -

o Concrete Surface Condition Containment Surface (Finding and Descrition) c . ... ....

I~,ýLi 4144 i04, eA CK. 0 --,t,. -.y Xe -I~ ,0 o "¢ o

• a e:

,, ,I....e4 e.., .. '

,ov, e.

• . -- *#**,m .'* ,*) stbs'--

C¢ S&D 4 , .* ..- ,e i t .

. 1 /- % , .. . -

a -

5 (Use as many sketch sheets (page2) as needed to report any Recordable Indication(RI)or Information Only (10)findingsfor the purpose of documentation and orientation.)

Recordable Indications to be Examined For (PSC Procedure 8.4)

Leaching or Chemical Attack Deterioration of any Concrete Coating (if applicable)

Abrasion or Erosion Degradation Tendon Grease on Exposed Concrete Surfaces Popouts and Voids Corrosion 0n Grease Cans, Bearing Plates or Anchorage Cracks *Excessive Corrosion on Exposed Embedded Metal Surfaces Scaling *Detached Embedments or Loose Bolting Spalls *Indication of Degradation Due to Vibration Corrosion Staining on the Concrete Surface (* The owner/agent must be notified for these noted conditions.)

Exposed Reinforcing Steel Surface Patches or Repairs Comments and Disposition by Responsible Engineer RIAcceptable -]Unacceptable Comments:

Inspector & Level: Date: ///50./,3 Responsible Engineer** Date:

ANII: Date:

20 SQ 8.4.TMI,13 151 S

Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 946 of 1008

REPo.09-i o0 AppendiX J, page 29 of 70 3 -3 o5/1

• D ' T-HR b-"?l? a 4y V~oi.,,k C-evi+ .,e .

rhelt -- ~eiO~.

£1li9~i1 eei~

0 e- t7 Te-7 , -

w es hair J"3V ° *1 o&d ,. .o 350'04,1>d 340 a 4, d o o todi i1o h s& b I,~o/vg A *-hled ,

Topi/alepor/e2134ttchmnt r e-5f Pag Imp an d7,,-0 0rtPJA~

Olu-~eCZ8/

~

kle-s'ý1 eq*i' 3,Y~a x ~" -appeatte t7 A-- ai-m l Tap~ca eo~ 2 Alahet 3ae97a 008

REP71098-51OAppendxJ, Page 30 of 70 o

,q- 335".- o/lc IV19-  :

I, 1jiOe- k.pofiA 67' l zu... 270O+W0-# wht' 0i' C)

(w.e.). 1eecA7*,rI7_ lrv k-bc tial,, T/-1 odjerhe,/,* crack/ -be.

Iee h,, * / e /orre cevae- iiofe .

I I Pta~o"&ie.c, on.,tvq'H a,,?d*,* ra,.,ae cI

• t,*,",t'G tvzezl~%

no fed "i (4et1 II , 4 Veel (et,-6 /- Iai*,/)

cý 16,) yq, 0i10ne As-7'-S ~C~1 Yh~?Ole ci) H'Le,,o*,e*' , .,,,s*/..dod LU-.,*t. /a ,,,

!I ) "4vvc ate L'.~f~ y/

Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 948 of 1008

• EP-I 098-510 Appendix J, Page 31 of 70 10 .9 co CotJ&io'n ulD+-e-jCd6) v,1r~ess vev /, m w vr'1~c b le5~

0 0C1 -e jC4P-s andwell Ce~ 0-)5/xAe_;

~ ~ a

./000,4414u t eec4In

) vcv'

~'t;'4 Ae ld /ye,.

• aI) 6£~opqlci On ioo l- k (pre i_ dke~~;ce. ~~

repo.,K+~eJ anvd jnol 4oq44en-f- Ch 1 ~pýe~ i~1-4v- cc 4(.9rr 1

Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 949 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix J, Page 32of 70 CONCRETE EXTERIOR DATA SHEET SQ 8.4 09103113 PRECISO URELANCS Page 1 of I Revision 0 VISUAL EXAMINATION - GENERAL VISUAL EXAMINATION Project ifL 41;t"z - Surveillance # 40TH Year '2013 Inspection Area.' _itjait ý df-of tlyteC *3 - 'z,05 elev tlJvY,( 3-1J!9 Equipment Used "T A' .[-OAp Concrete Surface Condition Containment Surface (Findings and Descrip tion)ý I 10 'i

. o1 0 ,1lI g-e~ 9 L , *,f,1A.*

'4,,

S*ms I.-- *

- - :o i . I IsI (Use as many sketch sheets (page2) as neededto reportany Recordable Indication(RI) or Information Only

) findingsfor the purpose fdocumentation and orientation.)

Recordable Indications to be Examined For (PSC Procedure 8.4)

Leaching or Chemical Attack Deterioration ofany Concrete Coating (if applicable)

Abrasion or Erosion Degradation Tendon Grease on Exposed Concrete Surfaces Popouts ýnd Voids Corrosion on Grease qans, Bearing Plates or Anchorage Cracks *Excessive Corrosion on Exposed Embedded Metal Surfaces Scaling ,Detached Embedmeits or Loose Bolting Spalls *Indication of Degradation Due to Vibration Corrosion Staining on the Concrete Surface (i The owner/agent must be notified for these noted conditions.)

Exposed Reinforcing Steel Surface Patches or Repairs Comments and Disposition by Responsible Engineer .Acceptable -Unacceptable Comments:

Y,-1 / ..... .. *_

Inspector & Level: Date: 2~LILL~

Responsible Engineeer: Date:

ANiI: Date: iYL~d~i 20OSQ 8.4TMI1iIS]

Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 950 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix J, Page.33 of 70 CONCRETE EXTERIOR I DATA SHEET SQ 8.4 09103I1 3 PRECISION SURVEI Page 1 of I Revision 0 VISUAL EXAMINATION - GENERAL VISUAL EXAMINATION Project TMI /7Au; f I-Surveillance# 40TH Year 2013 Inspection Area: Vt ua fs q e_ ge. Ay6 2 Zee EquipmentUsed FI,chI* 1":E 4ad rg" 7i  !/ a(2_

Concrete Surface Condition Containment

.. .Surface

.2 (Findings ae-indig and Desc ition ef ito "twi- r -1 I~ ~~~~~

.* .. L _J.....

(Use as many sketch sheels (page 2) as needed to reportany RecordableIndication (RI) or Information Only (0)J fining for the purpose ofdocumentation and orientation.2 Recordable Indications to be Examined For (PSC Procedure 8.4)

Leaching or Chemical Attack Deterioration of any Concrete Coating (if applicable)

Abrasion or Erosion Degradation Tendon Grease on Exposed Concrete S rftces Popouts and Voids Corrosion on Grease Cans, Bearing Plats or Anchorage Cracks *Excessive Corrosion on Exposed Em edded Metal Surtfces Scaling *Detached Embedments or Loose Bolting' Spalls *Indication of Degradation Due to Vibration Corrosion Staining on the Concrete Sprface (* The owner/agent must be notified for these noted conditions.)

Exposed Reinforcing Steel Surface Patches or Repairs Comments and Disposition by Responsible Engineer ,IAcceptable [JUnacceptable Comments:

Inspector & Level: 60 7 Date; I.X V/ -

Responsible Enginee.P r Date: '

ANIh: Date:

20 SO 8.4.TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 951 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix J, Page 34 of 70 CONCRETE EXTERIOR DATA SHEET SQ 8.4 I 09/03/13 PREC1S810 RVILAC Page I of i Revision 0 VISUAL EXAMINATION - GENERAL VISUAL EXAMINATION Project TMI Ak. "i Surveillance # 40TH Year 2013 FIn~s~pection Area: _B wtv'e S '4 OL81I 'eli e 7 VM. s /,Yes e.cx Equipment Used ,S". glad"r Yl 0C/-"

Concrete Surface Condition Containment Surface (Findings and Description).. N. _'0 RI C t 5k10-f,ro fo W? S e '*e,,*an-f Fe *VO Q e --

y-/ Vadl'ý Vol- a lrh wll0s1 Cw .. 0*;,,,zfe*" -k*a,,,,

j ,a, ... /,tYed--- =

... - '- " I

,_=--

. .. rb

...... I a se s e e (Use as many sketch sheets (page2) as needed to report any Recordable Indicatlon (RI) orInformation Only (107) findln~s for the nurnos~e of doicumantation and orientation.)

Recordable Indications to be Examined For (PSC Procedure 8.4)

Leaching or Chemical Attack Deterioration of any Concrete Coating (if applicable)

Abrasion or Erosion Degradation Tendon Grease on Exposed Concrete Surfaces Popouts and Voids Corrosion on Grease Cans, Bearing Plates or Anchorage Cracks *Excessive Corrosion on Exposed Embedded Metal Surfaces Scaling *Detached Embedments or Loose Bolting Spalls *Indication of Degradation Due to Vibration Corrosion Staining on the Concrete Surface (*The owner/agent must be notified ror these noted conditions.)

Exposed Reinfbrcing Steel Surface Patches or Repairs Comments and Disposition by Responsible Engineer RAcceptable []Unacceptable Comments:

Inspector & Level: N -4 1Date: la j 3.

Responsible Engineer: Date:

ANII: -- Date: --c -"

20-ýQTAJM`113-3-181 Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 952 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 AppendIx J, Page 35 of 70 ER-AA-335418 Revislon 0 Page 17 of 17 ATTACHMdENT 4 ASWIE IWL (Class CC) con~t~Ainent Concrete Detailed or Geua Visual Examinafat~n NOE Report Re a pacle 6V D-/1 Staion -/l nt I Date:_ /4 ?31 Repait No:

ISytern: " c omet~ ~<LW~4 Localton: aul1din:- 16 d. W/-?~

4Cd.: V/A- Row. It//fAzuRai Enum Type: a Datailed VisuW ' Type of Exam: Uoluct 1W] _Azmt1ek

-229914e Genera~la Visue1 7 A sDfealnrwt OD 0mZo 10 VtuamI Coponnt T~aed [LM _M' 9)10 liu7a naioy e.IvE uw hxroaet paao

____ __ __ __ R1 d E 2mscing Or Eh Afand-8P __ __ _ __ Co _ __ _ __ _ __ _ __ __2_

i, Emm~a Lewenob a OwExuiadnI em/a Result Ltgalgd1R O &atodbsfatau R eRcudIl n~aoa1-ljonie n Suppleiu enttenomr~q ~sU~USec pooO~o0OhriecIu CO W1 e Exwminer k: -, a. P'-41 Levet Oak&: %___

Furter Evaluaton Requinsd- J1 esE No Addfflonal Acttons: RC--Mgi i0C!.0CWMe-A dA-bV1 bd$7A/& A7- dZrg &1i (RZ (Acft Raeumd, ikudarmp Rf@(O.W m~r tva*A ~opumd~ms d W)c~mtt~ed~p nye RsvpablatWm Review . A/A4{ Ot ANII: F 'J ~M-

,.x- x. Jfq IkV jo--o omed re nell &J4A 44-e- a'J of6lo-44 iLo Cof? (IS 40 jpal 901 I&~Attachm~oWq 91xý

REP-1098-5l0Appendix J, Page 36 of 70 CONCRETE EXTERIOR SKETCH SHEET 8.4 09103/13 CUVrILLANCE rOIIO Pagexof.,t Revision 0 1 Project: TMI 2013 40T" YEAR TENDON SURVEILLANCE Inspection Area:- uire-s$  :

1. Sketch or attach photographs to provide documentation or additional details as necessary.

.11 -o

""5 3 Lii H 3- 05 Comments:. ~C yc#o- e-~

QC Inspector: Level: 2 Date: 1.713h3 20 SQ 8.4.TM1.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 954 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix J, Page 37 of 70 ER-AA-335-019 Revision 0 Page 17 of W7 ATTACHMENT 4 ASME IWL (Class CC) Containment Conremte Detailed or General Visual Examination NDE Report Pase Iot - ..

St-auo-n:' -rm. r Wrt: I Date: 1111,51 1Reeart NO.

system: K"Ir; I cor

-Omp nn Bvfi~e 1. We) WO Nos-.: 1 7/ 1/3 6,0 Locafflon: I 6unidI: lconf1 EtP/4: /2Jt o.-R-Of I AzImuthIPscJUsaz~-/-f Exam Type:. (3 Deailed Visual Type Of Exam: Qr3MectMd ye 0 J~l~qwqWWUd Iserride Desig nDmrigln 1, 7'lh Z - 0/9' // Vsal Aids: -1Bv~e surface:, OD 0ID ISurftce ICome erlCoated: YES NO Igurifnauon Used \h1I, __l1ý-/ 11 yle A~rbi RU tRI tO ExpaafortiCammnrnrts CggZ(ChaiMcte~zantd Sip) __ " 4. /4. d0cefe tagaMMt Or gMhW~Ia Atla - -

Sewamefab rD~cin P o-Uts yaStS. L.sbaeIl 0'l IviO' ov W -

I.

Abravign. Cavftaoon. Wear__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

off~t fa(Erlan) :w 4bo.C~ eT 4-4401 al'Ofl ii Resufts Legent* RI- Reawodal Madoanio NRI . No Recordebte 11"ndhcos 110 - Ifftmteatto Onl Supplemental In"ertIo: Eyes &~No 0 S13swch~ Ohoto Q3VIdeao QOther(Dwacibe)-

lJ * ~. -,

Exwrarie 1/4.. (~~~I:~~ Leve -L- Wae: !q/513 Further Evatudatn Requhed: EL yes .t Additonl Actins:

(Adk~elAy~O Mdkc Cmcf Acftae) Supade kmge adM be d by a Re~paftkIaan&t¶ ftiW~rkw ANII: OaE

- -I - -

Page Of o1 Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 955 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix J, Page 38 of 70 ER-A-~35r-ols Rev~slon 0 Page17 of 17 ATTACHMENT 4 AStE PWL (Class CC)-Contatnment Concrete Walled or General Vlsual 5*Ixm Uaton NDE Report pane I* f .I....

Station: rn r Da~twe~ M-6 Resod Kozz Exam Type:Q3Deta~ledVleuef TtyeOf~xam: Dkrec Mau.Type:Cnre~

Deal~nDwn era 'lau-l EftVisua I b~ Cc

§acachNl Clec 01 0rID Atic

______________coted:_Q______________

Po~~-

is- yu Sod.

j a 0

Co0 Eamntgr &Ws Ca U OhNa SsnnkigZoT- zi~o softke I Ousuing CamIn Daweiorulkm lV" I Bug Hole E~fm (MVI-I, ew Resv9Las fsgr* IPRIRwwsd"SnbleldoWir R K so=beI~af b O-(~ruta s Isuppiementoo tntb-m,~m~: Olyes WIBM 0 SklohOhoto Q3vtdoo 13 Other Oesctbe Examiner 1CL- Level: {%W.te ".4

'5 Further Evaluadon Requked

0J Yes No y I-d,4(

'/~'io i1/

Acdfttanal Acftiow r*na g,, -ihe same ANI I:

Page ..LoLL Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 956 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix J, Page 39 of 70 Revision 0 Page W7 of 17 ATTACHMENT 4 ASME IWL (Class CC) ContaInment Concrete Detailed or General Visual Examination NOE Report

• I of I AStlln dI IUft.IItaeS11 CamwtodNO

//m3~o 1 Sysem C .$ oze o 10 .eS5 ( 4e.oNIWO d 15 i~oL Locatosdlai flo COL: IOIQ tlk-- Azmlioi AO ExamTye:o [3 Detiled Veisual TV"__OfExam:__________Type:_0_4_Cede-

.2290 a4~ -0n LsU~raoifIn Use A&I-Viko-Ihmla - -U i'b

.efmei OrbU FDeRItecliocwcmml DoCmks (Chogaorke andKalTai "e. G) elk o172 e 4,,

I 9M2 B&Nou.a~s SW

___________ jay a 0eft i oL'q ý7, wT 7n ColdsocJ tag n-"

Abwsfon, CMs&oc. Weer_____________________

ResufIs Legend: I-Rsea.kdw M R KRaccrObintboIdoaffor' t 10- (nfonuamowOnIrd Inaon Set~~~entat, No 3eSch ORGhOo O3VWdOC00 1er (eecube ExmWirmr 6, 0 Loge Dab _ /3:

FudhIer Evaluation Requked: [3 Yes No Acdmoanal Action: 1 OmnReqmas, wor OtdawCRe.

t MOO 4wAd ke OMCmitaa" adI be ce~bp.aR4PaaUby!a M ANFI: Oat&ia Page...Lot L R.

! Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 F age 957 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix J, Page 40 of 70 ER-AA.33"-19 Revisioni 0 Page 17 of 17 ATTACHMENT 4 ASME IWL (Class CC) Containment Concrts Detailed or General Visual Examinaian NDE Report patio 1ofI Steio-n. 7r- Date:J4i 1311 -Reortt Io Exames MTalWo C3mDetailed RA YPO)xm;[

mY-nh~Of Menem Mad.

Laad9ignOmwngsChea T AX V N Aids.____________________

1\al Col~dJoink (ui. _____________________

mgmVoigBug Or HOM 2Momaknsnf Resufte Lsgart71rw RI cod"btAadkttoW NJ- K.of oalindinmdoes ute 90 -1 thwttoo Or Supplemental I f~iton: CV.. AOM [3&2ct OIPhoto Ofiea 03 Othe (Descnbs)

Extne A~-- 7 Level.: a Date:__

Further Svualulon Requed:, 13 yes ;W No/

AddalonaAoffow:

(,ct It ~~w~Wo ItOW WiCamu~m AcIWaa W~eI osibyub Stqspd Alm*dtoub Aapah R9Mant gLap ANII:I fr .

Page J....ofj...

Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 958 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix J, Page 41 of 70 ER-M4-3S-Oi Revislon 0 Page 17 of 17 ATTACHMENT 4 ASME IWL (Class CC) Coftatu*menst Concrete Detailed or General Visual E'xamlnaton

.DE Report J01410 Pade IofAr 01 2/3/15 DeslnD~wF gaa 11 4A /ua?/13~R' Date:o KaI-'4 urSce:w OD El t Surcke/Caom wntr.Coated: YES N IHurdnatlon uwe 1'hwi 9 fm__ Sm, ,

AttrtbR1 NRI toI10mef Crack~s LCharacteitz and Siza e~tasd Raftnrri~Ssa jokdecM Or QW~a(Aftck _______________

Sowmenub Or~00asdioe 029pde-dPam m- SorE&W-m Lov0. ýfv or? fet Spiaft 7a- aitgFk? Wf7r Coplemd Joi wt mmyoes Oyes______E____________________________MU cowe4ft4C Li ..- ' ,.~

Exen'ner .JLevel1:L,-L- DOW.tB ,

Purter Evalusdon Required: A Yes 0 Wo Addmrtanl Mom rie rK M Cd~&4'~ G D ~r/ ~v ~I AM ;ii Oatiu19 /

AN~~( - - -

ly

-e,,, 6 o,,A e 2 A.11a f 19/9 0 Ve 4r I A/3/1 3

ý41

' T.', t ' * ' ' ' ' '

. . .. I ý .

GONCRETE EXTERIOR SKETCH SHEET,8.4 REP-1 098-510 AppendIx J, Page 42 of 70 09/03/13 SRECISIO SU YEILLANCE Page 1 of 1 Revision 0 TMI 2013 40TH YEAR TENDON L SURVEILLANCE 0!

FProject; n A rea:

Insp ectio , * * " r . *

1. Sketch or attach photographs to provide documentation or additional details as necessary.

"*°'- L i

• L__i 0t

.. o-- F,1 13

.*- -III I-Comments:

1 Conls#'e gj.i~r Se-~ Cm eoQc -e d E~4,eI jro r V , 7 fý4O~in

~ii C Inspector: (2,, Level: Date: ,.Z./

20SQ 8.4.TM1.13 iS!

S Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 960 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix J, Page 43 of 70 ER-AA-335-019 Revision 0 Page W7 of 17 ATTACHMENT 4 ASME IWVL (Class CC) Containment Concrete Detailed or General Visual Examination NOE Report Pa..e I of I Station: uni r Date. 1013 0 FRe oot No.-

System: Comm t IS, ,tig., 1t 'BlfJs 6£ *] Wo N s).: R,711 3bc06 Location: BlR BI [Co t A' o:R¶ v4Azim ~sIt u !L Exam Type: 0 Deta~led Visual Type Of Exam: 013IFUCt Ma.Tye Cfl General Visual Tye:co cede Surface: X D 0 1 Surface! Comrn rits Coated: C3YES MNO il~unations I -:qA cCmfCharcWaceand Sil g_/1 4 La 01

_____ ____ gm A11t h07: !0 62j 0

Wt-0 or ORWeM Paportse cftM mt ou-ater sn1~e a ~i Resuft Leant I~ RI... Racodam In WtonNRIU-& Rcrdbaleindictuons t0- Infamiattom O'*

Supplemental Infargatact : l:Yes EMot 0 Sketch QPhoto t2Video 0 other (Desuebs):

ExeMlrter K- &~ ~~ ee Dafs:/0 "7/

Further Evaluation RequWe: E3. Yes~ No Addiftioa Act~ons:

(A9 an 3 s~*tk ~riAv Wo4~. AcvwaaW4ped Ann O bii) ucOSloM4fbye Respamft Enfumw Reviewer44e~ wwva ý ANII: ..,44 aW Oi W Page...L of-I Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 961 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix. J, Page 44 of 70 F.R-AA-236-018 Revision 0 Page 17 of W7 ATTACHMENT 4 ASWIE IWL (Class CC) Conitainment Concrete Detailed or General Visual Examination NOE Report Pane 'I ofI..

I -taw nt tiate: 110iis Rwoit~w.

Lacala: I00~cn-,Io EWIDt IM.I iAoWI Rnaow. f4AYEn~hF maeonmmaUl Mau Type:

lgftariatam Coated, rE S!

Eow Of bi_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

ISeOXMng Ofuict fa~

PAliu Vakb Ipja cxi Supplements&rnro ailau- Elves lENo Ske(ch Ophqtc, [lVtdo [3 (tter (Deanbo Exw~~Irtr __ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ Levet:_ _ _ ODteL I/I/h P Further Evatuailan Requind! 03 Yeasq Addft~onal AM=fns Reviewer 6Kmy Pluge...ot I Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 962 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix J, Page 45 of 70 ER-A-33-019 Revision 0 Page V7 of W7 ATTACHMENT 4 ASME IWL (Class CC) Contatinment Concrete Detailed or Genral Visual Examlninan

... ...... NOE Report I of .I ... .

Stalion: 7-n Date: 1///j h/3. Report No' Location. BEupidin: Co tt Eew.: z Com UIP /1 -Row. I MmutiIVedum (

SMeME 422tna 1 O' Visual Aldo: I oC9,l 0C Surfaqw. PAO D~tau __,_Q._I_____________________C3_YESN Lsffumrig Ct1*s AU 1r4 '9 S .7J1"

,OaitMd Poiihe ftr Rirn joakae S~ID~sRo sewmwf Or~CCL.A SuppwentezIntR=maU:Ie o5 E~ooOle ~hr1srb Exw~ne CL - LSAve ____Va:1f/2/

Further evaluatlan Requinid: [I Yes Na -

Addftinal Aotion

&ftft~~)SaetAxsil pe~he yee~anu Reviw r lrcc~ m jDauqte9j~

ANtI: caw I. Page Iof 4aa ,La T pThesea Report 213 A e eV1,f01008 Wet~e 4~,0e Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 963 of 1008

REP-I1098-510 Appendix J, Page 46 of 70 ER-AA-335-019 Revision~ 0 Page 17 of 17 ATTACHMJENT 4 ASME IWL (Class CC) Containmntsn Concrete Detailed -orGeneirall Visual Examination NOE Report Poe lOf I Station;z~TZunit q' Date: 1// 1~3 Retogg No, system: 1'ýjAg 4 4$1C=Pro~t: I J4,,idios~/e she// WO Nots).:

ILocatiom: I SuildIflg- 1i4~ I Mau-~ I A'-d - - -I 4"/ row hot 1 &6/0 IAlutielu Exam TyrW, etie ir/kZl Type9Of Exam:~ 901eg jd Cradls (Chaaeete and $tae Erfacw O D [Iaa.eeg(D__ISurfaceI ____________________0_)as-____

Ey~lemc Of 2MoMsbfr R&M~n Of tshtoemo e~eor

-~n01% [Loa Air6Vok20a ~~

___ ___ GU __

ResubteLeger* RI U-Recoe~dabt edaIMOM NRIN-MoRecoidabte indc;affonm 0C- (ufomttee Onl

'Supifewental Inlx lin -oyes Mw 20 sketch OPhoto Qvtiedlo 03 Other (esarbe)'

Exandner 6 Level: no___Dte:ýW F~urther Evaluatlon RequWd [3 yes Aý Addltoard Actloiw:

(Adm bitCk eqn% a wd"W=Qa Aceft) Swa AmeousaIbp dlw0npo~n4byv Rwpamftb~iI&sw e2 P. 4-*JI46 I*TJSg/A?6X ANtII: gJ.-Data:

Page I oft._L Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 964 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix J, Page 47 of 70 ER-AA-336-019 Revision 0 Page 17 of 17 ATTACHMENT 4 ASME IWL (Class CC) Containment Concrete Detailed or General Visual Examination NDE Report 1aeof1 Statiort: W1r#LIntt L . I Date: 110.r R~rta System: 1W1qIcomniotort Ir73i+wsee. 'Bvfi-/e-s 2 J~cI I Wo No~s).: IR(RI9,3 Location: Iuldn EFw. C=t '2 otc

w. 4 AlUthIRSdk 4 ExmTyW. :3Detailed Visual Type OfExam: ~rect mid. 7iw O/C, cr -+e.

- Bl~~Genral VisUal S 10 I Surfacw: R D 0 D SurfaeeIComponytteCoated: QYg -_ tQ-11~II mionut Used UADU i&I Ci~cIC~h~cettzan~SlJet_

EW evwm Of Ntolabu_ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ _ _ _

LEut-ug Or~h~laMM** d __ Vy iro '

4 Ajr~.' V"I g.Hk ResultsLegat* Ro11onlldfabsteiaon R eRoeatInctos10(numtmGu SUPPlenmental inroQT!on:- INeS E~o 2 SIAMt OfPhoto QIVdeo L3Other (Duecba):

Examiner~ E== CUKL Lavat - Date: /S FurtherSvaluabon Require: E3 yes No' Additinal ActPns (ACSM Reqtanwaeotodr.t R )Sespad Aie ahzl bffdiaptilked by aRePapm5'rAW Reviewe. gw -e6 W A Date:/ I ANII: Data &25 pageJ-of I Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 965 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix J, Page 48 of 70 ER-AA-335419 Revision 0 Page 17 of 17 ATTACHMENT 4 ASME IWL (Class CC).Coqltanment Concrete Detailed or General Visual Examlnftln NOE Report Station: Tin Z- Taoe I/ I o.1 I System: ~ I Com~onent I f7a;~,. 7~#~','c ~ ~ ~-Ja I WO NetLql I'~ii~ 3~o~

I ocation: I eo=)M E Cn~

72"Ih.:p 1, -I - g-4 1Row.---

0%/I%Nfl- I'49 Mmuthmsadm 3*

Vd Exam Tywe: 0 Deta~led VIsal Troe of Exam: MDIMIc NGeneralwisual MOOe D

Suufkee: fComameritsCoated: No 11u~mination Used r M1ze Ci~d% (Charucteulz M9 Exooed Kgft 10M Iwms KTFeq WRSctin Or qwnlpal Attack Seara ed et he or ReoeS!q Papous voids, KswCAMb Cold joint Lr_ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _

Ccwafon Swa"n~ ___________________

ScafltIOutn Abroston aft~r. Weer Air MI Bug ~

Supple~  : Eles M MOP -nop~~o 13 80ch Ofht,01 Q3Vtdo0Ote Oecba E=Wn~rer (Lel:DOta- 1"3 Further Evaluation Requiwed: [2 Yes Nof~~~4~1 e~RTC, r-Add~tonal Aftona;4e1a/ 4 ~Y Reviewer~ 17.~ DOWLi hA ANII;L r  !~45-page I..-OfI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 966 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix J, Page 49 of 70 ER-AA3-019 Revision 0 Page V7 of 17 ATTACHM4ENT 4 ASME IWL (Class CC) ConeaInment Concrete Detailed or General Visual Examination NDE Report Pa feltofi.

Station.: ,nl - / "late: L/,,, i h Repot m. I 1ytm 9'~Cmoei ~~Rh4.C~-" W~~~

Location: IBuildinI do,oI- EteV.: I COL.: I I'ROW. 1240 ANmuUiiWaIMu 1,

~ ~la~

Exam~ ~yeOfEm:[0et

~ ~ TyeI3Dtie

~~~~~eso mdTp tCommen Crc~(hMete*ot ~ u OInmot I Ie iDoedg Drawingorstn 5sI / 0//Aiea, Pahe M"rele IrNA Iaamea CotqLd Reotit ý Wacil I ~~~ ~ F Synic

______________________ cooso Evalna D21 OUada_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

AbwctNf ChWtOrW e&Iar _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _

Real"~d~If or Owdecr- I OL =!M= - 1 -1 jkede~,lj /

nbov Oki,4 r-ffiw~alarIAm r-= lk==" A -

"A do-o4 A 4 o ariroAn (ah;. j I Resub~II Leaesnd IRIff- Rmacdw"l - Ito fecau$&bts trwaidaont10 Inkamulaw 0*

Supplemental IntroRuit~o . clyes [C [:]Sketch O3ftoto 3V~deo 03 Other (Duaodb6)

. . I*IL I

// -. -~ I Exardrner~ /S-. (d f-'.-C-7 La L4*- Daeb-Further Evaluation Requift4: (3 Yes X No Additinal Aftion (A~RwdWl kocCeinw* Adcua* SuadAwea

• bedispofteu bye ReqniftMbown~a ANJI:Of paget..Lof -L

& *,.,,-.*s ,*o*,-. Topical14 .-) ,,,.-icl/,'

"eeport13 At;ment* Page 9 of0a

'// 7 .Topical

REP-1098-510 Appendix J, Page 50 of 70 9

E-R-AA-335019 Revision 0 Page W7 of 47 ATTACHMENT 4 ASWVIE IWL (Class CC) Containmuent Conmiles Detailed or General Visual ExalinlnatiOn MDRE Report Page ell.

Statn:, T lu.t*e Date: T,,,ii kw, I avi:t i, rnw~

"Mn t I' - A.Mt" A~ho f i- Osd. woNatm-.: Wi/936 I Location, Building. C0.1t IEte 2a CCIL; ' Rw:#A~uhRd Exam Type: 0 Dea~lesd Visual IType Of Exam: Qoirect Mau Type:

gGensmhl Visual Ieracte Deafa n~awf .'~o/ I Vlaual Alde:Cu .

Jsurfae:w OD QID. Su kicom nartats coated: QYLS, $ No illumination~l 'L PId4.t__

A~kltftuf RI NN t qmcfte RaLwMi*L ga~gM 1, Cq jggfta gEall 0 0 ghwiam (0UL4 Greas tta_____________________

0 Ablfmdan. CtOm We~er IoI.

fttt eem P Rcol aidk.o NRI No i~rabt Idincartams to- (nf~matrloaQ*~

Supptementat inrarmatqpq, Ova SNOe 0t

[3OIt oto [QVifea[30Other(0esunb*

,., I 13 Further Smiattailn Required: (3 yes ) I'o /

AcfdfttnstActinons

~kaa R t"MAaIta)

(A M* SQas~ect d4u~b&,dl 1mpiUo bye ftpqbajigtZMf

~~ ~pe,9jxsjtge.~ CAWM Page..L of.L Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 968 of 1008

I . .

REP-1 098-510 Appendix J, Page 51 of 70 ER-AA-35-019 Revskon 0 Page 17 of 17 ATTACHMENT 4 ASME IWL (Class CC) Contatnent Concrete Detailed or General Vlsual Examinatlon NOE Report pase ofi1 (stalion: T/5n Unit: Date: IReamt No' System: 1 d-'l,13 ~n ~ (s'%-OM- WO 1. 73.)9~6o Location: I udIng~: 1e, t -/v/4 I!Cot.:I,// Row N1'V AzkmuUhsRastu TA144 Exam Type- 0 Detailed Visual Type Of Excam~IDkfct enemI~sua7emote e*,t - 0.4 DesignwrtaTmVO~ VIsu Alids:- ICdfrA#; i ~'i ha Afttrbuft RIl NRI 0 xtnattrnlCammeWt C,iS Laachwn Or Chw~ ~*______________________

DeletgWd 2etEme Camlanor S~nftg Coaft~ Dsledoratkm I _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

Abrulan. Caveflon. Wr Supplemental InforVotto - Wes [2mo 01Swech [OPhota OIVcldo [IOther (iesdbe)

Furter &vatuuon Requked: Yes [3 kAc ovff0&v./ nfuu A- 4 f Addftonal Actions: Z00 VVC~t4A!VA- I=fV/-JAe L7Gt3J AZ7 : 4a2 C (AaiknRa A. Ifua owCmd cf)S~dAn" &dsafnAb Rstpmft Eonnaw ANI: atas~~

Nge J- of -a Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 969 of 1008

REP-1098-510 AppendIx J, Page 52 of 70 C'-Aea'7 C'oi*o 4 J tu.,D h,' iS t* 5e", .,d-oes 40

-ui 4~4o~n 4Ij b 40+ 4*ha Cý anrl~~I ~d~X/

5 av,..

(,,pc,e-

ýj -e-.n.vt C- a--_ oJ"/ ,÷ JJtj; a~

'S r-vn a) 7I a'v -c Jowe., Vo h*omt,(

,,-C) e,,,,

& ,,g/ e, : a ,/k-en~p~6-e"I.94r J~ pkd' b~) i' t 0oEfo-

ý/4'o -P rl c"id ie, / I.y~ ~I~

a,-,l /C

ý4omI,, ýe((,e J- ,4, l/V Copcal Report 23tcfl0 Jv~ 213oAttahmen 2I1-Page 970Xo 10

• -. , , . / 3 REP-I1098-510 Appendix J, Page 53 of 70

-fe v -e hq ( -ec .

Co,,C'e*.ce,. has &e*,,d,- I, -C,,, e, be J G-e n erva1 Io LS eeVa{/Or75 Prvet'(vi soepo vcI

) hat" Cracks phe Se A s/" A. ,o qfV-5/eolr ,,ose. hqve Cqorlp rl y J.

.rh&se. cjnd,4,o&,# * *. b-een,Kp levlovsl/l r er oy7ted, MZIO E,

~.r1"4E"

/ o0,,. I,+/ - no ,co'eeoc Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 971 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix J, Page 54 of 70 ER-AA-336-019 Revision 0 Page 17 of 17 ATTACHMENT 4 ASWIE IWL (Class CC) Containment Concrete Detailed or General Visual Examinaton NOSE Report Page 1ofI StationE 'T,r

- Unit: ,ato: Reo.,t No:

Svuter,: W+.,'.L, l comoone, I ew,,,., 3.,1-,i, _WO#,: i I'-A 1,1936606 WWI=lon Ieulding Co.ell, CeI.: I ~ CO.; I VJYI Row. -1j5 ALmmuthlfadwu:d/9 CiWwW Size -)L bn AChrds:t~

V' C ,-

Sur~e: Me~~f OD~e 10 oatd, N Or At~Iftea e resffn ________toI___ _______ ____I__ ______

OM ~ Rentb 0

ExosedJoint Uuearm Abrasion. 2giite+/-o.Wa Mgd~kn ,da'lez aiah24 Rnub Laerak II InroReamtjgtdan: NN Recovdahte indioallari co-O-Eon4=a0*

Supperin Re blfwI:IS ~irI 101. &E pht vie oteoncie Further Evalud~on Requkad 0l Yes XNo '&(&~O4 e' A~dd~ana( Aokionw.

Review er: okOjIoe a*I da 2

~dAe* tw c(9g..ne byr aRwofts Om ANP: - _ aitaYLZL Page -L ofI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 972 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix J, Page 55 of 70 ER-AA-335-01 Revision~ 0 Page V7 of 17 ATTACHMENT 4 ASME IVL (Class CC) Containment Concrete Detailed or General Visual Examination NOE Report Rf 11r 3 1 4 17... .

pare Station: Unit=: 1/ 1 Date: Ii 1A-51 Repott NO-Syte: = &.cI wneýnt Vr-d, &jzlery 8Zque- I~W~o aoi.:

Loain I Bufl+/-. ~v. Co. ',V, Row: M6k 1AZlmuthIRmdm W Exam Typw. E Detailed\1isual 1WOt Exam: Nict MatI.Type: Conec r~ete-ftbtrbe_ Rd NRI 0oE~nCrret Cmcks QClhamdefted~ an tA e ___

Exuosed Re orcino SWsi- AJ z exrposeg tmewao Itwo (Othe gytd8I Of V9114t6 w~u 6 Lun wae 1 e 0,7140 ( -two =PC.,ORý I11.acmod Or Qge~l A0 -r L bed gs, Qearaed Patdtes or ReoaIMrlO 9 4t.7e 1,Emiots Voids. Hoayoot av ub kuble 9&

RMa COý o t,'Ld W16,ghV fw tem cold joint Lines ________________________

§Scfti I ousb - -.

CoatNa Datetoraft___________________

Abrasion. 2SM&eon Wea Ak \fob@ I Sun Hota ResuVW Leageu PI - fteoawabts lWWI=~o NM - No Recordablte lnedtaffami CO- Infatmet~a Only Supplemental lnrar~an: Waes EDd [3 Sketch [OPhoto [3fdmo E3 Other Oecndbe):

Exarmrter KCl a- - Level: Data._

Fufther Evaludatn Requkvd: 13 Yesa NoL Addftonal Acttoiw Revlewer:7.2' Umr-AAe Dalt~

e. Iq ANIN: _______________OAiK4fj~

r -

Page -L of -1 Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 973 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix J, Page 56 of 70 f~e~Z oI~~L

,,S 1,eih/e/~eteahu~y ~ct-mvu//,, nofeJ6&Q 2ePcofC)

Imo4-e & ,,u~e444eo. belioeer cae/,viy 'r-ld w411 e/&4/6f,~

-~J~ ee 7 /{f~v'&~eke lo-Wc rqnc/omly~ -3&oo av-oIPaJ tetn<)vr17,9/*'e This C-OadIbo'0i iO' ppeV',OUSly kl+J~,1_4hJ1oLeM~t 01S cewH-y Tvoý roa-ry remor WCC nofed a+/- / 0 e-flýr? i/i 11 bhoie V- /51 k- P/0'

~vou/S n'ot vi)fe..dY4(, I0

@9 0 VI$SC pe~ii~ reya oc/  ;-r 'r Yc; "t ,~

7-A -ile i peeviový4y reor be, 0

Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 974 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix J, Page 57 of 70 ER-AA43S-1 Revislon 0 Page 17 of 17 ATTACHMENT 4 ASME IWL (Class CC) Containment Corncmte Detailed or General Visual Examirmton NDE Report i*e, _

. . .. ~~~Pa U0s , 1K"- ,,"/*'/v*. .. .. . ..

station: P97 r A-rtIDate: ///s//3 LR eoa No: -

Systaem: 0 ID~

opoen f 81J2ce~a 0,,f C 1a WOY NO(S'IV3 F I nLocation: lJuedin.ýw:It-Z Ic - o. ,O IAiuh~d EamTp Dtarilued V RIa NTyp Of Exm ff~mt a.Tyw ornels Einesradba .elntoellna I Pdj NRI -L0 Eoliation'I Comilf Setleneit Or&M efletfa and_ _ __ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ _ _ _

DEaraENd Pu~misurRck _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

Poizou its= (Q226a~hos-Se-~ &e ,p Saabt WAd JoklstuKoa I RuaublQ[% ~ I,-Reoal alao R K eeaIM nises 1- aaita ni Supp(aen~,tafIntuor it: Mas ONo g SWeCh [Opholo [OVtdoo Q0 ther (0ewcdbs) f Exmne ~(~ 7 Level ;L Datm11Z Further E-Valuaton Required: 1l Yes a Add~tornalAftins:

(lAadRe4S~ WC*9 f tllkis IRWIMI t Aca)SwpcMea afb eU~tbnQ4 byo PwNnbEn~I~~w Revi aurls ANIII: a page I of.+/-a Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 975 of 1008

(~7~

. ~REp.1098.510 Appen'dix J.

7 " */ * *1 3355~

' '-. 0 q

(* *,l s io*'[

c o , i rr, i" 1 af~ %Th* o ec hJt",4J -

I -O ,

p

+h- 4 , 1.,

4 ,a, W-1r1/

The. k-11.ý11 Was K,KP Iee.,..*,: o o Il e,IIee f 4',s*.4, 6/e..{.--oV ha'ý~"e It/-eL~

v~z III j-/ we 350,77I, u 3 t*z f ,1d*, vq- o I - J,,;iZ_ 4O2t" 4#h-.. o3 c/oA.

Tt e ,,)-o7 le-.o ý. ospea3'kd

? .Coe, hairar -ý*e~y4 s 1 si a #2, PL$4h -

,,p #o V/*

, .. ý ,*'O'4

1) 1e.'t '4 e CA l,, L ,,, 0 /0,73'0

,,, .33 o

~ ~~ bT ,,,,:to/o,i4 Cd, 7, 4/o#?

(-o W&*-e-

/-. , k oh, b ee _?*J -1/2e.

r,§Fw Ill" Th9-4 /ef/Ow 4 oWt1VL e'{oe Ie.cA 'S / ee t"- C/ y LSoV 1e-.S4 a & pica Report 23 Attachment 2 Page 976 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix J, Page 59 of70

/ 4 t,11e 33-oc O0 C) Nj2,(, Ii>i,e -',cq vioitA e llzunvA 27o'-+Wvo beowe oil (we4) Ifec~hwn? Hiru Atje~vgall 7-Ae ol-er ba/ii7e ceack. fb/e t9it Is

, ee ih,'r,,/e ev,",,c e c4 o, o fr ,eJ,, .,

1~) 'I/ 4O'7'ect On tq 1/I &?c/ edr-eae c~o,

(,~ +/-Qe~q 'O#IreSý 5 40dc L/ -t-he4 W/o//p,ý CO`Ji#,'OASS i(LeAe.no+'eL 14P 1/7 qrka7/ I z e-)r/*Deesce4cg.v

"* J'l" o "r- ,,t, Kt n e-Ap*n 0&

l6-/4- #ed,-e 4elon ýpyec C) g'cC*) .a d , amwcror' ho/eS h',',,7 Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 977 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix J, Page 60 of 70

~ $~n/4o bLoyJ6.5 U?

n 0 4 e? j-0 r- C4(.$ a 4 've'/

Aledo jl/5T 4.CohH""1$° °4 "'" *t>,y*1

/0V 5,c 1/,7V~/S' O~/~

a), MuM/OP k O15adbohl I

reh,CIO 9," tt'ecJ~<*

noW P ,* Zoha ree5 o.

,zmg*q° Topioal Repovrtl 21 A C-0 Topical Report 2"13 Attachment 2 Page 978 of 1008

REP-1098-510 AppendIx J, Page 61 of 70 j.

ER-AA-33O19 Revision 0 Page W7 of 17 ATTACHMENT 4 ASME IWL (Class CC) Containment Concrete Detailed or General Visual Examination NOE Report A StationI T/7 ZJ UnIt: I Data: Whal 3 Repo No:

system: I Cv.261 nen lConfi q fnn~1 Bid? (T W01406).- R;W33o6.

Location: uI~ In EI:JS 1- 9 Elew IqA CL: W4IJ Row. /4 AzMuth/Ra~u A4/~

Exam Type: 0 Detaled Visual Type. Of Exaii: Nakhed UGenral Vual meoeIMad.Type: Coa.cr-e OeafrnOralt ifIIoI]aAfde: 1 I S-ee &.b 0 1 surftce: EOD [2- SurfuelICo l~ents Coated: 0YCS NO NeJ Ifuiatio Utse1 0dEplnfi12 omet CmcIk8 LCharacteitt gagd ;ie EMM makdaftnbam test _ _ See. af-Mdizoil hiciTe

-Evt~ckmOf.iaeLkus K----* __ --

go-omeafts of aeglsdions Coalng Datedorele__ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _

Abtaalof. Caalwhr-. Wear ________________

ftsvAklLegend*J iU.-Rmvudelads dloo INRI - k.Recordahte Indications 10 Icnuamaticn 0*l Supplemental 1nýRatlor: Ives []No_ [I Sech fOftoto O3vidso 0Other(Descfbe)

Exwarter ?Lowe: Dt:__

Further Evaluation Requked: 0 Yes 4 No Addiwtioa Action:

ow*OnwReadt, Mw1vCaneQei Acdao) SaspaciAne t~tn "libe dlopoftonedbya Rnspbis~njew Reviewer 0-17 86 6cAW4CfADac 2Q N Daf Page ..L of ..

'01viJ -~f C440f S/lOVI~

Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 979 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix J, Page 62 ofO *0 C -1 7-hi0hasP eF v-r,'*- -eo 7S-, f./OO0? S.

p ,* / .¢ety/)k .s )q,a,,,.,o d*cc. -I,/ (¢,en

_-" s8!i E aev*'e/~.- "3~OL~eo L £Q'-~ /o 8"zv'c.j~f at pia R r1 th 2 d.,geo obs)vz Poa/7~oe-e v Cem~o r zs omrlje ý 6ocde/*~O4c e WefpaAo Co

~t~ e-c/

R4 T opia epr 21 /tahen04ae98 f10

REP-1 098-510 Appendix J, Page 63 of 70 3' cA 0or X - 0 /o Wdh pagof4._J c)0Y rrojv 7b Q) epoFt, / ;eOa, ,.

L

..... 6a-- o:

k--vS-,re -Cýl

ii, E /" V ,

J -&m ,,,..,

w..bL,?bo,..,

X o,,,,

6) ,,,yi no Wov, C0o1$ "OýIk

~ip-10bp~A Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 981 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix J, Page 64 of 70 W

a)RMEkvI~y"

',- l " ,-vpový5.~~b

_ p-,'ot,,o,r ?' .xr.S-o,,.F '1 ,.,f.,, ,. .ML cI ) ely/!te,,._ or S,5 +LePs -

44don ,, ,

CA)Mor (10oviv&4,"1dI hv 2 ho/es.

min nio,,or *,,- hoes.

)_ha(-D .v..C4f- , , _5, -& C 3 oL -, ,, ý,, -.R o.. ,,X 5,tn 5f mnoV' o ,I-e-- kVwC..

io) d~) rR,' Toa Rvtpical 2 Atac eor h

,.*.o, bcholeS qod acy)4vv7:_i q

9) Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 982 of 1008

fiy.e.. ~

REP-I 098-510 Appendix J, Page 65 of 70 c,* Mx',,v-7 Op,/0 - /*OO,1 C) J0IY7 V r 17 0 Q) c,'A~ov rt eI ~ Wi?/1 ~  ? 4~

bý Ap'o vtp a" Ih o/es

-~TZ ie e-vt, rnrjo, Ieec-4,.7/ e'/ýCoee~sCe',vC.e.

,zý 357, F/evetilo", - wzs-ý- S(ýJ-O- 0ý 'Bu 0/0 0oo~ a lelJ Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 983 of 1008

JL 7 2 j ~ - -,*

REP-1O98-51OAppendixJ, Page 66of 70 ~ )~

h~er il C."eOA j'ryO&F ch~EY 4elc Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 984 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix J, Page 67 of 70 ER-AA-33"1O9 Revision 0 page 17 of 17 ATTACHMENT 4 ASME IWL (Class CC) Containment Concrete Detailed or General Visual Examination NDE Report Pate I of I

a-r-n. nit'Date

11I12i 1 Resod o:

SyDerfn:mi~ 1yeTlfl1:-OE / I Viua]is (&5,tCu e 4fW'o. 29306 Surfaae: 0 OD0 ~to Surface I Compnentfs Coated-, J SM9 Iffurttination tram I A)41Zrj2 L..A -L If MEMOi~ Pj NRI t LxawIpnar I cormtnifts

~ - --- - -------------

Leaclnu Or ChegMW Afttck____________________

Setffemeab of Detdw~ian ___________________

PapoutsWKofts lKoraycqm O4 ohl-iA*

SRI&F Kasub egemJ RI -andebi Dadlowaon NRI -NaOftsc~rdobtq lvircuiados to - Ifotimwton r

• Spplemental InIkradaony-M s WHO 0 Skst5P)Photo Q]Vtdeo 0tther (MesU):

.. / /

ExnIer#S -L-a J- - I iLaval: -J44 DaW Further Evaluation Requilred: 03 Yes .0 No Addftinal Actins (AOMnRe~iwaI i . R 44 df1,6AMSM.AQWCG 8iiagidAMeS OA~b.dCupoii5naby aRaMaobi &*,or lKavlowe r2 A-,  ?

ANI afta Page Iof-L Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 985 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix J, Page 68 of 70 Revision (

Page 17 of 17 ATTACHMENT 4 ASME IWL (Class CC) Cofi(nmerit Concrete Detailed or General Visual Examinatin ODE Report

..... _______ teIof I

- I Unit ate:,I y/ ReotHo:

Bma System: ,JRrlr~I PscJ q + e v vtes IWONow.: LeaZ 4 iLacation: l.u1Uding- I t. I Eie.: 1 -3051 ~co:lAM vjt I I IAz At-Izmuh~du Exam TyW. 0 Detailed visual Typ~ of mmm kce Ma3.T re Mensill V'Sua eot

- De w~I~() TiI'oolq IV4iauuIAlds. ~~ 7 T~e's tca4f O.CI-6aL~

Surfare:w. C I I0 ecI imoetoad:UYS No hffumftatf Used ih ars 69ht 7~

AftrUiuts RI N4 101E~ln~n~met Cracia LGftaipca gWaAdS3e Cfw Kexh-Ww" Lqmk~at - -

EykIrtnag O eane Le"M ~ K--'

EAewawm Of QMolabumac Sedismebofto 0618ctkne Dearb'ad pahseeok COWt 4oin Uties sumiamenweo~ iaCrnyMUap: Q3Yes 11w [I $keh OPhoo lvkidea Other (Veacctbs)

I -,' lip. 1.1 ExwWrfter - 1=-.. CA.evl .-LU OawtEsY-F'urther Evaluation Requksd: (3 yes NJ 40 Acd~ealAcl urn e~a~8erQ0M*AdtuaQ)Sz8u*dAzeerdatt b d("th5n1 bria ~P"Mewtr am. .I) ul 9 C-4/RA'dr& Date: 4~

ANII. ams V

Page J-of I e

Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 986 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix J, Page 69 of 70 F.R-AA-335-019 ROvislon 0 Page 17 of 17 ATTACHMENT 4 ASM4E IWL (Class CC) Conteavxnment Concimite Detailed or General Visual ExamintafJon NOE Report Page 'I of I (stuon InUnl Oas:IAM/3 IReport No: I wi~vtem: comr~onent hgf~- q4 %i ;IuWO w9 o -Rd~ -s.:

a/360 Lociatin: I ultdri: EW' I A Ca: I NIA

',~ I'R A zUVsI '

Exnm Typec C1 Used VtuWL TyOtEmxarn3131ect e D~einrawn emuT/flnZ-Oowj Isua!Alds: dAAýA 7 Te agoFO1 Q Surato: 1 0 t Surkmc I Carn ante Coated: ES K

[wgrnalltiom I4v t-aJ7-S-Ca OC-kI A9tuU~ula or N Cads ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ butJ

____________________ /Aance~z a-i 00tzte Exuasf Rsntrcit 4Ste.-

Pamud~~iuIes O~~ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

LCM Iowt armatwc adigg-.9 1 od .e J a

-I.RDci~at

-ROMas rftdw~w NRIeck C. [fna~sOi SuixtemereInto Mfnt -aRea: 4s OSIM"o

] O3Phato E3WG0 Io QOther anbe

,.-.f'P' . I Exanhner I"f CA LaveL -U Oak' SW Further EVatudton Requted: E3 Yfes A Ato Addftorad AcdiNa (AsaR~ M&2~I4a~rwa c~~~~.so~,~t~spt~s~q Rwse~e e'*~  ? fLAcJ& ae%

ANU., DaNe __

Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 987 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix J, Page 70 of 70 ER-AA335419 Revision~ 0 Page 17 of 17 ATTACHMENT 4' ABME IW.L. (Class CC) Contarnment-Conorete Detailld or General VIsual Examination HOIE Report Paeofi

Data otatm. gIt I Reo Nio:

" tam:ln

~~

system:

urknIi u . ~  ?

~W~

Cr Symoe~[/h.~qj~

g,;4j

~ 4- I R~ /,

woN(q)-.: 1Ii?4912oP&

WO w mih n~~ A~

RAP.

HAeera VoaraeI dBuu IVt 0 ffwCES&npVrU 01. M r Surface. 00 IDI K RCantGt Im Sfa- o ai YES 13OttNneni mutwttuonusedt Inoto: OkU a 1-- Seth h otoAQ1icto 00h.'(u g-f

&WbsRt P- 10 Lmg I .,ot ExamIner &z--' LAVei' -LL. am/ý Further 9vlmiuofi Reqthd, E3YsRw (dSoarta Acwu CUI I*Mc aa's~ .uaeff@bu hUI PAtWbWO., fA#4d'6Z 1 4ff g~

AKIIN-f r IT

.Page I.oOf..

Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 988 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix K, Page 1 of 20 i

N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SO 8.5 GREASE CAP INSPECTION Data Sheet 8.5 09103/13 7PR CISgOw 8UR ILLANCE Page 16 of 20 Revision 0 TMI UNIT 1 TENDON ANCHORAGE GREASE CAP INSPECTION TENDON LOCATION EVIDENCE EVIDENCE EVIDENCE OF EVIDENCE INSPECTOR'S OR OF FREE OF GREASE CAP OF INITIALS AND ID BUTTRESS WATER GREASE DEFORMATION CORROSION DATE LEAKAGE*

_____YES/NO YES/NO YES/NO YES/NO YES/NO__

v-1 - -,* At A tj .,-'.1 V-2 _ All

____ At AS , -

V-3 r" At it V-4 1RM a A_ A A# 12 -1 V-15 .. T AN, P t ,24.5.

v-6 0_ Al 0 _r_ ____._ Al V-7 Al __ _____-_

V-8 14 IN I,,l5 V-29 .. L PL At At A

'1-10 ;r a

',V-12 1" At A N At V-213 -r 8* li AN At At -15 V-214 ir4(4

" 61 Al ,1 ,1 2-4.-

'1-16 -

V-17 At__M____

V-I18 A At... Aj 1-1 9 Al AtAlAt2..

V1-21 Al 14 At I Z-11 V-23 graeas o mo Al At V-24 V-15 -r* A13 /4 Al ij M, _124,13 V-25 4j. A A V1-26 h.S 11 lA V-27 -rt J A la-,

V1-30 1Z48 9L V~LF V-31 -Ir 41

'1-32 r4A AS V1-33 AA/#

V1-34 IAl4A V1-35 A V1-36 _____ a Evidence of oil at threaded connection is acceptable providing it is not excessive. This isoil that has separated from grease and is common.

This is evidence of corrosion that resulted In metal loss and wastage that may affect the ability of the grease cap to contain the sheathing filler grease.

20b SQ 8.5 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 989 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix K, Page 2 of 20 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 8.5 GREASE CAP INSPECTION Data Sheet 8.5 09103113

-/PRECIS1 ION8RCILANCE Page 17 of 20 Revision 0 20b 808.5 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 990 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix K, Page 3 of 20 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 8.5 GREASE CAP INSPECTION Data Sheet 8.6 09103113 PRECISION SURVEILLANCE Page 18 of 20 Revision 0 TMI UNIT I TENDON ANCHORAGE GREASE CAP INSPECTION TENDON LOCATION EVIDENCE EVIDENCE EVIDENCE OF EVIDENCE INSPECTOR'S OR OF FREE OF GREASE CAP OF INITIALS AND ID BUTTRESS WATER GREASE DEFORMATION CORROSION DATE LEAKAGE "

YES/NO YES/NOY YES/NO YESINO V-73 . At l At N 12-4-1 V-74 -"____

9 A AtI 12-4-13 V-75 1-r At V N1-4-A V-77 t2____- -J V-78 ,- A dtA V-79 &- j /,x- rA V-80 T"  !- - iS V-81 TrEa..J X A, . At A "1-.4-I1 V-82 -T- Ft ____ A &f.je 12- 4, Is V-83 -r f- At ,F-V-84 T-61% I Al 'V At V-85 T4, *.

At- A-t N V-87 $16 AtA/0A V-88 -r- N At /V V-89 1-& At- A#. A____

V-"0 0 1 N V NAt -Il.

V-91 V_415 I At_ Al a -1_

V-92 "I"Ji A RN Al - 3 V-93 & A at.,*-!.*

V-94 - -

V-95 - A mA 4A V-96 _______At _A V-98 "4 ,-

V-99 V-100 ri.____ At"** N,/ =,.

V-101 A I A # -,-it-is V-102 I- RA 1 At 14* - -4.0--

V-103 1"IL I N At NV JV W&g i-4l-1 V-1o0s At I V-1 06 A/1-41 V-108 ___12__"

• Evidence of oil at threaded connection is acceptable providing it is not excessive. This is oil that has separated from grease and is common.

This is evidence of corrosion that resulted in metal loss and wastage that may affect the ability of the grease cap to contain the sheathing filler grease.

20b SQ 8.5 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 991 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix K, Page 4 of 20 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SO 8.5 GREASE CAP INSPECTION 7P8RCI O:,s~v!CCNC Data Sheet 8.5 09103/13 Page 19 of 20 RevisIon 0 I"AN CE SURfEIt' PR*CI$10N i TMI UNIT I TENDON ANCHORAGE GREASE CAP INSPECTION TENDON LOCATION EVIDENCE EVIDENCE EVIDENCE OF EVIDENCE INSPECTOR'S OR OF FREE OF GREASE CAP OF INITIALS AND ID BUTTRESS WATER GREASE DEFORMATION CORROSION DATE LEAKAGE*

YES/NO YES/NO YESINO YES/NO V-110 4 A. i 4 -

V-111 6"13 Al 4 V-1I12 V-1 13 1" AI-Ai t*

A, AtNI

___ N IV d,,*

i.J'II 1 .t1 V -115 eL 66,9 t4A V-1 16 V-117 r- L N Nq 4-14 Arl ri M 1* Z/il V-1 18 Al t4 N Lal L &I V-1 19 .AL. LA l AtL V-120 "- & t* I & H V-121 -r A A All &

V-122 At Af At Al* ,*.-t a -4~-. -

V-124 At'L .....

V-1230or N .* Alf.

V7-1276 "r Is AtJ M /*. *1*

V-131 T"k AJ At AN "-

V-1 32 -r At A -#-

V-133 _ ......-'*N 4 Al tA * -

V-1 34 _r;: 1 4 . AL V.135 " "sf N A A At -

V-138 1

-ir' A-At V,137 e- 1 N At -r V-138 r N A N L ,

V-1 39 ", 4.1 a AtN I Z..N .1 V-140 1L. Lr1 i4L-t1 V-141 -r ia 1- Au.- N - -

V-143 z'r A,i"s A II At" ZA V-1-44 ,,j' I Al* *2.*~'

• Evidence of oil at threaded connection is acceptable providing it is not excessive. This is oil that has separated from grease and is common.

• This is evidence of corrosion that resulted in metal loss and wastage that may affect the ability of the grease cap to contain the sheathing filler grease.

20b SO 8.8 TM1.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 992 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix K, Page 5 of 20 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SO 8.5 GREASE CAP INSPECTION Data Sheet 8.5 09/03/13 PRECI810N SURy*ILLANCe Page 20 of 20 Revision 0 TMI UNIT 1 TENDON ANCHORAGE GREASE CAP INSPECTION TENDON LOCATION EVIDENCE EVIDENCE EVIDENCE OF EVIDENCE INSPECTOR'S OR OF FREE OF GREASE CAP OF INITIALS AND ID BUTTRESS WATER GREASE DEFORMATION CORROSION DATE LEAKAGE

• YESIS/NYESINO YESINO V-145 A-llJjJ t Ai At Arr 12,-/*IJ V-146 '1t ML ,

All/ Al J1)2-4-8*

V-147 Al ij Al 13 V-148 -r" P. At At /tVN ~ z.,

V-149 A At Al At, At V-150t  ;,15 ,1 4 At fv . 13- 1, V-151 "I- At At Al A-1 V.153 V-152 T 7-IL. ,l ..

Jq P N A

,A -  ;

V-154 "r-, A At tj * /.I V-155 -r - j, At Al J.

V-158 LI I 4 -" A)

V-157 "Tf R W At V-160 V-1 59AlA L..., . ALt 1-i Al A

A)

V-162 I A .,Al .- -N -..

V-184 Al Al At.- -i V.165 tZIII Al At.....

V-166 Z"T At

• Evidence of oil at threaded connection is acceptable providing it is not excessive. This Is oil that has separated from grease and is common.

This is evidence of corrosion that resulted in metal loss and wastage that may affect the ability of the grease cap to contain the sheathing filler grease.

20b SQ 8.5 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 993 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix K, Page 6 of 20 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 8.5 GREASE CAP INSPECTION Data Sheet 8.6 Pe ANCE IClN ia 09103113 Page 1 of 20 Revision 0 TMI UNIT I TENDON ANCHORAGE GREASE CAP INSPECTION TENDON LOCATION EVIDENCE EVIDENCE EVIDENCE OF EVIDENCE INSPECTOR'S OR OF FREE OF GREASE CAP OF INITIALS AND ID BUTTRESS WATER GREASE DEFORMATION CORROSION DATE LEAKAGE*

YES/NO YES/NO YESINO YESINO 0101 5 t __t4*&____ _ 1, _ *l 23-0/

D102 t.- AZ_ ,_ ,*l_.

D103 - J A4'",

,q&.. ,).At3 D109 k1 A.l.- . , * . 0_LAt-D10 IJ- Alf- P.W a. OZ A) .,J&.a D113 * /* A d/.2 z /

D101 D192 0, W.- N&F.

51 Al a t4 At At a*-23*I 1b D1210 0126 0W, - A/t & DI~~~~ 13 At dd N lJA.9 A( _ At

_ _ AZ/, we**zx- fi,-2-L.1

• • 3-t D1`12 D12 14I 19.0. ,VF- tAt - A If_____ t1 A)... At ***/PZCi o.15.

&.0 012 01211 e, hf-AIj Ai AlL

/V N AlJDZ 14 4 R?', z 7-1 0117 0124 a,&~j

,ld /4 F. N At _________ L. 4t*./3LI- .

0125 L, AjE NL At 14 -Ag~-y 0130______ k?, A16 D121 d N __ 9A ,,_____, 4 WL....'?/o-Z *'-I 01325 A Al 4 ~4~i-1 0132 4W- J N A Al A AtN A/6--71 0131 5 AJ) Al A/ A/ I/*. Z z 1-l3 D134 At Al 4iiI /a- If

• Evidence of oil at threaded connection Is acceptable providing it is not excessive. This Is oil that has separated from grease and is common.

"This Is evidence of corrosion that resulted in metal loss and wastage that may affect the ability of the grease cap to contain the sheathing filler grease.

20b SO 8.5 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 994 of 1008

REP-i1098-510 Appendix K, Page 7 of 20 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SO 8.5 GREASE CAP INSPECTION Data Shoot 8.6 09103113 R*

,*;..: , A.*-F

"*.*PRECISION UREIC ANCE Page 2 of 20 Revision 0 TMI UNIT 1 TENDON ANCHORAGE GREASE CAP INSPECTION TENDON LOCATION EVIDENCE EVIDENCE EVIDENCE OF EVIDENCE INSPECTOR'S OR OF FREE OF GREASE CAP OF INITIALS AND ID BUTTRESS WATER GREASE DEFORMATION CORROSION DATE LEAKAGE*

YESINO YESINO YESINO YES/NO D135 SL4 -g- Al¢ At 4* ** J* 109 I 1i D136 I..A /L A N

1. &dg ID-3-Is D138 _k-Af ALt A At AL.. wie klb1-D139 S j.#E A/ At Al f --

D0145 s IA AtAL.. Ai A -

0208A &

A~.i~ Al tji 1.W 02031 q j-Alp -'L." -

0208 SWM A A Al 0209 0202 5~" AL~jNL - N A/ N .V d' Aa02* -zs 0203 J.k/ Al* i t.-.-

D2094 Uj ,4 A/Nl4 **i,*-*

0201 02105 IIL.. Al L. ANj. d*-

A&Al' a/_ O, D023 19 Aj Al 4L.. d 0210 t-<U-AL9 4 A j *IJV -

D026 D21 Z--W k A(

A idA La....... *Al AM e,0't1lj g10 0212 Al P_ At Al M D.

D214 - ML L At L. "AA.&&-,i.

D21 5 - Alt AtL .II t -i D2107 g-jg N i At . hi p 0ij -l-i 02191 4 ,,

D220 6.. k- At A /*),* .F-

• Evidence of oil at threaded connection is acceptable providing it is not excessive. This is oil that has separated from grease and is common.

is evidence o corrosion that resulted In metal loss and wastage that may affect the ability of the grease 9This cap to contain the sheathing filler grease.

20b SO 8.5 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 995 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix K, Page 8 of 20 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 8.5 GREASE CAP INSPECTION Data Sheet 8.5 09103/13

/ P~'.I..OQ ANCE EIJREIL Page 3 of 20 Revision 0 20b SQ 8.5 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 996 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix K, Page 9 of 20 TMI UNIT 1 TENDON ANCHORAGE GREASE CAP INSPECTION TENDON LOCATION EVIDENCE EVIDENCE EVIDENCE OF EVIDENCE INSPECTOR'S OR OF FREE OF GREASE CAP OF INITIALS AND ID BUTTRESS WATER GREASE DEFORMATION CORROSION DATE LEAKAGE*

YES/NO YESINO YESINO YESINO 0308 A/ A At ,o ,.- I-:

D309 Al! M Atd.1-A-I1 _____

0310 Af- 5 N At A A -=J12/a.2_ 11 D311 At-.1 At Ir 14 " k*fA io-11-l*

D312 g- S A( A) At Atl--

D313 Af- N N Al A.j.& P 1I5 D314 A#-5 0 IN_.At I__o.

D315 q- r4 A ,t 1ll O.UZIli D316 q _ A _. Al At-a-J D317 A-NSN A 14 1-D318 Ai. s N At Al . .t t*,D-*3 0319 At o4 .. d. N a AZ0LI-*..l 3A 0320 j-. s .tjL At ,,, . 4LJAb-W.-L 0323 N,3 Al A D324 At-IS Ai At ij4j1-.*-

D325 Af N A 0 1,31 D326 Al. Al /, At 14J.-2113 D328 ,A#- s d r4 At* L**Z*I 0332 At ,4 A# ., /0-.-1R I 0333 ,jJS Al N epqa.-I 0334 jf-S A A Al At kLlezy-0*3 D335 4l-Al bf D336 N-,S I At.

0337 A,. A 1 Ujjo A4- A 4 Al 11 W 16 1 - 3Z~

A)

D339 At- 5 14 , A NAl i b- "l"I 0340 & ~

A[e~~~ .. M N 110-e4~25-15 0341 S 4 4 A &L. L. *IS.fl.15,0 D342 p t14 . e _(______-

D343 4-5 ,4 ,0 L _/

Evidence of oil at threaded connection is acceptable providing it is not excessive. This Is oil that has separated from grease and is common.

This is evidence of corrosion that resulted In metal toss and wastage that may affect the ability of the grease cap to contain the sheathing filler grease.

20b S 8.5 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 997 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix K, Page 10 of 20 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SO 8.5 GREASE CAP INSPECTION Data Shoot 8.5 09103/13

.RECISION, R tilt:SUICE Page 5 of 20 Revision 0 TMI UNIT 1 TENDON ANCHORAGE GREASE CAP INSPECTION TENDON LOCATION EVIDENCE EVIDENCE EVIDENCE OF EVIDENCE INSPECTOR'S OR OF FREE OF GREASE CAP OF INITIALS AND ID BUTTRESS WATER GREASE DEFORMATION CORROSION DATE LEAKAGE

• YESINO YESINO YESINO

__________YESINO YSN D344 _l 4 I:iQ1 4ifJ- ]

D345 _ A1, l, AA 4L _iZL.

D346 A(. A l Al At -

D347 -, At At At,1, i-D348 At t4 At V.

D349 t. 1 5 .%1 Al n//

b 1 I1-.

-o

'Evidence of oil at threaded connection Is acceptable providing it Is not excessive. This is oil that has separated from grease and is common.

This is evidence of corrosion that resulted in metal loss and wastage that may affect the ability of the grease cap to contain the sheathing filler grease.

20b SQ 8.5 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 998 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix K, Page 11 of 20 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 8.5 GREASE CAP INSPECTION Data Shoot 8.8 09/03/13 1 'PRGCISION SUD~V~ILLANCE Page 6 of 20 Revision 0 TMI lIMIT I Tl=kln N AKIr-WOPA 9: P1_=_AQ9: CAP IKJQ0F:rTlnKl TENDON LOCATION EVIDENCE EVIDENCE EVIDENCE OF EVIDENCE INSPECTOR'S OR OF FREE OF GREASE CAP OF INITIALS AND ID BUTTRESS WATER GREASE DEFORMATION CORROSION DATE LEKAG*

YESINO LEKG*YESINO YES/NO YESINO H13-1 [14/ M At , I.Q d.

H13-2 14 1-73 1 At Al 1_1"81 H13-3 jV 1 -'Lj. M - N13 .4t H13-5 H13-4 11% .,-R At , AVt. A AtgI.za ,l,*//*q HI 3-6 2Iq .1 A/ Al- A ^I H13-9 - At # Al H13-10 H13-14 r- 1--

1-,3 A

1. V IAt At/* f I(-*A i.l H13-15 3 d-* a A/ýN*Ho.,

HI 3-12 ~ A/ Z Z fly Hi13-13 A L-. 1,41 Af hI Atf - -

H13-14 1 I-2 Al A A___ At 1-0*3 H13-15 t -3

, t i-k . L . IAt.t4_-__

At N H13-16 H1 3-11 J*I- _"q A/L. AAt ik/ Aler Ak" At/ */j/r/ *---

HI13-17 JV 'A At HI13-17 At AtZ~i~ 4 H13-19 1.-, At Al Af Al H13-20 ,; -.. f -At-A H1 3-21 AS A/ A/

H13-22 H13-18 S.JI-L,i-

"1-t -At L. AA Hi13-23 I 4' AtN .t.Vý*n *A?* *"-

Hi13-24 Ajj I *#% A tA f&

HI 3-25 j3 1.-3_ 61 N t n H13-26 -, Al Alt4/ #Ar H13-27 Al4. Al Al W

H13-29 H13-30 H13-31 H13-32 4zz_3Al6 tN A____1__

H13-33 At ~ 'A HI13-34 A; Hi13-35 _____ _______ A/____

• Evidence of oil at threaded connection is acceptable providing it is not excessive. This is oil that has separated from grease and is common.

• This is evidence of corrosion that resulted in metal loss and wastage that may affect the ability of the grease cap to contain the sheathing filler grease.

20b SO 8.5 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 999 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix K, Page 12 of 20 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 8.5 GREASE CAP INSPECTION Data Sheet 8.6 09/03113 PCISION IANCE. Page 7 of 20 Revision 0 TMVI UNIT' INSPECTION TENDON LOCATION EVIDENCE EVIDENCE EVIDENCE OF EVIDENCE INSPECTOR'S OR OF FREE OF GREASE CAP OF INITIALS AND ID BUTTRESS WATER GREASE DEFORMATION CORROSION DATE LEAKAGE

• YESINO YES/NO YESINO H13-36 /19 1--3 , tJAt L*IA#..

Hi13-37_ ~J9 I - A H13-38 *4.-"..

• Al -

H13-39 iq I -,,-, - -

H13-40 /a If *-I A* At t a4a L3 H1 3-41 5 z.-A Al 1+/-1, Z H13-42 i -43 0i ,

Hi13-43_ 1-~:5- tL. A -

H13-44 A*2 Al N -..0-HI13-45 -A/- 4 A "A l-z4-,

H13-46 L1J- -/

/I.L H13-47 . iL All- .

H13-48 e-A i -A AJ A Lt At At'--- .

Hi13-49 jffi4 d _AL.(..z H-13-50 A~ Al. .3A Hi13-51 tj.z y AAt .. I H13-52 /£z4 .tJ.0-2...

I-3 H13-53 Al-3J La I, Hi 3-54 H13-55 i 3

/--A A.(I 4* Y AAOAX S ,tW I,O'Z..

6,-Zq 5O'J, H24-1 Al ti~ At L .

_H24-2 73 Z -4f A* Al U*IZI H24-3 Ps Z- At . AL H24-4 zqo,

• 2 I H24-5 A / .* 1 H24-7 2- A *J " -

H24-8 AL.. 2- 0-i-H24-10 8 z.4 AN 14 . .-

H24-121 z t m*t Pi____-

H24-15_

H24-14_

H24-13 _ 13 13 z*-I t*" AN , ---- Al ,Al, " )~* "l-9!

___-_At'At ___

z

• Evidence of oil at threaded connection Is acceptable providing it is not excessive. This is oil that has separated from grease and is common.

This is evidence of corrosion that resulted in metal loss and wastage that may affect the ability of the grease cap to contain the sheathing filler grease.

20b SQ 8.5 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 1000 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix K, Page 13 of 20 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 8.5 GREASE CAP INSPECTION Data Sheet 8.6 09/03/13 RENCISJO!N SUREltANGE Page 8 of 20 Revision 0 TMI UNIT 1 TENDON ANCHORAGE GREASE CAP INSPECTION TENDON LOCATION EVIDENCE EVIDENCE EVIDENCE OF EVIDENCE INSPECTOR'S OR OF FREE OF GREASE CAP OF INITIALS AND ID BUTTRESS WATER GREASE DEFORMATION CORROSION DATE LEAKAGE*

______YES/NO YES/NO YES/NO YES/NO YSN H24-16 H24-18 R A :2-/.

.2.l MAJ AA) Al 1 1%) 12-* 4Zl, H24-19 AA 2lt * *t 2 -

H24-21 A. 2, A-) . . iE -

H24-23 2-4I - ^IM H24-224

-L_

H24-23 i -Al

.h/

H ,24-25 H124-24 fj3 2.f it AL.. A At A)

A# At A/A H24-27 is 2-Lq f "A, Al q 1124-30 H24-283 i*5 2-.. 44 A At At NAl At H24-29 A 2: A-I A1 Al.

H24-30 217- L N.- IL24-t H24-31 8 M N Atl.4-A H24-33 -2.4

• 4* .At. t-H24-341 A 2,4 Al 6oA Al H24-325 z2-il AJ At A/

H24-32 1Jj AlAlAt At __

h L. Al .

H24-3 - J /_ _ Al H24-47 t -* .-4 A) A , Al g I.

H 2-46 H24-3944 H24-48 3 -L 2.-q A) 10AJ /dA tl A l NJ ,-At k/L.Id.al4L H24-439 H24-40 8A: 24?--it Pi

,N All l All 14 tj M' 12./'=

H24-41 f.R 2./ I At ,A) J *e1.19/"

H24-494 "-2-4 pi* A) Ay ***-*1 H24-51 r  %-A M ,-

• Evidence of oil at threaded connection is acceptable providing it is not excessive. This Is oil that has separated from grease and Is common.

This is evidence of corrosion that resulted in metal loss and wastage that may affect the ability of the grease cap to contain the sheathing filler grease.

20b SO &5 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 1001 of 1008

REP-1 098-510 Appendix K, Page 14 of 20 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 8.5 GREASE CAP INSPECTION Data Sheet 8.5 09103113 PR ISUR WEILANCE Page 9 of 20 Revision 0 TMI UNIT 1 TENDON ANCHORAGE GREASE CAP INSPECTION TENDON LOCATION EVIDENCE EVIDENCE EVIDENCE OF EVIDENCE INSPECTOR'S OR OF FREE OF GREASE CAP OF INITIALS AND ID BUTTRESS WATER GREASE DEFORMATION CORROSION DATE LEAKAGE* *,

YESINO YES/NO YESINO H24-52 _ A 2 -4 At At/ A/ d* i l -fl tt' H124-53 2 4A Al IN H24-54 2_._4.." 4 At A -A A/91Z -1 H24-55 A Al A-/ w 2.1b-2-.j3 H35-31 --

H35-2 At

_- At_ AtAJ4 - . -.- L1 H35-5 ^5 - 5 At At -t ilA H35-14 3-5 -, 4* At H35-7 1i3 AtL5 At q .& 04J5.

H135-13 H35-11 -43 5:i At jAE 4l At~-~~ aie' iC)-24-4 H35-12 1 .5

- A 1135-17 43 Ale it 04 1135-18 -'s At~ At ~ jJW A H36-22 - Af A- i-AJ H135-23 _ A&

H135-24 - 1AfAfA N H135-15f2-8dNA

( &l,4 H35-17 is 5-5 9 1 At Al 4d

'Evidence or ot itrae onCinSacpapOin oecessie )as separa from grease and is common.

C **This is evidence of corrosion that resulted in metal loss and wastage that may affect the ability of the grease cap to contain the she~athing filler grease. A.lI ke=_~IL&d~

UI 20b SQ &5 TMI.13 ISl Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 1002 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix K, Page 15 of 20 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 8.5 GREASE CAP INSPECTION Data Sheet 8.6 09/03113

( PRECISIO IU.ANCE

!USR Page 10 of 20 Revision 0 TMI UNIT I TENDON ANCHORAGE GREASE CAP INSPECTION TENDON LOCATION EVIDENCE EVIDENCE EVIDENCE OF EVIDENCE INSPECTOR'S OR OF FREE OF GREASE CAP OF INITIALS AND ID BUTTRESS WATER GREASE DEFORMATION CORROSION DATE LEAKAGE YESINO YESINO YESINO YESINO H35-27 . 4 At IV . ,'."

H35-28 3-S At A d - rM &.24v3 H35-29 1 -- Al At /,4 A&0Z211415 H35-30 13 3 -!5 All A , 1 'M 0-13 F"

H35-31 3 -05 At At Al At m,&0 0 -'*I*

H35-32 *.

3j IJ - At-At 0,0 H135-33 .A s- i. At____ At. .. At JI! I4-415 H35-35 A 35 id d. IV N iW 0-1Z4.11A H35-36 A 3-5 At At A L_ Z443_

H35-37 is N. At At wL. iJOZ4-I H35-38 ,3 3 " At. At At Jim /&&3*

H3540 H35-39 * ,t1 At Al - . 4 AtAl_*__-_ tbjIv/ ion- z--

4J,,LDL1-i/**l0**

H35-41 A_ At W LP-H35-429j A - ApeA io-A-d H135-43 19 3-15 At At AtL Lia IV-A H35-44 Iq 3-L eq Al AtOR -______

H35-46 8j 3-5 At A At it. 4 H35-47 z& 3- A- -

H35-51 AA At -L1 1L2I H35-49 'IAlA"d1 H35-53 Aj~ Jj-! At At Al -6.

H35-54 .... N. A W JdaA ob-,4i/

H35-55 a " A/t N IW Evidence of oil at threaded connection is acceptable providing it is not excessive. This is oil that has separated from grease and is common.

This is evidence of corrosion that resulted in metal loss and wastage that may affect the ability of the grease cap to contain the sheathing filler grease.

20b SO 85 TMI,13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 1003 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix K, Page 16 of 20 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SO 8.5 GREASE CAP INSPECTION Data Sheet 8.6 09103/13 PRECgSIONJ URy ILIANCE Page 11 of 20 Revision 0 TMI UNIT TENDON ANCHORAGE GRFASF CAP INSPECTION TENDON LOCATION EVIDENCE EVIDENCE EVIDENCE OF EVIDENCE INSPECTOR'S OR OF FREE OF GREASE CAP OF INITIALS AND ID BUTTRESS WATER GREASE DEFORMATION CORROSION DATE LEAKAGE

• EIN YESINO YESNOYESINO H46-1 - , A/

H46-3 18 At jl H46-4 .. 4-4 I Z At /t - .

---

A t H46-5 H46-6 A Is.- L-- A/

H46-11 *, At A H46-120 Ad 4 .-to H46-14 4f _ J H46-12 "A 4-1 At Al A .- 0 H46-14 1 .~4..- L d*1 -. 0 H146-20 4* *- j 4 *ltl./

H46-22 -A 4,-. , A At i'MW-5 H146-18 1. V A t tA 09-H46-25 H46-26 .L i -& f- At A At At d All

AllI. M 111.144 H46-27 4"-?& d A 1.,L.N H46-29 A 4&. A H146-30 A d -&

H462-341 ý:. -C A H46-33 H46-_

H146-34 A_!L-4_4_1 All

• Evidence of oil at threaded connection Is acceptable providing it Is not excessive. This is oil that has separated from grease and is common.

This is evidence of corrosion that resulted In metal loss and wastage that may affect the ability of the grease cap to contain the sheathing filler grease.

20b SO 85 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 1004 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix K, Page 17 of 20 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SO 8,5 GREASE CAP INSPECTION Data Sheet 8.6 09103113 Page 12 of 20 Revision 0 TMI UNIT I TENDON ANCHORAGE GREASE CAP INSPECTION TENDON LOCATION EVIDENCE EVIDENCE EVIDENCE OF EVIDENCE INSPECTOR'S OR OF FREE OF GREASE CAP OF INITIALS AND ID BUTTRESS WATER GREASE DEFORMATION CORROSION DATE LEAKAGE

• _____YESINO YES/NO YESINO YES/NO YE___INO_

H146-37 is -t #j /4~A& J H46-38 H46-39 9t3 It -A&

AlA.l 4 /0ŽZ

• 1//P ,'**;*-*

H46-40 *.- x ,I* 24 eZ.*

H46-41 T "'1 R40-9 At/ J', .2.1 WAR.A 9 ., .I .1 mr--IZLjlt H46-43 ' A*/L.*MR- .

H46-44 - .0h4..O"j. go to H46-45 Allm.zIr3 A H46-46 At t At H46-47 AS 9-" A' A(

H46-46 1344it H46-49 .. &S41- At. _____

H46-52 4 -3 .,2 Al A a* a H46.541 #-- Al . M 1 ,

H46-52 is 4 0 llA H4tiia 1 AA)

_H4 I A 2-2 I-H51-1 Aj !5L. . Al Al .-

H51 -2 A *.. 1t..L. "f I- Z S H51-12 H51-15 A.... ,,,

i* A_-_I__I

-1zz At

_____ ,C- At - At,__

All . OFAP~

H51-14 J-( 3WN A At ,l

• Evidence of oil at threaded connection Is acceptable providing it is not excessive. This Is oil that has separated from grease and is common.

"This Is evidence of corrosion that resulted in metal loss and wastage that may affect the ability of the grease cap to contain the sheathing filler grease.

20b SO 8.5 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 1005 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix K, Page 18 of 20 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE 80 8.5 GREASE CAP INSPECTION Data Sheet 8.6 SP$C 09/03/13 PRECISION 8UIJVEI.l(ANCE Page 13 of 20 Revision 0 TMI UNIT I TENDON ANCHORAGE GREASE CAP INSPECTION TENDON LOCATION EVIDENCE EVIDENCE EVIDENCE OF EVIDENCE INSPECTOR'S OR OF FREE OF GREASE CAP OF INITIALS AND ID BUTTRESS WATER GREASE DEFORMATION CORROSION DATE LEAKAGEt YES/NO YES/NO YESINO H51-16 i14 . *1t . I - 4 A"/ 4I3l H51-17 A At "Aekp--*0.241T'l H51-179 HSI -18 43j 6L. 6' J tt .l.

tAtP01 At -*,

H51-20 14  ! -I- l N NL .. .. .. d .&2z&d H51-20 A Is.

J .. M. 14 A/ At jv:z4-.l3 H51-22 dc-q- il1l#A.

H51-23 -J4 - I A"At04_'4.

H51-24 A.. !j dA H51-26 1-9C At A A ia-ii H51-30 1 54-l Alf A L .*... A ,Zi12 H51-31 A4.-1f A A a -041_______

HSI-30 H151-2 fik S-61 Al Al. PiA H51-35 5Ao N H51-33 A* &" =L_ At N Af U 16041)I=

H51-38 H51 -38 A3..-1

'IS

- 2L....%..1.

AtaA Al

- L* At H51-341

• 5 -, At. -

H51-43 -AIS -111 A Al Al 10.9 *!

H151-403 - Al ___At___

HSI-42 A=, 6-*A d A At p-215 H51 -44 5.1...At -AtA H151-46 9-a 4 0*Z. '

H51-45 A-t At 1151-49 &..L. C- At___ AtiL-P2 H51-4!8 1151-40 r- I j&...!.L..I At '

N Al PIV Alj-,4 1,-i H151-51 icjI Ii~iI A_____ d11

• Evidence of oil at threaded connection Is acceptable providing it is not excessive. This is oil that has separated from grease and Is common.

This is evidence of corrosion that resulted In metal loss and wastage that may affect the ability of the grease cap to contain the sheathing filler grease.

20b SQ 815 TMW.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 1006 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix K, Page 19 of 20 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 8.5 GREASE CAP INSPECTION P?810,ýR C" Data Sheet 8.5 09103113 Page 14 of 20 Revision 0 TMI UNIT I TENDON ANCHORAGE GREASE CAP INSPECTION TENDON LOCATION EVIDENCE EVIDENCE EVIDENCE OF EVIDENCE INSPECTOR'S OR OF FREE OF GREASE CAP OF INITIALS AND ID BUTTRESS WATER GREASE DEFORMATION CORROSION DATE LEAKAGE*

YESINO YESINO YESYNO H51-523 13 C. I N 4 At H51-54_ ** I At At Jq -AD,-2*4o7ý ANA H51-55 5Pj Wl1t A' At H62-1 * ,"7- At A/ A/ A/

l_/-*L H62-2 ,k L,.. A).

.6Z At-.

H62-3 6-7. At H62-4 .- IL M A/ Al &AIAP , 1 1 H62-105 .2 . +/-.

At.r N At/ N Al ML.. t .

H62-11 a AI N I Af At H62-12 &-ZA, At. o .... At Wf&IkLfz-.'

H62-13 b.- 2-_AtAt At___

H62-14 &. 7. At At Al At - -

H62-10 a f At N A At H62-1 6 ý. Al A Nl H62-14 H62-12 )5 L4_2___lA(

Z,

?. ... N At ,L OZ

-L.

H62-21 AL1 N--

H62-24 AS At N , .- ,

H62-19 H62-218 H62-17 (a-2, 15 4-7-,

4v N At A

A AP A_.

• aL-11 H162-20 4.2- At At'V111-H162-21 J& 16 2 At Al A H162-21 Ai to 2ZZ1Z Ali Al _

d.

H62-22 & 1k AL AIAtA H62-27 AI N At7iZ At~ ~ ~

Evidence of oil at threaded connection is acceptable providing it is not excessive. This is oil that has separated from grease and is common.

This Is evidence of corrosion that resulted in metal loss and wastage that may affect the ability of the grease cap to contain the sheathing filler grease.

20b SQ 8.5 TMI.13 181 Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 1007 of 1008

REP-1098-510 Appendix K, Page 20 of 20 N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SO 8.5 GREASE CAP INSPECTION Data Sheet 8.5 09/03113 SPRECISION.. .... 6LANCE Page 15 of 20 Revision 0 TMI UNIT 1 TENDON ANCHORAGE GREASE CAP INSPECTION TENDON LOCATION EVIDENCE EVIDENCE EVIDENCE OF EVIDENCE INSPECTOR'S OR OF FREE OF GREASE CAP OF INITIALS AND ID BUTTRESS WATER GREASE DEFORMATION CORROSION DATE LEAKAGE*

YESINO YESINO YESINO YESINO H62-31 a 6-7. P1 A) 41 &P-0 H62-32 4j a J t Al ID-24-Z.

H62-33 ,,

H62-35 H62-34 t4 &__,* ___,*_ l* At 4**/.9443' A,,ll A,..hN K62-36 A . AL-a-

H-62-38 &-I 'V AtA H62-41 4 2A H62-4 2 H6243_

....... A*IL*

Al A H62-44 H62-45 AS (aZ...7" 4 Al At ..

t4ZIIZI N

5.,

0 H62-53 A N A- *WLL 11 H62-51 - .. N At H62-52 A/ Al4 H62-55 t-AJ- .

'Evidence of oil at threaded connection is acceptable providing it is not excessive. This is oil that has separated from grease and is common.

• This is evidence of corrosion that resulted in metal loss and wastage that may affect the ability of the grease cap to contain the sheathing filler grease.

20b SQ 8.5 TML13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 2 Page 1008 of 1008

ATTACHMENT 3 Exelon Approval of PSC Procedures and Personnel Table of Contents

1. Designation of Responsible Engineer p02

2. Approval of PSC Surveillance Procedure N1091 Revision 0 p03

3. Approval of PSC Surveillance Procedure N1091 Revision 1 of SQ 8.0 Anchorage Inspection p07

4. Approval of PSC Quality Control Inspector Rance Robbins and Clinton West plO

5. Approval of PSC Quality Control Inspector Ronald Perry p11

6. Vendor Qualification Records p12 ffoplcal.Report.213. Ltaica.Reort21

-.Aftachment.3.Page-1-of-l 54

Exelon Generation, Memorandum Date: March 28, 2014 To: File Cc: Topical Report 213 Mark Torborg John Piazza Sean Taylor From: Michael Grimm

Subject:

Documentation of Responsible Engineer for TMI Pre-stressed Containment Inspection No. of Pages: 1 This memorandum serves to document that Howard Hill; P.E. (CA license # C22265) has been designated as the Responsible Engineer (R.E.) for the Three Mile Island Nuclear Generating Station's 4 0 1h year In-Service Inspection of the Unit 1 Reactor Building Pre-stressed Containment System. Mr. Hill's qualifications have been reviewed and determined to meet the requirements set forth by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,Section XI, Subsection IWL, 2004 edition no addenda. Mr. Hill's responsibility for serving in this capacity is documented and outlined in Exelon Generation Contract number 502247.

Michael Grimm, ISI Program Engineer Mark Torborg, Manager - Programs Engineering 0

Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 2 of 154

N1091 TENDON SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM ACCEPTANCE FORM 09/03/13 Page 1 of I LANCE Revision 0 PRECISION f000*

This page shall be removed, and mailed or faxed to:

Precision Surveillance Corporation Phone: 219-397-5826 Quality Assurance Fax: 219-397-5867 3468 Watling Street East Chicago, IN 46312 The signed return of this Acceptance form will indicate approval of the Precision Surveillance Corporation In-Service Inspection Tendon Surveillance Manual for document control purposes.

RETURN OF THIS FORM CONSTITUTES APPROVAL OF THE CONTENTS HEREIN.

Date: / ' /

Signature:

Company: ZreJoa /-'T IF Project: TMI 40T' YEAR SURVEILLANCE Contract:

In-Service Inspection Manual Issue Date 09-03-13 Revision 000 ACCEPTANCE FORM Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 3 of 154

N1091 TENDON SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT FORM 09103113 Page 1 of 1 Revision 0 This page shall be removed, and mailed or faxed to:

Precision Surveillance Corporation Phone: 219-397-5826 Quality Assurance Fax: 219-397-5867 3468 Watling Street East Chicago, IN 46312 The return of this Acknowledgement form from Control Manual Number. J io, (

will Indicate acknowledgement-of-receipt for document control purposes. Failure to return this page or otherwise provide similar acknowledgement, SHALL be just cause for terminating the controlled status of this manual.

RETURN OF THIS FORM DOES NOT CONSTITUTE APPROVAL OF THE CONTENTS HEREIN.

If this page is stamped "UNCONTROLLED MANUAL", it is not necessary to return.

Date of Submittal: q/ 6 / z 3 Date of Receipt: g~(6,'[ ,/%'Z £*

The individual acknowledging Name: A (6 13 receipt will be considered the Name:

permanent holder of this manual. Signature:

For more information regarding

Title:

ZQ Th-. t responsibility of the attendant of )2;2*&36_ _Lea_%_

this manual, refer to the Manual Company: EXELONJ Control Policy Statement.

Project: TMI 4 0 TH YEAR TENDON SURVEILLANCE Contract:

In-Service Inspection Manual Issue Date 09/03/13 Revision _ _ _

Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 4 of 154

ATTACHMENT 1 1301-9.1 DATA SHEETS Revision 23 Page 21 of 21 DATA SHEET 17 Review / Acceptance of Contractor Procedures Procedure Number I Title Revision Reviewed/Accepted Date Manual Control Policy 0 1116 /2c13 Definitions 0 PS 1.0 - Personnel Safety 0 SQ 1.0- Surveillance Purpose 0 SQ 2.0 - Surveillance Scope 0 SQ 3.0 - Construction Eq. List 0 SQ 4.0 - Q.C. Eq. Ust 0 SQ 5.0 - Prerequisite Checklist 0 SQ 6.0 - Grease Cap Removal 0 SQ 6.1 - Inspect for Water 0 SQ 6.2 - Water Sample Analysis 0

. SO 7.0 - Sheathing Filler Analysis 0 SQ 7.1 - Thread Measurement 0 SQ 8.0 - Anchorage Inspection 0 SQ 8.3 - Bearing Plate Concrete 0 Insp.

jV, SQ 8.4 - Concrete Exterior 0 SQ 8.5 - Anchorage Cap Insp. 0 SQ 9.0 - Monitor Tendon Force 0 SQ 9.1 - Prestress Forces 0 SQ 10.0 - Detension Tendon 0 SQ 10.1 - Detension Anchorage 0 Insp.

SQ 10.2 - Test Wire Removal 0 SQ 10.3 - Testing Tendon Wires 0 SQ 10.5 - Continuity Test 0

. SQ 11.0 - Retension Tendons 0

- - v Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 5 of 44

ATTACHMENT I 1301-9.1 DATA SHEETS Revision 23 Page 21 of 21 DATA SHEET 17 Review I Acceptance of Contractor Procedures Procedure Number I Tite Revision Reviewed/Accepted by Date SQ 11.1 - PSC Engineering Data 0_ _

SQ 12.0 - Grease Cap 0 Replacement SQ 12.1 - Grease Replacement 0 SQ 12.2 -Grease Volumes 0 QA 1.0 - Program Purpose 0 QA 2.0 - Program Scope 0 QA 3.0 - Quality Organization 0 QA 4.0 - Q.C. Responsibility 0 QA 4.1 - Personnel Qualifications OA 5.0 - Personnel Training 0

0

//

0 OA 6.0 - Procurement 0

OA 7.0 - Field Change Request 0

OA 8.0 - Document Control 0

OA 8.1 - Revision Control 0

QA 9.0 - Nonconformances 0

GA 10.0 - Calibrations 0

OA 10.1 - Calibration Verification 0

QA 11.0 - Q.C. Inspection 0

OA 12.0 - Audits Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 6 of 154

N1091 TENDON SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM ACCEPTANCE FORM 09/03/13 Page 1 of 1 Revision 0 Revision: 1, 10104/13 li This page shall be removed, and mailed or faxed to:

Precision Surveillance Corporation Phone: 219-397-5826 Quality Assurance Fax: 219-397-5867 3468 Watling Street East Chicago, IN 46312 The signed return of this Acceptance form will indicate approval of the Precision Surveillance Corporation In-Service Inspection Tendon Surveillance Manual for document control purposes.

RETURN OF THIS FORM CONSTITUTES APPROVAL OF THE CONTENTS HEREIN.

Date: ilL//? ,/

Name: - I Signature: Irmo '

Title:

Pie &Amn a if Company: EAap 6 G!t5'eA *;eo1 Project: MI 40T' YEAR SURVEILLANCE Contract:

In-Service Inspection Manual Issue Date 09-03-13 Revision 10/04113 000 ACCEPTANCE FORM Rev I Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 7 of 154

N1091 TENDON SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT FORM 09103113 Page 1 of 1 fPREC1'611 ANCE Revision 0 Revision: 1. 10104/13 This page shall be removed, and mailed or faxed to:

Precision Surveillance Corporation Phone: 219-397-5826 Quality Assurance Fax: 219-397-5867 3468 Watling Street East Chicago, IN 46312 The return of this Acknowledgement form from Control Manual Number All .

will indicate acknowledgement-of-receipt for document control purposes. Failure to return this page or otherwise provide similar acknowledgement. SHALL be just cause for terminating the controlled status of this manual.

RETURN OF THIS FORM DOES NOT CONSTITUTE APPROVAL OF THE CONTENTS HEREIN.

Ifthis page is stamped "UNCONTROLLED MANUAL", it is not necessary to return.

Date of Submittal: /Y/1 5 Date of Receipt: g~/D /*/

The individual acknowledging receipt will be considered the Name: " r permanent holder of this manual. Signature: ,q For more information regarding

Title:

responsibility of the attendant of _P q_ _o, r_ ___Enq_____1_.

this manual, refer to the Manual Company: EXELON Control Policy Statement.

Project: TM1 4 0 T" YEAR TENDON SURVEILLANCE Contract:

In-Service Inspection Manual Issue Date 09103/13 Revision l1, 10/04/13 Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 8 of 154

ATTACHMENT 1 1301-9.1 DATA SHEETS Revision 23A Page 21 of 21 DATA SHEET 17 Review I Acceptance of Contractor Procedures Procedure Number I Title Revision Reviewed/Accepted by Date

• ~~O- -

cLa 1i 4~7f /

49 Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 9 of 154

ATTACHMENT 1 1301-9.1 DATA SHEETS Revision 23 !

Page 20 of 21 DATA SHEET 16 Examiner Qualification Name of Examiner Employer Method Level pse 6e'd VST z__._D_____

I have reviewed the records relevant to the experience and training of the above named Individuals and have, as necessary, trained these Individuals In the requirements applicable to the performance of visual examinations of the containment concrete surface. Based on this review and, If applicable, training, I find that these Individuals are qualified to perform said examinations.

Responsible Engineer. Name , .

Registration C2 gV "  : ¢o0 state Licen 0. Expiration Exaeon NOE Services Concurrence ,, 7z Date 1 b3 ANII Concurrentce Date 2./L3...

48 Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 10 of 154

ATTACHMENT I 1301-9.1 DATA SHEETS Revision 23 Page 20 of 21 DATA SHEET 16 Examiner Qualification Name of Examiner Employer Method Level I have reviewed the records relevant to the experience and training of the above named individuals and have, as necessary, trained these individuals in the requirements applicable to the performance of visual examinations of the containment concrete surface. Based on this review and, if applicable, training, I find that these Individuals are qualified to perform said examlinations.

Responsible Engineer-. Name /

Registration *4 State C *, /,5 License No.

/,.S ,,/

Expiration Signature " . . "* Date * ,,,.AlO 2L *.

Ao~.

Exelon 0 Services i C.onur NDE o nce Concurrence AI Concurr14, Date Date.°i iLL 20 Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 11 of 154

asl,2

• QUALIFICATION OF QUALITY CONTROL IMSPECTORS-PROC. QA 2.10.6.1.1.

CSRTIPICATION FORK QA 2.10.6.1.1.B.

S CERTIFICATB OF QUALIFICATION This is to certify that hNI R~ic~ Ro3e,, ~ S 8s3 has been qualified through on-the-Job experience and formal training to meet the requirements of ANSI U45.2.6-1973 and 1978 as:

QUALITY CONTROL INSPECTOR LEVEL '- with the following limitations

£?_VZT r:*' *~tFbiL A . i*-*P.c-r*., .F" Pos -m*Jt ,j* / t,,*.**

j'* S*

!= rieb 457O4S7or A-I-( CFog This certifLcation will qualify the named individual to perform quality contcol inspections*, examinations and testing for the various manufact-ured products or services, supplied, to meet the requirements of the S projects far the Pcecision Surveillance Corporation end within the limitations of this qualification.

S This qualification becomes effective effect until the recertification date of, 4.4/.q 61/).1- and shall remain in

..

• or until such time that the named individual leaves the employment of PSC, gives just cause for termination of the certification or requires additional training to maintain a proper Quality Control disposition.

Physical Requirements: E Date I/"I,/J- to 4L~AL by QP-rbM617-RlS7-Exam Date Exam Date f t

to 4400/a_.

by4P L'tsC-by oT~Z~

Approved by: 96ý Quality Control Inspector Level Date: a.1__

/_ , _.

.0025Q Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 12 of 154 1033N

P QUALI'FICATION OF QUALITY CONTROL INSPECTORS-PROC. QA 2.10.6.1.1.

CERTIFICATION FORM QA 2.10.6.1.1.B.

CERTIFICATE OF QUALIFICATION This its to certify that rJCC- Ro¢ e ,,

R,^. .as has been qualified through on-the-job experience and formal training to meet the requirements of ANSI U45.2.6-1973 and 1978 as:

QUALITY CONTROL INSPECTOR LEVEL ý with the following limitations CtT zm teib Lha As Pec-1..OE oF-P0o5r-'1 l-9JSl ',,6-j1,.J'CCP~oe4S This certifLcation will qualify the named individual to perform quality control inepection, examinations and testing for the various manufact-uved products or services. supplied, to meet the requirements of the projects far the Peecision Surveillance Corporation and within the limitations of this qualification.

This qualification becomes effective . and shall remain in effect until the recertification date of L/4/.h . or until such time that the named individual leaves te "employment of PSC, gives just cause for termination of the certification or requires additional training to maintain a proper Quality Control disposition.

Physical Requirements: Exmn Date /i/1.to il/ by -Q0-?IbMG.T7l-Exam Date to by Nh -"

Exam Date 101 to ______ by coP7?,Ji)1Z1SJ Approved by: 4zAkld-7..)

Quality Control Inspector Level Date: ;0/g2//a 0025Q Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 13 of 154 1033Y

, AI.'1 I oral;':..( 4r I

Il*3009 l(:V(W11 OIN V0101 OA 7. 10. I . I.

CR,.,V:UTI.F'<ATl: Ole QUALI,G.LCATlON has been qualified through on. the..job experienco and formal tLrainintig L.y meet the requirements of ANSI i45.2.6--1973 and 1978 as:

QUAL1TY CONTROL INSPECTOR LEVIfL -_- with the following limitations C fiLl Oe)MTIOiS-.

This certification will qualify the named Individual to perform quality control inspections, examinations and testing for the various manuscst-ured products or services supplied, to meet the requirements of the projects for the Precision Surveillance Corporation and within the limitations of this qualification.

This qualif Ication becomes effective *._a/9 and shall remain in effect until the recertification date of , lor until such time that the named individual leaves the employment of PSC, gives just cause for termination of the certification or requires additional training to maintain a proper Quality Control disposition.

Physical Requirements: Exam Date . t . by M7,f -ý Exam Date L o to LL by 0M' ?-,T/S1I Exam

_. e, Date .3/f1 41..

to " by 'r-i .Ap)ctx)Lg2D, Approved by: ,_., _ ____O ______._._

Quality Control Inspector Level Date:_____

0025Q 1033N Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 14 of 154

-PSC Formcety

• Inryco Suncjitance Inryco PSC 5ui*eillanc¢ Form+dy QUALIFICATION OF QUALITY CONTROL INSPECTORS-PROC. QA 2.10.6.1.1.

I I PERFORMANCE EVALUATION FORM QA 2.10.6.1.1.A.

PERFORMANCE EVALUATION FOR QUALITY CONTROL rNSPSCTOHS S To be performed at periodic intervals not to exceed three years. This evaluation shall constitute continuation of certification A.

r A QinmLi321 CWjJ1126L Jki5Pt4:jbfi W/LXVL This is to certify that the performance of Quality Control In Level __

Name W. RAIJCG 90o88As Social Security No. has been evaluated by the Undersigned on this date a.- 13 Performance ts evaluated as follows:

l 3 iadl AA cki AgLM&,& A~iQ0 1 k '46 41+),2#Ad4,4/r&s,%J-i a44 Waa44dA i V L)

Z Porformance is satisfactory.

PeVeor'nsnco Is unsatisfactory and requires additional training in the 0

Eolloving areas: C This individual has been removed from inspection, examination and testing activities effective r-.ht Signed: A ~~~cf2 4~+/-~<~ Date: a-ly-11 3

Title:

~A )Mc~4~.*4 Approved It Date: ;q-J13 Manager, Quality Assurance This document shall be placed into the certification file for the Inspector being evaluated.

0025Q 1033N Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 15 of 154

In--tf SVrwvllnI QUALIFICATION OF QUA16ITY CONTROL INSMCTORSI-PROC. QA 2.10.6.1.1.

oVALUATION FORM QA 2.10.6.1.1.A.

PRFORHANCE S RPnFORAKC3 EVALUATION FOR QUALITY CONTROL IMSPRITORB To be performed at periodic intervals not to exceed three year#. This evaluation s8all constitute continuation of certification

• A .5 A 2u ALIt C4IJdrOL 14,P,-MiT , LEVC-.L =

This is to certify that the performance at quality Control Level ntame . A"l/,Crz RaduJI Social Security Wo. has been evaluated by the Undersigned on this date '

Performance is evaluated as follows:

I SPerfonaunce is satisfactory.

S.

- p:rozenae is uneatinLactory and requires additional training in the E/lowing *areasea This individual bas been removed from inspection, examination and toeting activities effective ,.JIA 0 signed: Date: V4//,--.,

c2-Q~ VA,49cbt1r401e Titles Approved$ Date: 4-1/F I/I,3*

Hnadser, Quality Assurance This document shell be placed into the ceartificatlon file for the Inspector being evaluated.

0025Q 1033N Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 16 of 154

PSC Folmaely intvwa 94r1vlllanfle QUALI'FCATION- OF QUALITY CONTROL ZNBPSCTORS-PfO,. QA 2.,0.6.1. 1.

PBRFORHANCR BVALUATIOH PORN QA 2.10.6.1.1.A.

POFORAH08 EVALUATION FOR QUALZTl COWNROL IHSPICTORS S

To be performed at periodic intervals not to exceed three years. This evaluation shell constitute continuation of certification Dr ASA Q~aL1',1 Co,%FPZOL )big GMpo nLtro This is to certify that the perfomance of Quality Control t o*r Level tame W*gAJ*,C R.n&JS Social Security NoHe.0 has been evaluated by the Undersugned on this date ahi,1 performance is evaluated ao followsl

.- .ew VPfocmtean.e satisfactory.

eformanee IV unsatis.fetory end requires addItional training in the following areas a S

.5 This Individual has been removed from inspection, examination and teeting activities effective bl

')A Signed: At A4 &ar Dates A l/H .

Aptles QA ~

Approved Is Date: 1 Kegartaee quality Aesurance This document shell be placed into the certification file for the Inapector being evaluated.

0025Q 1033N Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 17 of 154

InryMo Stweeltllnce QUALIFICATION OF QUALITY, CONTROL UNSPCCTORO-PROC. QA 2.10.6.1.1.

PERFORNANOC EVALUATION FORB QA 2,10.6.1.1.A.

PIBRORMAKCB EVALUATION FOR QUALITY CONTROL WSPICTIOS To be performed at periodic intervals not to exceed three years. This evaluation hall constitute continuatLon of certification ... .

AS A QVAw4t

• dMCo,,L WSP-ma .L jrL .

This is to certify that the performance of Quality I Ins actor Level-J_

name W. jl*....

tAsC Social security No. has been evaluated by the Undersignad on this data 8#0I"o Performance is evaluated as follows:

&4.04MA 466eAJ AZVýW. %ec ALChA A4oC414-dw-2f0ZijA~3 d£44 ' *Jw ""Ik "--~ "

I~a(Perfoemance Le satisfactory.

I Ie'foo:wanoe following sreies is uneabLefactory and rsquiLes additional tvainins in the This individual has been removed from inspection, examination and testing activities effective /, 1A 0 signed: 'i1aoi..L_-

keckl' Dates a 9 1 Titles *; :- *.

["14 *l e * *' , ...

Approveds Dates: lglt Hanager, quality Assurance This document shall be placed into the certification file for the Inspector being evaluated.

0025Q 1033H Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 18 of 154

QU~f

.I~iCJ¶1(J QA)

IV .' v.i can1 OTJv i -Nlj'K~jqT()HI.

'l tiiirn. Q4 1. ...

tOX~IMMUMANUIT' 11VA),UAV11 ON (1W0HQhA . to, . J!. I. 4.

'to be pa.Thunad at. VnrJiodte Inttovva~luita t. to oxcnoil tLu= yosiri. Thin avalJuation sihall. onHIUl uts n.ontinual.lon of~ nowtA fication .Or This to to certify that the performnance of Quality Conteal I spector Level J VRama~ Social Security Noe. has been evraluated by tho Underigne~nd on thin dateM Performance ts evaluated as follows:

51rerformance Is satisaeat~ory.

E Prfoemance to unsatisfactory and requires additional training in the, 0 0

This individual has been removed from Inspection, examination and testing act ivities effective - -1 signed: Ax:I, -L 4--ua*.t Date; -or tA

Title:

Approved: U44~E ~- Date: J- / LO Kl&&or, Quality Assurance This document shall be placed into the Lifleation file for the Inspector being evaluated.

0025Q 1033N Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 19 of 154

.. PSC Faimrty Inlyto SusV,1eilin8e QUALIFICATION OF QUALZIT CONTRO INS*FECTORS-PROC. QA 2.10.6.1.1.

PBRFOOUANCB EVALUATION FORM QA 2.10.6.1.1.A.

0 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION FOR QUALITY CONTROL INSPECTORS To be performed at periodic Intervals not to exceed three years. This evalutto shall constitute continuatioyi of certification .W_

Aý 1Q W- ALtr-It ege,'-itOL PIM-g.oi PbL UNt-LimU This ig to certify that the performance of Quality cont f l Level m-Name "Aairtc COARuif S00ocial Security No. has been evaluated by the underslined on this date Porfor*uince is evaluated as follows:

06.) ad q14~6Xt 4 a

~jid~iL 0 *, )) U i

L Performance is satisfactory.

JPerformance is unsatisfactory and requires additional training in the following areas:

0 This*ta individual been reffovod from inspection, examination and tooting activities effective - A &

Signed: Date: /.- I/ot

Title:

Approved: a ~f-17L~L. Date:, .

flaneger, Quality Assurance This document shall be placed into the certification file for the Inspector being evaluated.

• 0025Q 1033H Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 20 of 154

PSC Formerdy Incyco surveillanu" PSC PROCEDURS QA 2.10.6.1.1.1 PHYSICAL QUA61FICATION-INSPECTORS JULY 31, 1986 PAGE 7 OF 7

@P

@ 7. ~:.FPHYSICAL TESTING FORH OA 2.10.6.,1,1I PSC rmaady

~WS~I~C~78Yifa Or USPEMIXU-PROC, QA .10.6.A.1.1.

PhII1AJ TeB'n0 FRM QA 2.TW.I.Y.O.1 mum n , za.,"oA A-i.,u.l Date .4-i-II1 lateste _to title Qulu&~a wasc. aisasse _______________

2. yjC - FtARwaa Tst Devlic e-Conmtent A/i. ,.

2. Vision YIZAU A- rattag ME&AMO ad L. j'%2-1 /2- a___ nvck

.Test a 080n ___

CorimAI*. Ael Op -P-CP(

A I~ c..

4. COMB PuncuiTr Test Davide, f! 41tL 1A8 11 12 13 4 1i dScsal ofrait 1 0 peption h ar, K" ftoDa thall not be less then 10 to be acceptable for pereoption.

Capability.

Exaniner PCGCVP'1P1 Title 0A &d - Date _________

0028QI 0028Q/7 Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 21 of 154

r PSC PROCEDURE VTI.FORMS CERTIFICATION OF EXAMINERS EXHIBIT A Revision 0, April 26, 1999 Page I of 1 Revision 1, 4128199: Revision 2. 7/6/99; Revision 3. 2124/05; Revision 4,08131/07: Revision 5, 811/08; Revision 6. 09104108 LEVEL IICERTIFICATION RECORD Social Security Certification Name: W. Rance Robbins Number: Date: 05/17/12 Visual Cerlification Method: *VT-1 Level: 11

• VT-1 Cuerulfcution Is limited to tendon related activities Level 11 General 95% Date 05/1 5/12 Specific 95% Date 05115112 Practical 100% Date 05116/12 Il 100%

Practical Ave.: 100%

05/16112 I

Composite 96.67% Date 06117112 The composite grade shall be an equally weighted average of all applicable examination grades for each category.

Training Courses Completed Type Given By Location Hours Date Instructor General n/a nra n/a n/a n/a Specific n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a Practical n/a nla n/a n/a n/a We certify that the above named employee meets all of the qualification requirements of the PSC Procedure IWL VTI.CERT for certificallonrecertificato as a VT-i Examiner , L.M.11_ II . 7 Ile?

IThis certificate expires after 05/17/2015 Approval Signature:

I 6vtl.forms.doc Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 22 of 154

PSC PROCEDURE VTI.FORMS CERTIFICATION OF.EXAMINER EXHIBIT F Revision 0. April 26, 1999 Page 1 of 2 Revision 1, 4128199; Revision 2, 715199; Revision 3, 2J24105; Revision 4, 08131/07; Revision 5, 08101108; Revision 6.09104/08

.1 -

W LEVEL IIRECORD OF EXPERIENCE Mr./Ms W. Rance Robbins has worked at PSC Since 12/2005 to date.

Location During that time he/she has participated In the following activities which involve visual examinations similar to the Visual inspection VT-1 examination required by ASME,Section XI, Subsection IWL.

OPERATING NUCLEAR STATION(S)

Visual Examination(s): V.C. Summer Nuclear Plant, Arkansas Nuclear One, Calvert Cliffs Nuclear Plant Turkey Point Nuclear Plant, Fort Calhoun Nuclear Plant, South Texas Project, Millstone Nuclear Plant Point Beach Nuclear Plant, Palisades Nuclear Plant, LaSalle Nuclear Plant, Braidwood Nuclear Plant Repair I Replacement:

Modification(s):

Periodic test(s): I S MANUFACTURING, CONSTRUCTION, FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION Visual Examination(s):

Dimensional Verification:

The above also meets the following Level II PSC Procedure VT1.CERT requirement:

X High School Graduate Two-Year Associate Degree Four-Year College Degree 1 year 6 months 3 months W. Rance Robbins 05115/12 Completed by (Candidate):

Date Social Security Number:

05/17112 Verified and Accepted by:

,o:PSC P.E -, o Date S

6vtt.forms.doc Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 23 of 154

0 PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION VISUAL EXAMINATION TRAINING NAME: W.. Rmw .. 'kb;rS, DATE: _-14-!20Iz-.

SOCIAL SECURITY EXAM: VISUAL GENERAL LEVEL II FOR VT-I GRADE:957 GRADED BY:-/iI"E5/./

,J 6- - - .1' /-I .-- -

I have neither givcn, received nor observed any aid or inrormation regarding this exam prior to or during its administration that could compromise this exam's integrity. I also understand my obligation to report any exam compromise by others prior, during, or subsequent to the exam administration.

I acknowledge that this examination is a way of demonstrating my knowledge of the subject associated with this examination and that I have had the opportunity, on my request, to review 0 this entire examination with the instructor to ensure my understanding of the subject matter.

0 I have read and understand the above statements: Id. g ...... .r*

S. A~-2O AZ-Student Signature Date FILL IN ONE CIRCLE AS THE ANSWER FOR EACH QUESTION A B C O A B C D A B CD A B CD 1 0 0 0 0 6 0 0 00 11 0 0 00 16 0 00 0 20000 7 0 *0 0 12 0 00 0 17 0 0

• 0 0 00 8 0 0 00 13 010 0 18 0 10 0 4-0*00 I 9 000 140_ 00 0 1!2 0 10 0oo 500010 1000 1 01 OO@O 20 0 0 00 S

V I IGI~NMItALMIAN! FORM 051412 Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 24 of 154

May 14, 2012 VT-1 GENERAL EXAM

1. What type of containment Is not inspected to IWL?

A. Concrete Containment B. Steel Containment

2. What is the character height of the lower case letters for VT-I?

A. 0.500" B. 0.044" C. 0.105" D. 0.010"

3. Per IWL what tendon anchorages are exempt from VT-1 examination?

A. Inaccessible due to structural obstructions B. Inaccessible due to radiological hazards C. Inaccessible due to safety concerns D. All of the above

4. PSC Procedure for VT-1 Level II certifications comply to?

A. ACI 301. 0 B. IWL 2001 edition with 2003 addenda.

C. IWE 92.

D. IWL 98.

5. Level IIminimum education required for certification is:

A. No education.

B. One year of college.

C. High school or equivalent.

D. MBA degree.

6. VT-1 Level IIminimum education required for certification is?

A. High school or equivalent.

B. MBA degree.

C. No education.

D. One year of college.

S Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 25 of 154

May 14, 2012

7. At a two unit site such as Braidwood Station, what reduction in Containment Tendon System anchorage inspection examination frequency is permitted?

A. Can be reduced if the Utility can not afford to expend the money for it B. None; each unit must have selected tendon anchorages VT-1 examined every 5 years C. Reduction is permitted only If both containments are post-tensioned D. Each unit is examined only once every ten years

8. PSC Procedure for Level Ii certifications comply to:

A. IWE 92.

B. IWL 2001 edition with 2003 addenda.

C. IWL 98.

D. ACI 301.

9. Which subsection of ASME Section XI applies to VT-1 examinations of Containment Post Tensioning Systems?

A. IWL B. IWE C. IWC D. IWB

10. Level II minimum education required for certification is?

A. High school or equivalent B. MBA degree C. No education D. One year of college

11. What Is an optical comparator?

A. A device to measure surface lighting intensity B. A device to evaluate vision C. A device to determine color resolution D. None of the above Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 26 of 154

May 14, 2012

12. Who may perform VT- I examinations without VT-1 certification?

A. A manager or supervisor of ISI programs B. Level Ii ISI personnel C. QC Personnel D. None of the above

13. What amendment to 10 CFR 50 incorporated by reference the requirements of ASME Section xiA 2001 Edition with 2003 Addenda?

A. Appendix A B. 10 CFR 10.30 C. 1992 Addenda D. 10 CFR 50.55a

14. How often is VT-1 Level II re-certification required?

A. Every 5 years.

B. Every 3 months.

C. Every year.

D. Every 3 years.

0

15. When should the character height of near-distance test charts be measured?

A. When a Relevant Condition is found B. After the inspection C. Before use of it D. When requested by the Registered Engineer

16. For VT-1 examinations what is the minimum near distance vision acuity the examiner must have?

A. at least 20/25 Snellen in at least one eye.

B. None C. 20/20 D. 40/40 or better Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 27 of 154

May 14, 2012

17. PSC's Procedure for Level IIcertifications complies to?

• A. ACI 301 B. IWE 92 C. IWL 2001 edition with 2003 addenda D. IWL 98

18. For nuclear plants that completed their Structural Integrity Test 20 years ago how often must the Containment Post-Tensioning System VT-1 examination of tendon anchorages be performed on tendons selected for in-service inspection per IWL?

A. Every 6 months B. Every 5 years C. Every 3 years D. Every 2 years 19.Which of the following conditions Is typically recorded as a Recordable Condition during a VT-1 examination of tendon anchorages?

A. Broken wires B. Missing button heads C. Cracks in anchor heads

• D. All of the above

20. VT-1 inspection is required to be performed on?

A. Jacks/Rams used for stressing B. All of the above C. Tendon Anchorages D. Exterior Containment concrete surface and grease cans 0

Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 28 of 154

May 14, 2012 VT-1 GENERAL EXAM ANSWER KEY 1.B 2.B 3ID 4..B 5.C 6.A 7.B 8.B 9.A 1O.A 11.D

12. D 13. D 14. D 15. C 16. A 17. C 18. B 19. D 20. C 0

0 0

Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 29 of 154

A5 PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION VISUAL EXAMINATION TRAINING (i

NAME: V4. I*%, . . )ATE: ,11g-g. 17 SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER: _

EXAM: VISUAL SPECIFIC LEVEL -I FOR VT-I GRADE: GRADED BY:" ,ý/,A"J:-

I, -  ;,-= ~

I have ncidtcr given, received nor observed any aid or information regarding this exam prior to or during its administration that could compromise this exam's integrity. I also understand my obligation to report any exam compromise by oihcrs prior, during, or subsequent to thc exam administration.

I acknowledge that this examination is a way of demonstrating my knowledge of the subject associated with this examination and that I have had the opportunity, on my request, to review

( this entire examination with the instructor to ensure my understanding of the subject matter.

I have read and understand the above statements,: ~q ~wz Student Signature Date FILL IN ONE CIRCLE AS THE ANSWER FOR EACH QUESTION AB 2O 0C D - A B C D 6000 0 6O 0 A BIC D 11 O Ol 0 A B C D 16 0 0 0O 0 2 0 0 0 0 700 0 0 12 0

• 0 0 17 0 0 0 0 3 0

• 0 0 8 0 0 0 13 0 0 0 0 18 0 00 0 40 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 14 0 0 0 0 19 0 0 0 0 500O0O0l 100000 O 15 o

• o1 20 0 100 EXAM "05/14/12"

(

VT I PEIFIC E~XAM FORM 051412 Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 30 of 154

May 14. 2012 VT-1 SPECIFIC EXAM

1. Subsection IWL contains requirements for a Responsible Engineer. He must be an experienced Registered Professional Engineer. What is he responsible for?

A. Submittal of the report to the Owner documenting results of examinations and repairs.

B. Evaluation of examination results.

C. Approval, instruction, and training of concrete examination personnel.

D. Development of plans and procedures for examination of concrete surfaces.

E. All of the above.

2. Per ASME Section XI, subsection IWL what are to be given a VT-1 examination?

A. Containment tendon strand wedges or wire button heads B. The safety shoes craft personnel are wearing C. None of the above D. The condition of hard hats worn by personnel

3. What is VT-1 examination used to detect on Containment Post Tensioning Systems (tendon anchorage) selected for In-service inspection?

A. Grease coverage on the concrete B. Protruding wires C. Bushing diameter D. Thread tolerance

4. A VT-1 examination requires the inspector to be within how many inches of the surface being examined?

A. 3 inches B. 24 inches C. 90 inches D. 60 inches

5. What is VT-1 examination used to detect on Containment Post Tensioning Systems (tendon anchorage) selected for in-service inspection?

A. Dissolved water in the grease B. Amount of grease in the grease can C. Grease can grease level D. Evidence of free water ,h Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 31 of 154

May 14. 2012

6. The tendon bearing plate is to be given what kind of visual inspection?

A. VT-3C B. Cursory C. VT-1C D. VT-1

7. What is the typical PSC procedure used for Anchorage Inspection?

A. SQ 2.0 B. SQ 12.1 C. SQ 8.0 D. SO 4.0

8. The tendon wire button heads are to be given what kind of visual inspection?

A. General B. VT-1 C. VT-1C D. VT-3C

9. Following the re-tensioning of a tendon that has been de-tensioned a VT-1 inspection is used to detect:

A. Broken wires or strands.

B. Amount of nitrates in the grease.

C. Temperature of the concrete.

D. If the grease can has been galvanized.

10. Which of the following is not typical equipment used for VT-1 examination?

A. Pressure gage B. Flashlight C. Camera D. Optical Comparator

11. Mirrors and supplemental lighting are aids for?

A. General visual inspection.

B. VT-2B inspection.

C. VT-1 inspection.

• D. VT-3 inspection.

Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 32 of 154

May 14,2012

12. Following the re-tensioning a tendon that has been de-tensioned a VT-1 Inspection is used to detect:

A. Amount of sulfides in the grease.

B. If proper shim gaps have been maintained.

C. Time re-tensioning was completed.

D. If tools have been cleaned up from the area.

13. Per PSC Procedures for VT examinations who approves the qualifications of VT Examiners?

A. Responsible Engineer (P.E.)

B. VT Supervisor C. Project Manager

0. Project Superintendent

14. What is VT-1 examination used to detect on Containment Post Tensioning Systems (tendon anchorage) selected for in-service inspection?

A. Broken wires B. Concrete finish C. All of the above D. Wire diameter

15. What is VT-1 examination used to detect on Containment Post Tensioning Systems (tendon anchorage) selected for in-service inspection?

A. Type of galvanizing on Grease can B. Gasket seal on Grease Can C. Cracks in anchorage hardware D. None of the above

16. Per ASME Section XI, subsection IWL what are to be given a VT-1 examination?

A. Temperature of the anchorhead B. Containment tendon shims C. All of the above D. Temperature of the concrete Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 33 of 154

May 14.2012

17. On tendons selected for in-service inspection VT-1 Inspection is used to

• detect:

A. Missing button heads.

B. Protruding wires.

C. Broken wires.

D. All of the above.

18. What is VT-1 examination used to detect on Containment Post Tensioning Systems (tendon anchorage) selected for in-service inspection?

A. Chemistry of shim material B. Material type of shim material C. Displacement of shims D. Diameter of Shims

19. What is VT-1 examination used to detect on Containment Post Tensioning Systems (tendon anchorage) selected for in-service Inspection?

A. Shim finish B. Missing button heads C. Anchor head finish D. Bushing hardness

20. Tendon shims are to be given what kind of visual inspection?

A. VT-3C B. Cursory C. VT-1C D. VT-1 S

S Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 34 of 154

May 14,2012 VT-1 SPECIFIC EXAM ANSWER KEY 1.E 2.A 3.13 4.B 5.D 6.D 7.C 8.8 9.A 10. A 11.C

12. B 13. A 14. A 15. C 16. B 17. D 18. C 19. B 20. D S

0 S

0 S

Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 35.of 154

PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION Visual Examination Training 0 PRACTICAL EXAMINATION CHECKLIST NAME: W*.1CAI-A 26 N- DATE: SA - 2iZ-SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER:

EXAM METHOD V-Ir VT-IC or VT-3C EXAM NUMtR:

GRADE: Iz4.NSTRUCTOR/ GRADED BY:/ A I have neither given, received or observed any aid or information regarding this exam prior to or during its administration that could compromise this exam's integrity. I also understand my obligation to report any exam compromise by others prior, during, or subsequent to the exam administration.

I acknowledge that this examination is a way of demonstrating my knowlcdge of tile subject associated with this examination and that I have had the opportunity, on my request, to review this entire examination with the instructor to ensure my understanding of the subject matter.

I have read and understand the above statements: 9 44m= &,- S--/4-,-)Dlz Student Signature Date S POINT VALUE INSPECTION POINTS POINTS GRANTED/COMMENTS 10 Select procedure Verify revision _ _ _ _ _ _

10 Select form Verify revision _ ___ _

5 Select equipment Verify calibration/resolution 5 Verify adequacy of lighting Prior to and during inspection _ ... _

5 Record part/item number On inspection form Is Inspect component/part Identify discontinuities 15 Compare discontinuities to Recording criteria in procedure _ _ __.__-

25 Correctly record discontinuities _ _ _ _ __ _ _

5 Sign and date form ÷.._'-

5 Complete form Accurate and legible 0

0 vsps:ctel.pmticti Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 36 of 154

N1076 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 8.0 ANCHORAGE INSPECTION Data Sheet 8.0 January 10. 2012 PRECISION SURVr"ttANCE Page 1 of I Revision 0 0 Project: UTURKEY POINT 40" YEAR TENDON IqUNIT 3 - UNIT 4 Prjc: SURVEILLANCE (7.3)Tendon No.: i L0 Tendon End: , Shop

• Field ANCHORAGE INSPECTION CRITERIA Jq As-Found El Post De-Tensioning I Pre-Wire Removal 0 Post Re-Tensioning QC. Signoff 9.0 & 10.0. CORROSION & CRACK INSPECTION (9.2) Buttonheads Level: A (10.1) Cracks 0 Yes a) I(Zo 0 NIA iiiNy (9.2) Anchodhead (9.2) Shims Level:

Level:

(10.1) Cracks 0 Yes (

(10.1) Cracks 0 Yes N 0o "NIA NIA 0

(9.2) Bearing Plate Level: (10.1) Cracks E0 Yes t(1 ULVNo 0 NIA

• S-I -1z.

Refer to SQ 10.1 - areNSoONEOAIucHoRAAewNsPEcroN(8.3.1)Wire Coating: Corrosion Level: tjlA A//A I-)- Corrosion Levels of 3,4 or 5, or E require an NCR. "I'Compose a sketch of the cracks on Sketch Sheet 8,0 and Inillate an NCR.

11.0 BUTTONHIAQ INSPECTION I Offslze (Malformed) , i...ef 2.2-"

Protruding/unseated Spf*. AiAJ:*

wirelbuttonheads p- 14'A00S 0 Brokenimissing wireibuttonheads 0 00 00 0o

• Previously Identified as missing Discontinuous- removed mis0 (11.2 Ahrhemovd

) durin thiL 0 Located on SketchFIAJ Yes I NO 00 00 (11.4) Missing Buttanheads Found:0 00 0 0Yes 0 No Quantfi.y 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 Additional Information:

(12.2) Number of PrOtruding Butlonheads(.): _ (8.3)Llght Meter ID: /4*.A41 Cal Due: q-/;;9 (12.3) Number of Missing Buttonheads (0, d: 0 (12.4) Total of Protruding + Missing Buttonheads: 1 (12.0) Conlinully Test Requested? 0 Yes a No (12.5) Total # of Effective Buttonheads Seated: 10 Wires Identifled?* Yes O No (12.7) Overall Results M Acceptable El Un-Acceptable Customer Nolifled NCR#: ,*/S- .1 aC Reviewed: Level: Dale:

1Q9so 8,0.TP. I ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 37 of 154

PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION Visual Examination Training PRACTICAL EXAMINATION CHECKLIST NAME: W. Ruce_ *.kg1jm, DATE: s- 14" 2-2.

SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER: ffm EXAM METtIOD:FVT-I or VT-IC or VT-3C EXAM NUMPER:_/

• 2" GRADE: JI~,.NSTRUCTORI GRADEDBY2 PSC P.'E I.

I have ncither given, received or observed any aid or information regarding this exam prior to or during its administration that could compromise this exam's integrity. I also understand my obligation to report any exam compromise by others prior, during, or subsequent to the exam administration.

I acknowledge that this examination is a way of demonstrating my knowledge of the subject associated with this examination and that I have had the opportunity, on my request, to review this entire examination with the instructor to ensure my understanding of the subject matter.

I have read and understand the above statements: 9 9w- 9&Z=-, s.14-200 Student Signature Date POINT VALUE INSPECTION POINTS POINTS GRANTED/COMMENTS 10 Select procedure Verify revision 10 Select form Verify revision A/Q 5 Select equipment Verify calibration/resolution _

5 Verify adequacy of lighting Prior to and during inspection ,

5 Record part/item number On inspection form _ _ _-_"

15 Inspect component/part Identify discontinuities _ ._,,__-"

i5 Compare discontinuities to Recording criteria in procedure "/_ __"

25 Correctly record discontinuities ___ _

5 Sign and date form _ ,

5 Complete form Accurate and legible r..

0 VIpscic.=limcIjcnl Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 38 of 154

N1076 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 8.0 ANCHORAGE INSPECTION Data Sheet 8.0 January 10, 2012 Page I of I PRCSO U BNAC Revision 0 Project: TURKEY POINT 4 0 T6 YEAR TENDON ELUNIT 3 r] UNIT 4 SURVEILLANCE (7.3)Tendon No.: V_ 0"3 Tendon End: wee bow . [ Shop r0 Field ANCHORAGE INSPECTION CRITERIA 1 As-Found 0 Post De-Tensioning I Prm-Wire Removal 0 Post Re-Tensioning Q.C. Signoff 9.0 & 10.0- CORROSION & CRACK INSPECTION (9.2) Buttonheads Level: ______(10.1) Cracks [ Yes (3 [3'No [3 NIA (9.2) Anchorhead Level: (10.1) Cracks Q[IYes 2) [1]NIA (9.2) Shims Level:.- i (10.1) Cracks 0 Yes 41) I N9 0 N/A (9.2) Bearing Plate Level: (10.1) Cracks OTYesW W' [-IS-NAA Roee to SQ 10.1 - amermsiONEo ANCHORAGE INsPwrCoN(8.3.1) Wire Coating: Corrosion Level: A11A 1

! Corosion Levels of 3. 4 or 5. or E require an NCR. (2 Compose a sketch of the cracks on Skotch Sheet 8.0 and Initiate an NCR.

11.0 BUTTONHEAD INSPECTIO.

) Offsize (Malformed) . 1J1+ IIAIO:Ac, "

w Protrudingfunseated wlrefbttonheads b-,Jbe.bA4U b~t

.0 Bmrkenlmlsslng wireibultonheads

• Previously Identified as missing 0

I* Discontinuous - removed 0,000 C wire(s) removed during this00 0

___surveillance for testing )00 00 (11.2) Anchorhead I.D. AgVA0- 0 0 00 Located an Sketch:& Yes 0 No00 0 0 (11.4) Missing Buttonheads Found: 0 IjYes XJNo Quantity: '1A 0 000000 0 00 00 Additional Information: bue k6 sk, M -- .

(12.2) Number of Protruding Buttonheads (w): _ (8.3) Light Meter ID: jA* 1 CalDue: q1-tZ- ,

(12.3) Number of Missing Buttonheads (0. l: . J (12.4) Total of Protruding + Missing Bultonheads: I (12.6) Continuity Test Requested ? 0 Yes Ki No (12.5) Total # of Effective Buttonheads Seated: J0 Wires Identified"2//l Yes No (12.7) Overall Results E Acceptable [I Un-Acceptable Customer Notified NCR#: j1/4rJ£ 15-)

OC Reviewed: Level: Date:

19so 8.o.TP.11 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 39 of 154

PSC PROCEDURE VT1CI3C.FORMS CERTIFICATION OF EXAMINER EXHIBIT A Revision 0. Aprill28, 1999 Page 1 of I Revision 1. 4128/99; Revision 2 716199; Revision 3, 2/24/05; All= Revision 4, 08131/07; Revision 5,08/01/08; Revision 6. 09104/08

-E

-U LEVEL IICERTIFICATION RECORD Social Security Certification Name: W. Rance Robbins Number: Date: 05/17112 Visual Certification Method: VT-1CI3C Level: 11 Level II General 90% Date 05/1 5/12 Specific 95% Date 05/15/12 Practical VT-I C: 98% Date 05/16112 6 VT-1 C: 98% 05/16/12 VT-3C: 96% 05/16/12 I VT-3C: 100% 05/16/12 Practical Ave: 98%0/

Composite 94.33% Date 05117/12 The composite grade shall be an equally weighted average of all applicable examination grades for each category.

Training Courses Completed Type Given By Location Hours Date Instructor General n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a Specific n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a Practical n/a n/a rda n/a n/a We certify that the above named employee meets all of the oualification recuirements of the PSC Procedure IWL VT1CI3C.CERT for certification ecertifcaton as a VT-1C/3C Examier Level II.

II This certificate expires after 05/17/15 Approval Signature: J 0_&____ I PSC P.E. I' 60110c~cforms~doc Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 40 of 154

PSC PROCEDURE V"IC/3C.FORMS CERTIFICATION OF EXAMINER EXHIBIT F Revision 0, April 28, 1999 Page 1 of 2 Revision 1, 4128199; Revision 2, 716199; Revision 3, 2124105; Revision 4, 08131/07, Revision 5, 08/01108. Revision 6,09/04/08 II I

Ih

'U -

W LEVEL 11 RECORD OF EXPERIENCE W. Rance Robbins Mr./Ms has worked at PSC Since 1212005 to date.

Location During that time he/she has participated In the following activities which involve visual examinations similar to the Visual inspection DIRECT (VT-iC) OR GENERAL (VT-3C) examination required by ASME,Section XI, Subsection IWL.

OPERATING NUCLEAR STATION(S)

Visual Examinalion(s): V.C. Summer Nuclear Plant, Arkansas Nuclear One, Calvert Cliffs Nuclear Plant Turkey Point Nuclear Plant, Fort Calhoun Nuclear Plant, Crystal River Nuclear Plant, Millstone Nuclear Plant Point Beach Nuclear Plant, Palisades Nuclear Plant, LaSalle Nuclear Plant, Braidwood Nuclear Plant Repair I Replacement:

Modification(s):

Periodic test(s):

q MANUFACTURING, CONSTRUCTION, FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION Visual Examination(s): I Dimensional Verification:

The above also meets the following Level II PSC Procedure VT1C/3C.CERT requirement:

_X_ High School Graduate Two-Year Associate Degree Four-Year College Degree 1 year 6 months 3 months Completed by (Candid ate): W. Rance Robbins 05/15/12 Date Social Security Numbe ir .4-d4. ?

Verified and Accepted

/PSC~ P.V 05117112 Date Ip 6vtlc3c.forms.doc Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 41 of 154

S PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION VISUAL EXAMINATION TRAINING NAME: WJiU;Af t *Ibn*5 DATE: -- IA - -

SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER:Ei EXAM: VISUAL GENERAL LEVEL II FOR VT-IC/3C /] /

GRADE: z _-,* GRADED BY:_

I have neither given, received nor observed any aid or information regarding this exam prior to or during its administration that could compromise this exam's integrity. I also understand my obligation to report any exam compromise by others prior, during, or subsequent to the exam administration.

I acknowledge that this examination is a way ot'demonstrating my knowledge of the subject associated with this examination and that I havc had the opportunity, on my request, to review 0 this entire examination with the instructor to ensure my understanding of the subject matter.

I have read and understand the above statements: W. iL A!.

• 5 1/4'°2012-Student Signature Date FILL IN ONE CIRCLE AS THE ANSWER FOR EACH QUESTION A B C D A B C D A B C D A B C D 20 0 0 6 0 0 0 0O 670 16 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0O 7,0 0 0 0 12 0 0 *0 0 17 0 0 0 0 3 04~~00 000 0"9 k rO 0010 0 1 13 141 0 100 100 100 18 1 0 0 0 0 14100 900*00 oo0 190 0 0 0 15V010010 10 151000 1"10 3IN0'0 200 000I S ~ ~~V ll0C'3CUINIRALEtXAM FRMi~051412 Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 42 of 154

May 14,2012 VT-C GENERAL EXAM

1. What Is the function of the ANII?

A. To verify compliance with NRC regulations B. To provide another approval signature on forms C. To ensure nuclear safety D. To verify compliance with applicable requirements of the ASME Code

2. What is the character height of the lower case letters for VT-1 C?

A. 0.010" B. 0.105" C. 0.044" D. 0.500"

3. PSC's Procedure for Level II certifications complies to?

A. ACI 301 B. IWL 2001 edition with 2003 addenda C. IWL 98 D. IWE 92

4. What are some examples of aids used for "remote" VT-3C visual examinations?

A. None of the above B. Binoculars, telescopes or transits C. Mirrors D. Feeler gauges

5. What is an optical comparator?

A. A device to determine color resolution B. A device to evaluate vision C. A device to measure surface lighting intensity D. None of the above Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 43 of 154

May 14, 2012

6. What is the effective date of the amendment to 10 CFR 50 that incorporated S by reference the requirements of ASME Section XI, 1992 Edition with 1992 Addenda?

A. 9-9-96 B. 9-9-97 C. 9-9-96 D. 9-9-01 E. 9-9-00

7. Who may perform VT- 1C examinations without VT-1C certification?

A. QC Personnel B. Level II ISI personnel C. A manager or supervisor of ISI programs D. None of the above

8. What type of containment is Quad City?

A. Steel Containment B. Concrete Containment

9. When should the character height of near-distance test charts be measured? 0 A. After the inspection B. When requested by the Registered Engineer C. When a Relevant Condition is found D. Before use of it

10. Which code specifies the general requirement for certification?

A. IWA B. IWL C. IWE D. IWB S

Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 44 of 154

May 14, 2012

11. What amendment to 10 CFR 50 incorporated by reference the requirements of ASME Section XI, 1992 Edition with 1992 Addenda?

A. 1992 Addenda 0 B. 10 CFR 50.55a.

C. Appendix A D. 10 CFR 10.30

12. Which subsection of ASME Section XI applies to VT-1C/3C examinations of concrete containments?

A. IWE B. IWA C. IWL D. AWL

13.Section XI, IWL exempts what areas of concrete surfaces of containments to be examined:

A. Areas covered by the steel liner, foundation material or backfill, or are otherwise obstructed by adjacent structures, components parts, or appurtenances.

B. Areas as determined by the ANII C. Areas requiring the use of a ladder, chair or other equipment to reach them.

D. Areas as determined by the Responsible Engineer

14. For VT-3C examinations what is the minimum far-distance vision acuity the examiner must have?

A. 40/40 or better B. None C. at least 20/25 Snellen in at least one eye.

D. 20/20

15. VT-3C visual examination is required to be performed on?

A. All of the above B. Tendon buttonheads C. Jacks/Rams used for stressing D. Exterior Containment concrete surface and grease cans Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 45 of 154

May 14. 2012

16. Mirrors and supplemental lighting are aids for?

A. General visual inspection B. VT-3 Inspection C. VT-1C inspection D. VT-2B inspection

17. What are the methods of visual inspection PSC certifies it's examiners to?

A. VT-1 B. VT-1C C. VT-3C D. All of the above

18. How often is Level II re-certification required?

A. Every 5 years B. Every 3 years C. Every 3 months D. Every year

19. For VT-1C examinations what is the minimum near distance vision acuity the examiner must have?

A. at least 20/25 Snellen in at least one eye.

B. 40/40 or better C. 20/20 D. None

20. Level II minimum education required for certification is?

A. MBA degree B. High school or equivalent C. No education D. One year of college S

Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 46 of 154

May 14, 2012 VT-C GENERAL EXAM ANSWER KEY 0

Ol

1. D 2. C 3.6 4. B 5. D 6. C 7. D 8. A 9. D 1O.B 11.B

12. C 13. A 14. C 15. D 16. C 17. D 18. B 19. A 20. B 0

0 Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 47 of 154

S PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION VISUAL EXAMINATION TRAINING NAME: J* ,, ' DATE: !C1- -

SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER:

EXAM: VISUAL SPECIFIC LEVEL 11 FOR VT-I GRADE:

I have neither given, received nor observed any aid or information regarding this exam prior to or during its administration that could compromise this exam's integrity. I also understand my obligation to report any exam compromise by others prior, during, or subsequent to the exam administration.

I acknowledge that this examination is a way of demonstrating lay knowledge of the subject associated with this examination and that I have had the opportunity, on my request, to review this entire examination with the instructor to ensure my understanding ofthe subject matter.

I have read and understand the above statcments: ~v Student Signature m 4* 11-6fý Date FILL IN ONE CIRCLE AS THE ANSWER FOR EACH QUESTION A B C D A B C D A B C D A B C D 10 200060 0 00 0 00 000OO 0 11 0 12 0

0000 0 0

_6 16 0 170000O 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 90 0 0 14 0 0 19 O 0 0 0 3 0'0 0 1 0 0 0 00s0 20 0 00 50EXAM "05/14/12"' 1 S

S VrlSIECII:IC EXAM FORM O01412 Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 48 of 154

May 14, 2012 VT-C SPECIFIC EXAM

1. Per PSC Procedures for VT examinations who approves the qualifications of VT Examiners?

A. VT Supervisor B. Responsible Engineer (P.E.)

C. Project Manager D. Project Superintendent

2. What degradation is defined by the breaking away of small portions of a concrete surface due to localized internal pressure which leaves a shallow, typically conical depression?

A. Exudation.

B. Laitance.

C. Popout.

D. Encrustation.

E. Stratification.

3. Visual concrete exams are performed under the direction of what qualified individual? 0 A. Corporate Vice President B. Responsible Engineer 0 C. Job Superintendent D. Project Manager

4. VT-3C inspection is required to be performed on:

A. Exterior Containment concrete surface and grease caps.

B. All of the above.

C. Tendon button heads.

D. JackslRams used for stressing.

5. Per ASME Section X1, subsection IWL what are to be given a VT-3C examination?

A. Tendon anchor head B. Roof of turbine building C. Containment tendon bearing plates D. Containment concrete walls 0

0 Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 49 of 154

May 14, 2012

6. Efflorescence is a sign of:

A. Mineral leaching.

B. Surface coating.

C. Nothing.

D. Concrete additives.

7. Efflorescence is a sign of A. Mineral leaching B. Concrete additives C. Nothing D. Surface coating

8. Per ASME Section XI, subsection IWL what are to be given a VT-3C examination?

A. The safety shoes craft personnel are wearing B. The tendon gallery ceiling C. Containment tendon strand wedges or wire button heads S D. The condition of hard hats worn by personnel

9. When is a VT-1C examination performed?

A. At night B. On a sunny day C. When the examiner feels like doing something different D. suspect areas are detected by VT-3C examination.

10. A VT-1C concrete examination requires what minimum Illumination?

A. 100fc B. 300fc C. 200fc D. 50fc Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 50 of 154

May 14, 2012

11. Detailed VT-1C inspection can apply to:

A. Tendon force level.

B. Proper torque applied to bolts.

C. Concrete cracks.

D. Back filled section of containment.

12. In tendon anchorage areas, acceptable cracks in the concrete adjacent to the bearing plates do not exceed.

A. 0.010 inch in width.

B. 0.100 inch in width.

C. 0.001 inch in width.

D. 1.000 inch in width.

13. When may devices for remote VT-1C examination be used?

A. Health physics considerations make direct VT-1 C examination inaccessible B. NRC allows remote C. Health physics allows remote D. When it is raining 0

14. A detailed VT-1 C concrete Inspection requires what maximum examination distance?

A. 7 feet B. 2 feet C. 35 feet D. 4 feet

15. How often is a vision test required for VT Examiners?

A. Every other month B. Every 5 years C. Every 12 months D. Every 10 years Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 51 of 154

May 14. 2012

16. What kinds of concrete deterioration and distress are defined in ACI 201.1 R-68 & 92?

A. Concrete cracking.

B. Concrete deterioration.

C. Concrete spalling.

D. All of the above.

17. At a Nuclear Unit how may dirt, contamination or other debris that could interfere with the concrete examination be removed?

A. Mechanical cleaning methods or approved solvents ifapproved by the Responsible Engineer B. Acid if approved by the ANII C. Fire hose D. All of the above

18. What type of degradation often initiates as microscopic cracking at the reinforcing steel-to-concrete bond interface, resulting from periodic applications of load or stress?

A. Abrasion/erosion.

B. Cement-aggregate reactions.

C. Fatigue.

D. Irradiation.

19. Which of the following degradation mechanisms to rebar is associated with changes in the permeability of concrete, presence of an electrolyte, or microbiological attack?

A. Irradiation.

B. Fatigue.

C. Corrosion.

D. Thermal effects.

20. VT-3C visual examination is required to be performed on?

A. Jacks/Rams used for stressing B. Exterior Containment concrete surface and grease cans C. Tendon buttonheads D. All of the above Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 52 of 154

May 14, 2012 VT-C SPECIFIC EXAM ANSWER KEY

1. B 2. C 3. B 4. A 5. D 6. A 7. A 8. B 9. D 10. D 11. C

12. A 13. A 14. B 15. C 16. D 17. A 18. C 19. C 20. B 0

C 0

0 Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 53 of 154

PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION Visual Examination Training PRACTICAL EXAMINATION CHECKLIST NAME: tAI, /*AN aA&- DATE: 144- 2w SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER:

EXAM METHOD: VT-I o r~~jr VT-3C EXAM NUMBER:

GRADE:2 INSTRUCTOR/ GRADED BY1%4laiI AeAr/iia

• PSC 1P.EI I have neither given, received or observed any aid or information regarding this exam prior to or during its administration that could compromise this exam's integrity. I also understand my obligation to report any exam compromise by others prior, during, or subsequent to the exam administration.

I acknowledge that this examination is a way of demonstrating my knowledge of the subject associated with this examination and that I have had the opportunity, on my request, to review this entire examination with the instructor to ensure my understanding of the subject matter.

I have read and understand the above statements: V1/. , , *'-I-Student Signature Date POINT VALUE INSPECTION POINTS POINTS GRANTED/COMMENTS 10 Select procedure Verify revision 10 Select form Verify revision 5 Select equipment Verify calibration/resolution 5 Verify adequacy of lighting Prior to and during inspection 5 Record part/item number On inspection form ___ _

15 Inspect component/part Identify discontinuities 15 Compare discontinuities to Recording criteria in procedure 25 Correctly record discontinuities 5 Sign and date form _ -,_ _

5 Complete form Accurate and legible ,__ _

Viputev.pmcical Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 54 of 154

.... N1076 PSC PROCEDURE SO 83 BEARING PLATE INSPECTION I *DATA SHEET SO 0.3

~January N" 10,12012 PR CISIO§NSU VM.AN CEPaeIoI Revision 0 Project: TURKEY POINT 4 01h YEAR TENDON SURVEILLANCE

• UNIT 3 0 UNIT 4 Tendon No.: Tendon End: ) K Shop 0 Field (7.4) Bearing Plate Identification M: L~uAW# 'fe I /2

1. Orient the bearing plate with the sketch below.

2. Locate the bearing plate identification and document the location on the sketch.

3. Sketch all cracks, Including other defects, existing on the concrete In the area surrounding the tendon anchorage for a distance of 24 Inches from the edge of the bearing plate.

4. For cracks equal to or wider than 0.010 inches. document condition on a Nonconformance Report In accordance with Procedure QA 9.0. NONCONFORMANCES. for Florida Power & Light approval.

> "~k Is t. Xd44 C14EK -- 5 /c 44A cr/4. OLJ< oe/1 w I

On Hoop and dome this edge Is up.

Vertical Tendon, this Is toward the center of the containment.

0 I " b4 ,

4J(raioia Oir $90K A

BII 4 b 4010, . 0 16,11J.

~ &'(Ivir%4

~ ~ ~ 1264 iA laswD/cjmcrtk

~'A~i.AID~tA1.4.'i ql f*6h .b~IL~ Ai.~/1J2AA.a.J.AfPfd~ PI Light Conditions 50fc or greater: IN 4es-] No Auxiliary Ught Source used: E3 Yes; No Describe: oA (7.3) Light Meter ID: L-A90( Date due calibration: q- 11 IDA T (7.5) Cracks a 0.010 t@ Yes [I No Ouantity: . Max. Width: oo' Max Length: . NCR#:M [

QC Inspector: tc. .a.- 0 " Level: jW Date: , .., 2-AI a

OC Reviewed: Level: Dale: qw 20SOIL3TP~ii ISI0 Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 55 of 154

PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION Visual Examination Training PRACTICAL EXAMINATION CHECKLIST NAME: W. RAAt -DATE: S.1A-2OI-SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER:

EXAM METHOD: VT-i oj¶§V~C EA GRADE: INSTRUCTOR/ GRADED B. A-/

e e L

/ PSC P.E I have neither given, received or observed any aid or information regarding this exam prior to or during its administration that could compromise this exam's integrity. I also understand my obligation to report any exam compromise by others prior, during, or subsequent to the exam administration.

I acknowledge that this examination is a way of demonstrating my knowledge of the subject associated with this examination and that I have had the opportunity, on my request, to review this entire examination with the instructor to ensure my understanding of tie subject matter.

I have read and understand the above statements: W, &ce, IV14-- _,ýUý-2619 Student Signature Date 0

0 POINT VALUE 10 INSPECTION POINTS Select procedure POINTS GRANTED/COMMENTS

,,_________Verify revision "/" _ _ _

10 Select form Verify revision "/6 5 Select equipment Verify calibration/resolution 5 Verify adequacy of lighting Prior to and during inspection 5 Record part/item number On inspection form 4 15 Inspect component/part Identify discontinuities 15 Compare discontinuities to Recording criteria in procedure _ _/_ _ _

25 Correctly record discontinuities ,_

5 Sign and date form -.

5 Complete form IAccurate and legible I".-_

0 Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 56 of 154

PRECSION -sRvSII!LAC N11076 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 8.3 BEARING PLATE INSPECTION DATA SHEET SQ 8.3 January 10. 2012 Page 1 of 1 Revision 0 I

0 0

Project: TURKEY POINT 4d 0 YEAR TENDON SURVEILLANCE [] UNIT 3 - UNIT 4 Tendon No.: V.03 Tendon End: U tetu N-l Shop Field 4 4 (7.4) Bearing Plate Identification #: Luw%66..- e, to - Le

1. Orient the bearing plate with the sketch below.

2. Locate the bearing plate identification and document the location on the sketch.

3. Sketch all cracks, including other defects. existing on the concrete inthe area surrounding the tendon anchorage for a distance of 24 Inches from the edge of the bearing plate.

4. For cracks equal to or wider than 0.010 inches. document condition on a Nonconformance Report Inaccordance wilh Procedure QA 9.0. NOCONFOnMANCES, for Florida Power &Light approval.

Ck "j3/L.JC t,4eJ .O0,'vO Cul b01 k 7",., On HoopW. and dome this edge is a*W. 0 Vertical Tendon, this Istoward the

""K center of the containment. 0 ve:l~ros 1L.K W4- bý rom A;emiiqa teem 2f4"SA6/046MJ ae 11y .15 -121f LiI&w f f~ 570 eA C A *n 4-IQ12 1 zj'LAU( O&dAW 4.e8*

1s *i. i.

Light Conditions 50tc; or greater. JO YasO No Auxiliary Light So-urce used: 0 YesfZ No Describe:

(7.3) Light Meter ID: Li q Date due calibration: q14-2/

(7.5) CracksI 20.010" ,Yes C-No Quantity: Max.Width: ass."Max Length: aj, NCR#: o _

oCInspector. .

• Level: Date:

OC Reviewed: Level: Date: 0 20 SO 63TP.11 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 57 of 154

PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION Visual Examination Training PRACTICAL EXAMINATION CHECKLIST 0 NAME: W4 Ateg* A mmsV DATE:6.IE-2617-SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER:

EXAM METHOD: V'r-I. orVT-WoCi EXAM NUM.ER:.4  !

GRADE:

~ ~ INTRCTR/GRDE.B:E

~ ~

I have neither given, received or observed any aid or information regarding this exam prior to or during its administration that could compromise this exam's integrity. I also understand my obligation to report any exam compromise by others prior, during, or subsequent to the exam administration.

I acknowledge that this examination is a way of demonstrating my knowledge of the subject associated with this examination and that I have had the opportunity, on my request, to review this entire examination with the instructor to ensure my understanding of the subject matter.

I have read and understand the above statements:

Student Signature Date 0 POINT VALUE INSPECTION POINTS POINTS GRANTED/COMMENTS 10 Select procedure +

Verify revision _" __ _

10 Select form Verify revision *"Jo 5 Select equipment Verify calibration/resolution 5 Verify adequacy of lighting Prior to and during inspection 5 Record part/item number On inspection form _ _ _,_

15 Inspect component/part Identify discontinuities 15 Compare discontinuities to Recording criteria in procedure 25 Correctly record discontinuities 1c- ]

5 Sign and date form 5 Complete form Accurate and legible ",5 0

V(~Ec(ag.p1ucIicaI Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 58 of 154

N1076 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 8.4 CONCRETE EXTERIOR DATA SHEET SQ 8.4 January 10, 2012 P t Page 1 of 1 Revision 0 0 VISUAL EXAMINATION - GENERAL VISUAL EXAMINATION Turkey Point Surveillance IO2O *LYearr 40th Project TOO lInspcction Area:

iEquipmnent Used LlAq 4l 4t.A,. Q.I.12-IAL' F Fib &/£4.e,jI./4-Concrete Surface Condition Containment Surface (Findings and Dcscriptiot) 10 4 A,.,,t 6",-*,j;. ,,am NI n I* El RI

/p 7"sm.j oop ,, s NI 4L r.rk MAel

'u :F W I*E 00 E

-1Ell]

SB . ..-

El E (Use as many sketch sheets (page2) as ineeded to reportany Recordable Indication (RI) or Information Only

(!0)&indings for the purposeof documentation and oriezltation.)

Recordable Indications to be Examined For (PSC Procedure 8.4)

Leaching or Chemical Attack Dcterioration of any Concrete Coating (if applicable)

Abrasion or Erosion Degradation Tendon Grease on Exposed Concrete Surfaces Popouls and Voids Corrosion on Grease Cans, Bearing Plates or Anchorage Cracks *Excc..,ivc Corrosion on Exposed Embedded Mceal Surraces Scaling *Detached Embedments or Loose Bolting Spalls *lndication of Degradation Due to Vibration Corrosion Staining on the Concrelc Surface (*The ownerlagent must be notified for these noted condli Ions.)

E~xposed Reinforcing Steel Surface Patclics or Repairs Comments and Disposition by Responsible Engineer []Acceptable []Unacceptable Comments:

Inspector & Level: hi, v Date: /

Responsible Engineer: Date:

ANII: Date:

I 21 SO 8.4.TP.11 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 59 of 154

N1076 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 8.4 CONCRETE EXTERIOR SKETCH SHEET 8.4 January 10, 2012 Page 1 of 1 PRECISIONTURY&LANCE RevisIon 0 01 0

S S

21 S 8.4.TP.11 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 60 of 154

PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION Visual Examination Training PRACTICAL EXAMINATION CHECKLIST NAME: A LYS DATE: !- j4- 0 I V-SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER:

EXAM METHOD: VT-! or VT-IC or* EXAM NUMBER:;t" _- ...

... PSz"P.*K-'-

I have ,neither given, received or observed any aid or information rcgarding this exam prior to or during its administration that could compromise this exam's integrity. I also understand my obligation to report any exam compromise by others prior, during, or subsequent to t(le exam administration.

I acknowledge that this examination is a way of demonstrating my knowledge of the subject associated with this examination and that I have had the opportunity, on my request, to review this entire examination with the instructor to ensure my understanding of the subject matter.

I have read and understand the above statements: k/. 11.2612 Student Signature Date S

POINT VALUE 10 INSPECTION POINTS Select procedure POINTS GRANTED/COMMENTS 0 Verify revision r 10 Select form Vcrify revision "/0 5 Select equipment Verify calibration/resolution _ _ __"

5 Verify adequacy of lighting Prior to and during inspection _ "_"

5 Record part/item number On inspection form__

Is Inspect component/part Identify discontinuities 15 Compare discontinuities to Recording criteria in procedure t/5*

25 Correctly record discontinuities _ _ ___ _

5 Sign and date form "

5 Complete form Accurate and legible "5 Vi~tlmustr~ial Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 61 of 154

N1076 PSC PROCEDURE SO 8.4 CONCRETE EXTERIOR DATA SHEET SQ 8A4 January 10 2012 P RECISIW, 3~ 2AN CEPaeIoI Revision 0 VISUAL EXAMINATION - GENERAL VISUAL EXAMINATION Project Turkey Point Surveillance # .0 Year 40th Inspection Area: r0)02-Equipment Used .SL.J "d ,LM-let eAd. JuL 9.t4.12i/eft*P -. b Ap,.'11lg-12./

oCWfI to~pAiA4aI Ot.

l' I4. /* ",,,

. -/ i ,.jA. ti, 70 CAL:"'d 11..

114 iConcrete Surface Condition Containment Surface (Findings and Description) NI 1 I L1I

'/ " " HE flTH

'Ti..7 =B E][I.

S1 0

(Use as many sketch sheets (page2) as needed to report any Recordable hidicalion (RI) or Informnation Only (O)0fIndings for the purpose of documeistationand orientahion.)

Recordable Indications to be Eixamined For (PSC Procedure 8.4)

Leaching or Chemical Attack Deterioration or any Concrete Coating (if applicable)

Abrasion or Erosion Degradation Tendon Grease on Exposed Concrete Surfaces Popouts and Voids Corrosion on Greasc Cnm, Bearing Plates or Anchorage Cracks *Excessive Corrosion on Exposed Embedded Metal Surfaces Scaling *Dctached Embedments or Loose Bolting Spalls *Indication of Degradation Due Io Vibration Corrosion Staining on ilte Concrete Surface (* The ownerlagent must be notified for these noted conditions.)

Expos*d Reinforcing Steel Surface Patches or Repairs Comments and Disposition by Responsible Enginccr -]Acccptable -Ut nacceplablc Comments:

Inspector'& Level: J' 46z-. Date: j - ,f1-202,"

Responsible lingineer: Date: _

SI ANII: Date:

S 21 SO 8A.TP.1I ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 62 of 154

p8~h N1076 PSC PROCEDURE SO 8.4 CONCRETE EXTERIOR SKETCH SHEET 8.4 January 10. 2012

£ :._/ PRECISION SU 6:IL "ANCE Page 1 of 1 Revision 0 0 0

0 21 So 8.4.TP.I1 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page_63 of 154

QUALIFICATION OF QUALITY CONTROL INSPECTORS-PROCEDURE QA 2.10.6.1.1 CERTIFICATION FORM QA 210.6.1.1 B 61 CERTIFICATE OF QUALIFICATION This is to certify that:

Clinton West SSN has been qualified through on-the-job experience and formal training to meet the requirements of ANSI N45.26-1973 and 1978 as:

QUALITY CONTROL INSPECTOR LEVEL il with the following limitations.

Inspections and Calibrations associated with Post-Tensioning Systems and Components.

This certification will qualify the named individual to perform Quality Control inspections, examinations and testing for the various manufactured products or services supplied, to meet the Requirements of the projects for the Precision Surveillance Corporation and within the limitations 0 of this qualification.

This qualification becomes effective 8/21/13 and shall remain in effect until the Recertification date of 8/21/16 or until such time that the named individual leaves the employment of PSC, gives just cause for termination of the certification or requires additional training to maintain a proper Quality Control disposition.

PHYSICAL REQUIRMENTS: Eye Exam Date 6/17/13 to 6117114 by Optometrist Eye Exam Date to by Eye Exam Date to by APPROVED BY: _ _ _ _ __,_

Quality Control Inspector Level *7 Date: LA,!/13 I t 0

0 Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 64 of 154

QUALIFICATION OF QUALITY CONTROL INSPECTORS-PROCEDURE QA 2.10.6.1.1 QUALIFICATION LIMITATION FORM QA 2.10.6.1.1 C The named individual is hereby certified to perform Quality Control inspections, examinations and tests for the products of the Precision Surveillance Corporation and shall be limited in practicing those skills to those activities for which qualified as shown.

Name Clinton West SSN Quality Control Inspector Level 11 per ANSI N45.2.6 - 1973 or 1978 ACTIVITIES POST TENSIONING SYSTEM:

SHOP: N/A VENDOR: N/A FIELD: All TESTING: N/A OTHER: N/A REINFORCING STEEL SHOP: N/A CONSTRUCTION METALS:

STRUCTURAL FAB: N/A WELDING: N/A PAINTING-ANSI 101.4: N/A OTHER: N/A GENERAL QUALITY ASSURANCE:

DOCUMENT CONTROL: Yes TEST REPORT APPROVAL; Yes PURCHASE ORDER APPROVAL: No NONCONFORMANCE REPORTING: Yes CALIBRATION: Yes I0CIR21 Yes IOCFR50 and PSC QUALITY ASSURANCE: Yes 4

APPROVED :,- DATE: .

Quality Control Inspector Level IF1 Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 65 of 154

PROFESSIONAL

SUMMARY

A. NAME: CLINT WEST B. POSITION: FIELD SUPERINTENDENT Responsible for set-up, supervising and managing field crew as assigned for special construction projects with or without labor.

C. EDUCATION:

o 1985: Graduated from Belleville High School- Belleville, AR 0 1985-1986: Attended Bryan Institute of Computer Programming o 1987-1991: U.S. Navy Aviation Machinist Mate 3rd Class (Jet Engineer Mechanic). Various commendations and medals. Assigned to U.S. Navy SEABEE Unit 406 Steel Workers D. CERTIFICATIONS:

O Journeyman Ironworker, Local 321 o3 Certified Four Position Welder o OSHA 30 Hour Training

• [0 Qualified Rigger E. WORK EXPERIENCE:

O 8/1991-12/1991: William's Construction o 12/1991-1211995: Truck Driver o 1/1996-6/2000: Maintenance/Milwright at Wayne Farms- Danville, AR O 8/2000-12/2000: Laborer at Arkansas Nuclear One Unit 2 SGR O 612001-5/2004: IronWorker Local 591-Shreveport, LA

- Several Foreman Positions, IWSteward

- Numerous Structural Jobs O 5/2004-Present: Iron Workers Local 321-Little Rock, AR

- 5/2004-7/2005: Boyd Sanders Construction

- 7/2005-1/2006: ANO Unit 1 SGR. Stone & Webster and SGT

- 3 Reactor Head Changes with Bigge Crane and Rigging- San Leandro, CA

- Superintendent on job in Bahamas rebuilding an oil transfer station off shore destroyed by Hurricane Katrina.

O 4/7/2008-Present: Precision Surveillance Corporation-East Chicago, IN

- Worked as General Foreman, Foreman, Rigger, and Welder at various Nuclear Sites throughout the United States. Superintendent as of 9/2008.

0 3460 WknruN8 Smxf, EAsr C.m.wA- IN

• 46312 P (219) 397-826- F 1219) 39'7-SBI'7.www.Psc2um.uR.Cmo Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 66 of 154

0 F. NUCLEAR JOBSITE ACTIVITY Involvement in Construction Management and/or supervision of post-tensioning or structural systems for the following nuclear projects:

O ANO-Arkansas Nuclear One o VC Summer Nuclear Plant o Ginna Nuclear Station o Millstone Nuclear Power Plant O Byron Nuclear Plant 0 Brunswick Nuclear Plant o Fort Calhoun Nuclear Plant O Point Beach Nuclear Plant O Vogtle Nuclear Plant o Palo Verde Nuclear Plant o Braidwood Nuclear Plant 0 Crystal River Nuclear Plant o Palisades Nuclear Plant o Waterford Nuclear Plant 0 0

3468 WjmAU STRK'mr. -EAr CH=Ann *IN .46312 P (219) 397*SB26. F (219)397-5B67, wwwi.mcmcumzaRm.

Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 67 of 154

PSC PROCEDURE VT. ~ORMS CERTIFICATioN OF XMNR EXHIBIT 0 S

iRevision 0.April.28. 1999 PREISI.N.S*.JfILLANCE Revision . 4128W990 Revision 2,71619; ae o 1s

..... Revision 4. 0831 751N9; Revision 3,2024105; Revs~o 4,8131W; Revision 5,0=19108; Revision 6,09W10408 PHYSICAL TESTING OF INSPECTORS-PROC. QA 2.10.681.1.1 PHYSICAL TESTING FORM QA 2.10.6.1.1.1 Name: rc/I [ bie-5-J Date -/1-12. Retest Date

Title:

Wears Glasses . .

I I. PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS I Rating: / 40.0 PdJ Limitations- e3/r, r 4 /

Comments -Ajz> Iq t 2. VISUAL.- FAR RANGE Vision Rating %: /,0 Left Comments it, E 3. VISUAL -NEAR RANGE Vision Rating Grade .'*/,0 Left ,1-/

Test Device Right i Comments S4. COLOR PERCEPTION J .. .. Test Devicc 2 3 4 116 .. ... . .. .. 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 Score Of 14 Perception /(÷_ ............................

Score shall not be less than 10 to be acceptable for perception.

Comments . . t

.VRALL RATING

• Capability .. C .y ..

-~9b~rhG7/Date Topical R~eport 213s Attacment 3sPage 68 of 1~

Precision Surveillance Cororation 0 PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION TRAINING SHEET TIlE PSC PERSONNEL LISTED BELOW I lAVE BEEN PROVIDED AN OVERVIEW AND)INDOCrRINATED TO PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION'S QUALITY ASSURANCE MANUAL REVISION 5 (ALL SECTIONS)

NAME SIGNATURE SS# DATE 1w NT- CS-U t Z/.

TRAIN ER:~

DATE: 42AL...

0 Training Sheet Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 69 of 154

( Precision Surveillance Corporation Training Sheet ANSI Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 70 of 154

I OA Cf OJ2W~4I ~I~LJZ PRA~ A-_

Dmrof "up& -- ------. M Ap wbm ~r 3

,=

191( tY.Wf Gc&k'M j gyzgf- 2Ga&Le I 19E I' 01 -lf C-.

• q I. ~ 4 I

2 ".I.II -& I I a . p . I- Y4

n-itaW- F;-3 7'-'m FA-w .~

-f- Irp- I % n[ 1- I'l WI-- "

al mub'Il ,

V/ýk)W!-!o iiý/-ýrftm ý,,I FAL,4mf I.inT.:I=- E: K:3]7- I

~1]l1

.I its. I C 4h~I~.Ih~

I[L) I I!LýL 77-=1711111-EA.7-Arm CV

- dlr -_..-.. 1, 1 c - a;_=_.. W-4 I V-P. ,1'. Ir,. 1 ZKA A-. '~I~IJ 9/5 P lipt 4 lwl"K "a 9--A%"d

,Il 1q, J,_

W-MIS-NAMMIlk 12C 1 MAX P- W- U I R X-, IF - I& IA l;Zjj I tL& -JAIkiyo l2AAlktffwh lcýp JL . Mmnc Lh

• I

_-z ______A___I£.-d-19P r ~ ~ ,~ 9 rd 0:

0.

a-Cd Cd Cd 5-%U"s AftvW Fm 2s w

Cd Cd C-0) 0 Cd Cd 0; Cd

.5 C',

C 0 90 g0

,,08/04/2013 09:08 478 413 4111 VYC ELEMENTARY 8220T P. 002/002 WESTERN YELL COUNTY ELEMENTARY SCHOOL.

PO Box808 llellevillo, Afkteae 72U24 Phone: 47914934100 - Fax: 479/493-4117 Keith Jones, Pd idpaW Uea Lawrence, Counsef e-mall: joreakfwot*d iea.kl.w .us a-ml:lawenoel@wolverlntkl2,ar.us Jults Los, Curdcutum Cowrdinator Cait George, SecreisilRel" Strar e'mail: lanueJ@valvedn as,k12.Ar.a e-maf gorgec@wivefnee.k1a.ae June 4,2013 To Whom I May Concern:

ClInt West gi aduated from Belleville High School on May 24,1985.

I was Clint's school secretary as well as a family friend. He and my son were classmates.

We do not t ave documentation other than the Transcript.

Sincerely, Carol Georne Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 72 of 154

0 5/31/ 13 Carol George Western Yell County Elementary 300 North Grand Avenue PO Box 250 Belleville, AR 72824 Oear Mrs. George, Thank you for sending Clinton West's High School Record. Unfortunately, it does not state whether he completed High School. Therefore, we would also like to request any documentation/records that you may have of him completing/graduating High School. You may also provide a letterverifying he did graduate. Clint West Is our employee and we need this information for his personnel file.

If you need any information from me, please call me at (219) 397-5826. Thankyou in advance for your prompt attention to our request.

Sincerely...

Melissa Lara Administrative Assistant 3459 WATuNa TSCLT- WATCWC~iAo* IN - 4531 2 P13 191397-5926 f12 191397-5867 -mYM-P35a1tgRnme Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 73 of 154

PSC QC INSPECTOR TRAINEE: C L I N'T \A e1 L T DATE:M 6 1Oj TEST SCORE: /0000o PSC INSTRUCTOR: wA4U4 .17Le0

-i/

PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION QUALITY CONTROL INSPECTOR TRAINING PROGRAM EXAM

1) What is the proper way to correct an error recorded on a data sheet ie: typo, obvious omission?

( Write in changes or correct date Any changes made, one line initial and date c) Write a nonconformance

2) When performing inspections what documents should you have with you?

a) Quality Assurance Manual

@ Applicable Inspection Procedures c) Calibration reports on inspection tools

3) Quality Control Inspectors shall be completely independent from the pressures of a) Customers b) Quality Assurance (Q Production

4) The distance a tendon/wire stretches when being stressed is called, a) Liftoff b) Relaxation

@ Elongation

5) During stressing operations, which of the following cautions shall be observed?

a) Do not stand behind the jack when it is under load b) Keep fingers out of any pinch areas c) Be alert during shim placement and removal (r All of the above Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 74 of 154

6) The tendon shall never be stressed beyond  % of the minimum guaranteed ultimate tensile strength (Guts) of the effective wires remaining in that tendon a) 60%

3(80%

c) 100%

7) When tendon stressing is performed from both ends simultaneously the pressure at one end of the tendon shall not exceed the other by more than 1000 psi.

(,* True b) False

8) The minimum temperature for grease being pumped into a tendon end is degrees.

120 degrees 150 degrees c) 160 degrees

9) When cracks are detected for Anchor Heads, Shims or Bearing Plates, Turkey Point Engineering shall be notified by a nonconformance report.

Qý True b) False

10) The Field Quality Control Inspectors operate under the immediate direction of:

a) Field Superintendent (J Lead Quality Control Inspector c) PSC Manager Quality Assurance

11) Field Quality Control Inspectors and the Quality Assurance personnel have the authority to issue a "Stop Work Order" for any activity, material, or procedure not in conformance with:

a) Project specifications b) Quality Assurance Manual

( Surveillance I.S.I. Manual All of the above 12)

Field Changes that take place prior to the approval of a Field Change Request shall be documented on a N 0 Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 75 of 154

13) Prior to applying ANY FORCE to a tendon the stressing adaptor must be fully engaged.

0 True b) False

14) To find the actual liftofftlock-off at a particular end of a tendon a 0.030" thick feeler gauge (shim stock) is inserted into the shim stack until consecutive liftoff/lock-off readings have been taken.

Two (2)

Three (3)

Four (4)

15) Steel rulers are calibrated every:

g 6 months Slyear c) 5 years

16) When should Quality Control Documents be signed by the inspector?

a) Before the next step b) At the end of the day 0 After all information for the inspections have been entered

17) Who controls the Measuring and Test Equipment used by PSC Inspectors?

a) PSC Superintendent b) Utility employees

(@ PSC Quality Control or Quality Assurance personnel

18) Where are all quality related documents pertaining to the project kept?

a) In the inspector's desk Field office file orjobsite vault c) With the PSC Superintendent

19) All Lead Field Quality Control Inspectors shall be qualified to a minimum of Level

- capability in accordance with the requirements of ANSI N45.2.6.

a)

~lI c) [II Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 76 of 154

20) The person responsible for recording inspection information on Data Sheets is the 0 Craft Crew Member PSC QC Inspector c) Foreman d) Any of the above 0

0 Topical Report 213 Attachment 3.Page 77 of 154

Document: FRM-POR-001 IWL VISUAL EXAMINER Revision: 0 CERTIFICA7VON RECORD Date: July 16, 2013 0 (EXHIBITA) Document Type: Corporation Standards Page: I Of 1 IWL GENERAL AND DETAILED VISUAL EXAMINER CERTIFICATION RECORD Training Requirements Initlals(ExamineeIlnstructor) Date Training In Section Xl, Subsection IWL (4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> minimum)

Training shall include requirements for inservice and preservice examinations and reporting criteria for the following:(2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> minimum)

1) Concrete (conditions such as those described in ACI-201.1) CU /L 'ZL

2) Reinforcing steel

3) Post-tensioning system items (e.g., wires, strands, anchorage hardware, corrosion protection medium, and free water) _ ,_________b/_ _

Written Examination Grade Date Written examination covering Section Xl. Subsection IWL requirements and plant-specific procedure requirements for visual examination containing at least 15 questions in the following:

1) Concrete and Reinforcing Steel 93.3,

2) Post-tensioning system components(i.e., wires, strands, anchorage hardware, corrosion protection medium, and free water .. 072 0 Practical Examination A practical examination using test specimens with flaws or Indications to be Grade Date detected by the following visual examination techniques:

1) General and detailed visual examination of concrete .4,

2) Detailed visual examination of reinforcing steel

3) Detailed visual examination of post-tensioning system components (i.e..

wires, strands, and anchorage hardware) ______________

Passing grades for visual examinations shall be as follows: Final Grade Date An average combined grade of 80% for written and practical examinations25-A minimum grade of 70% for each written and practical examination -

Precision Surveillance Corporation certifies that the following individual meets the minimum qualifications set forth in the Corporation Standard Document STD-POR-001 "Personnel Qualification Requirements for General and Detailed Visual Examinations for Nuclear Power Plants".

IWL Visual Examiner (Print Name): O/k,1 /, 6.. "- sV IWL Visual Examiner (Signature): (1 LA '

SS #(Last Four Digits) m Certification Date: 00 l-Certification Expiration Date: - ./ . I P.S.C. Professional Engineer Approval(Name)

P.S.C. Professional Engineer Approval(Signature) /___ _ .__ _ _-_ __-

Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 78 of 154

IWL-2000 Document: EXM-PQR-001 WRITTEN EXAMINATION Revision: 0 Date: July 16,2013 CONCRETE & REINFORCING STEEL Document Type: Corporation Standards I Page: 1d3 NAME:__________________-DATE: e-2-313 SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER:

GRADE: ~~~~GRADED BY:-242 ~A~~v I have neither given, received nor observed any aid or information regarding this exam prior to or during its administration that could compromise this exam's integrity. I also understand my obligation to report any exam compromise by others prior, during, or subsequent to the exam administration.

I acknowledge that this examination Is a way of demonstrating my knowledge of the subject associated with this examination and that I have had the opportunity, on my request, to review this entire examination with the instructor to 0

ensure my understanding of the subject matter.

I have read and understand the above statements: _ _ _/_______.& "-"__

Student Signature Date FILL IN ONE CIRCLE AS THE ANSWER FOR EACH QUESTION I

0 EXM-POR-OO1 RO Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 79 of 154

Document EXM-POR-O01 IWL-2000 WRITTEN EXAMINATION Revision: 0 Date: July 16. 2013 CONCRETE & REINFORCING STEEL Document Type: Corporation Standards Page: 2d3

1. What Is the function of the ANII?

a) To verify compliance with NRC regulations b) To provide another approval signature on forms c5 To ensure nuclear safety jU))To veiycmlac ihapplicable requirements ofthe ASME Cod

2. General Visual inspections are required to be performed on:

(j) Extedor Containment concrete surface and grease caps.

b) Tendon button heads.

c) Jacks/Rams used for stressing d) All of the above

3. What is the character height of the lower case letters for Detailed Visual Inspections?

a) 0.010" b) 0.105" (D0.044-d) 0.500"

4. What degradation is defined by the breaking away of small portions of a co cete surface due to localized internal pressure which leaves a shallow, typically conical depression? V a) Exudation b).d)P°Pout Laltance Encrustation m

5. What is an optical comparator?

a) A device to determine color resolution b) A device to evaluate vision c A device to measure surface lighting intensity None of the above

6. Efflorescence is a sign of i Mineral leaching Concrete additives c) Nothing d) Surface coating

7. Who may perform IWL Visual examinations without certification? if/

a) QC Personnel b) Level II ISI personnel 6 A manager or supervisor of ISI programs None of the above

8. Per ASME Section XA, subsection IWL what are to be given a general visual examination?

The safety shoes craft personnel are wearing The tendon gallery ceiling c) Containment tendon strand wedges or wire button heads d) The condition of hard hats worn by personnel EXM-PQR-001 R O Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 80 of 154

IWL-2000 Document: EXM-POR-O01 WRITTEN EX4MINATION Revision: 0 Date: July 16, 2013 CONCRETE & REINFORCING STEEL Document Type:

Page:

Corporation Slandards 0

3 oi3

9. When should the character height of near-distance test charts be measured?

a) After the inspection b) When requested by the Registered Engineer c) When a Relevant Condition is found (9 Before use of it

10. In tendon anchorage areas, acceptable cracks in the concrete adjacent to the bearing plates do not exceed.

(9 0.010 inch In width b) 0.100 inch inwidth c) 0.001 inch inwidth d) 1.000 Inch in width

11. What amendment to 10 CFR 50 Incorporated by reference the requirements of ASME Section Xl, 1992 Edition with 1992 Addenda?

1992 Addenda 10 CFR 50.55a.

c) Appendix A d) 10 CFR 10.30

12. A detailed visual inspection requires what maximum examination distance?

7 feet 2 feet c) 35 feet d) 4 feet

13. How often is Level II re-certification required?X a Eve 5

( PEveiry 3 years c) Every 3 months d) Every year

14. Which of the following degradation mechanisms to rebar Is associpted with changes in the permeability of concrete, presence of an electrolyte, or microbiological attack? V a) Irradiation P Fatigue gC~orrosion d) Thermal effects

15. Level II minimum education required for certification Is?

-q) MBA degree High school or equivalent No education d) One year of college EXM-POR-001 RO Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 81 of 154

1L-2000 Document:

Revison EXM-PQR-002 0

WRITTEN EXAMINATION Date: July 16, 2013 POST-TENSIONING COMPONENTS Document Type: Corporation Standards Page: .. d3 NAME:Q ektb DATE: 6-2,3-1-7 SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER- ______________

GRADE:4d--- ZZ GRADED BY: A 5 ~Phii,3 I have neither given, received nor observed any aid or information regarding this exam prior to or during its administration that could compromise this exam's Integrity. I also understand my obligation to report any exam compromise by others prior, during, or subsequent to the exam administration.

I acknowledge that this examination is a way of demonstrating my knowledge of the subject associated with this 0 examination and that I have had the opportunity, on my request, to review this entire examination with the instructor to ensure my understanding of the subject matter.

I have read and understand the above statements: . -

.LV&

Ph-/ 4Z w

13 Student Signature Date FILL IN ONE CIRCLE AS THE ANSWER FOR EACH QUESTION I.

I $I I I I EMt-POR-002 RO Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 82 of 154

IWL-2000 Document: EXM-PQR-002 WRI7TEN EXAMINATION Revision: 0 Date: July 16, 2013 POST-TENSIONING COMPONENTS Document Type: Corporation Standards I Page 2do3

1. Per IWL what tendon anchorages are exempt from Detailed Examination?

a) Inaccessible due to structural obstructions b) Inaccessible due to radiological hazards

(* Inaccessible due to safety concerns All of the above

2. Subsection IWL contains requirements for a Responsible Engineer. He must be an experienced Registered 1 Professional Engineer. What is he responsible for?

a) Submittal of the report to the Owner documenting results of examinations and repairs b) Evaluation of examination results Approval, Instruction, and training of concrete examination personnel All of the above

3. PSC Qualification for IWL Examiners certifications comply to: V" a) [WE 92 b) IWL 2001 edition with 2003 addenda

) IWL 2010 edition with 2011 addenda 2)AC1 301

4. What Is detailed examination used to detect on Containment Post Tensioning Systems (tendon anchorage)/

selected for In-service inspection?

a) Dissolved water in the grease b) Amount of grease in the grease can c) Grease can grease level Evidence of free water

5. The tendon bearing plate is to be given what kind of visual inspection?

a) Close-Up b) General D)etailed None

6. What is the typical PSC procedure used for Anchorage Inspection? t/

a) SO 2.0 b) SQ 12.1 r) SQ 8.0 d) SQ 4.0

7. Following the re-tensioning of a tendon that has been da-tensioned a Detailed inspection is used to detect 0 Broken wires or strands.

b) Amount of nitrates in the grease.

c) Temperature of the concrete.

d) If the grease can has been galvanized.

8. Which of the following is not typical equipment used for IWL examination?

a() Pressure gage b) Flashlight c) Camera d) Optical Comparator EXM-POR.002 RO Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 83 of 154

IWL-2000 Document: EXM-PQR-002 WRITTEN EXAMINATION Revision: 0 Date: July 16,2013 POST-TENSIONING COMPONENTS Document Type: Corporation Standards Page: 3d3

9. Following the re-tensioning of a tendon that has been de-tensioned a Detailed inspection Is used to detect q Broken wires or strands.

Amount of nitrates In the grease.

c) Temperature of the concrete.

d) If the grease can has been galvanized.

10. Per PSC Qualification for IWL examinations who approves the qualifications of the Examiners? V/

Q Responsible Engineer (P.E.)

b) IWL Supervisor c) Project Manager d) Project Superintendent

11. What is General Examination used todjetect on Containment Post Tensioning Systems (tendon anchorage) selected for In-service inspection? V a) Type of galvanizing on Grease can d Gasket seal on Grease Can Cracks In anchorage hardware d) None of the above

12. What is Detailed Examination used t0 detect on Containment PostTensioning Systems (tendon anchorage) selected for in-service inspection? v a) Chemistry of shim material I Material type of shim material

() Displacement of shims Diameter of Shims

13. What is Detailed Examination used t detect on Containment Post Tensioning Systems (tendon anchorage) selected for in-service inspection?

1 Shim finish Missing button heads c Anchor head finish d) Bushing hardness

14. For General and Detailed Examinations what is the minimum near distance vision acuity the examiner must have?

G) at least 20/25 Snellen in at least one eye.

b) None c) 20/20 d) 40/40 or better

15. For nuclear-plants that completed their Structural Integrity Test 20 years ago how often must the Containment Post-Tensioning System IWL Examination of tendon anchorages be performed on tendons selected for In-service inspection per IWL?

ýa Every 6 months Every 5 years ccEvery 3 years 16 d) Every 2 years EXM-PQR-002 RO Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 84 of 154

IW-2000 Document: EXM-PQR-005 DETAILED VISUAL EXAMINATION OF Revision: 0 POST-TENSIONING SYSTEM COMPONENTS Date: July 16,2013 Document Type: Corporation Standards PRACTICAL EXAMINATION CHECKLIST Page: 1 oC3 NA-ME: 1~s,7A J DATE: 0*"*.&-i3 SOCIAL SECURITY NLII.AO~a.

u'VULI'.o EXAM NUMBER:

GRADE: INSTRUCTOR/GRADED BY: __................

f A ..

L- /- I I I have neither given, received nor observed any aid or information regarding this exam prior to or during its administration that could compromise this exam's integrity. I also understand my obligation to report any exam compromise by others prior, during, or subsequent to the exam administration.

I acknowledge that this examination is a way of demonstrating my knowledge of the subject associated with this examination and that I have had the opportunity, on my request. to review this entire examination with the instructor to ensure my understanding of the subject matter.

I have read and understand the above statements:

Student Signature Date POINT VALUE INSPECTION POINTS POINTS GRANTEDICOMMENTS 10 Select procedure Verify revision Select form 10 Verify revision "/t)

Select equipment Verify calibration/resolution " -,5 Verify adequacy of lighting Prior to and during inspection ' "

Record part/item number On inspection form ..........

15 Inspect component/part Identify discontinuities Compare discontinuities to /__ _

Recording criteria in procedure " //

25 Correctly record discontinuities 5 Sign and date form 5 Complete form Accurate and legible _ _ _ _ _ _

TOTAL +

0 Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 85 of 154

N1078 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 8.0 ANCHORAGE INSPECTION Data Sheet.OB February 29, 2012 4 PRECISII I Page I of I Revision 0 Project: FARLEY 2012 TENDON SURVEILLANCE f] UNIT I El UNIT 2 (7.3)Tendon No.: . Tendon End: -So-- El Shop ANCHORAGE INSPECTION CRITERIA 09 As-Found 0 Post De-Tensioning I Pre-Wire Removal 0J Post Re-Tensioning Q.C. Signoff 9.0 & 10.40- CORROSION & CRACK INSPECTION (9.2) Buttonheads Level: 13 ( (10.1) Cracks 0'Yesm 0 No [" N/A (9.2) Anchorhead Level:  ?* ( (10.1) Cracks "Yesl 0 No I N/A (9.2) Bushing Level: R ' (10.1) Cracks 0 Yes M R] No [IN/A (9.2) Shims Level: * (10.1) Cracks C3-Yes (a No 0NWA (9.2) Beaing Plate Level: 7T>i (10.1) Cracks [l Yes P9 No 0ON/A

(_ Corrosion Leve) of C requims a NCR. )_-Corrnpae a sketch of the cracks on Ske"ch Sheet 110 and Initiate a NCR.

11.0 - BUTTONHEAD INSPECTION I Offsize (Malformed)

Protruding/unseated W wire/buttonheads 0 Broken/missing wimibuttonheads / "i*

• 0000000

0) Previously identiffed as missing 00000000OO OO Discontinuous - removed 00 00 00 00 0 0000 0000000000000 Ssurveillance removed during this wire(s) beingforteasting S 0000000000000 c.--

oo0 oo0 ooooo0 oo00oo0 0000000000000 0000000000000 (11.2) Anchorhead I.D. RX0 \ t 0000000000000!

Located on Sketch: I@Yes []No 0000000000000 M 0ý"1 00000000000 Bushing I.D. l W3 00000000000 L~aeon.et ONO\0%0oooo%-

Dj~ o AIP 00Q0 000 (11.4) Missing Buttonheads Found: V i SYes [ No Quantity:j Additional Information: _j SW-V-k 4& 4. Li /I 6G¶ 5P -'- 8-4 -3 (12.2) Number of Protruding Buttonheads (w): Z (8.3) Light Meter ID: .,(/A Cal Due:

(12.3) Number of Missing Buttonheads (0 ,):a -

(12.4) Total of Protruding + Missing Buttonheads: * (12.6) Continuity Test Requested ? [] Yes 0 No (12.5) Total # of Effective Buttonheads Seated: 10-1 Wires Identified? 0 Yes [ No (12.7) Overall Results 0f Acceptable 0 Un-Acceptable Customer Notified NCR#: t-a--_ _ _JA QC Reviewed: Level: Date:

POTE, 3-11M bnAv -M WIDE OW ONIZ SIDE'. U 17 SQ 8.0.FA.12 ISI Topical Repo213 Attachment 3 Page 86 of 154

IWL-2000 Document: EXM-PQR-004 DETAILED VISUAL EXAMINATION OF Revision: 0 REINFORCINGrSTEEL Date: July 16, 2013 Document Type: Corporation Standards PRACTICAL EXAMINATION CHECKLIST Page: 163 NAME- C4lý~r pes- DATE:

SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER: ___

I EXAM NUMBER: Ir.

GRADE: R1- INSTRUCTOR/GRAtD ED Y'Arl Q/IJL!~

1- / .-. .1'./ /

I have neither given, received nor observed any aid or information regarding this exam prior to or during its administration that could compromise this exam's integrity. I also understand my obligation to report any exam compromise by others prior, during, or subsequent to the exam administration.

I acknoweldge that this examination Is a way of demonstrating my knowledge of the subject associated with this examination and that I have had the opportunity, on my request, to review this entire examination with the instructor to ensure my,understanding of the subject matter. ,']#* :l ._.,A I ..

I have read and understand the above statements: - _.V/IN -ON~ I i " S-tudent Skfnatu're:

Date POINT VALUE INSPECTION POINTS POINTS GRANTEDICOMMENTS S10 Select procedure 10 Vedfy revision /6 Select form 10 Ve revision Select equipment

_ Verify calibration/resolution Verify adequacy of lighting Prior to and during inspection 5 Record part/item number ,*

On inspection form Inspect component/part -

15 Identify discontinuities I

15 Compare discontinuitles to 15Recording criteria in procedure 25 Correctly record discontinuities ._ __/_-_,,__

5 Sign and date form 5 Complete form __ __ _,_.

Accurate and legible TOTAL "- 9 Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 87 of 154

N1078 PSC PROCEDURE SO 8.3 BEARING PLATE INSPECTION DATA SHEET SQ 8.3 February 29, 2012 Page 1of 1 Revision 0 Project: FARLEY 2012 TENDON SURVEILLANCE f UNIT I 0 UNIT 2 Tendon No.: I Tendon End: ,E'/S"-9-e S //p/A..-Bflel&

(7.4) Bearing Plate Identification #: P7D I b -- /

1. Orient the bearing plate with the sketch below.

2. Locate the bearing plate Identification and document the location on the sketch.

3. Sketch all cracks, Including other defects, existing on the concrete inthe area surrounding the tendon anchorage for a distance of 24 Inches from the edge of the bearing plate.

4. For cracks equal to or wider than 0.010 Inches, document condition on an Nonconformance Report Inaccordance with Procedure QA 9.0. NONCONFORMANCES, for Southern Nuclear ap roval.

1,2A.15.,*so4" io *O V,-X.top 0 1X.o90

~~Leo On Hoop and dome this edge Is IX, J0 t

0 e PFL D) E' ENS up.

Vertical Tendon, this Is toward the center of the containment.

I 4.Ar 1 thejr~

Light Conditions 50fc or greater. J* YesQ No Auxillaiy Ught Source used: 0] YesfLNo Describe: A/9 (7.3) Light Meter ,D: ///4 Date due calibration: / ...

(7.5) Cracks 0,010" IBYes 0iNo Quantity: 1 Max. Width:,A 80 Max Length: . .. NCR#: (-" ,

(7C3 Reigh ewerD: cllrlln Leel Date:

QC Rpeviewed Level:44 18 SQ 8.3 FA.12 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 88 of 154

IWL-2000 Document: EXM-PQR-003 GENERAL & DETAILED VISUAL Revision: 0 EXAMINATION OF CONCRETE Date: July 116,2013 PRACTICAL EXAMINATION CHECKLIST Dacument Type:

IPage:

Corpration Standards 1d 3 0

NAME. -

/J~ArlD 14 1A:3F-r<

- IL3 .i

• DATE:__-____

SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER:

EXAM NUMBER:

GRADE: M INSTRUCTOR/GRADED BY______________

I "/ I -If -

I have neither given, received nor observed any aid or information regarding this exam prior to or during its administration that could compromise this exam's integrity. I also understand my obligation to report any exam compromise by others prior, during, or subsequent to the exam administration.

I acknowledge that this examination is a way of demonstrating my knowledge of the subject associated with this examination and that I have had the opportunity, on my request, to review this entire examination with the instructor to ensure my understanding of the subject matter. .,

• I have read and understand the above statements: l/ '- - dr- I J Student Signature Date-POINT VALUE INSPECTION POINTS POINTS GRANTEDICOMMENTS Select procedure 10 Verify revision ..

10 Select form Verify revision 1 Select equipment _V 9 Verify calibrationlresolution 5 Verify adequacy of lighting Prior to and during Inspection Record part/item number On inspection form __ _ _

Inspect component/part 15 Identify discontinuities 15 Compare discontinuities to Recording criteria In procedure 25 Correctiy record discontinuitiesso 5 Sign and date form Complete form 5 Accurate and legible t _5_

TOTAL t ýZ Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 89 of 154

N1078 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 84 CONCRETE EXTERIOR DATA SHEET SQ 64 0 P February 29, 2012 Page 1 of I Revision 0 VISUAL EXAMINATION - GENERAL VISUAL EXAMINATION Project Farley Surveillance # t...... Year 2012 Inspection Amea v.

EquipmentUsed Rg tZ ,

r" gg5J_ t,,,. fiP ML C4,&Am4h+1t,, k /

Concrete Surface Condition Conjinment Surface (Findings and Description) NIJ 1 RI I4F/d SOLA [ 6* OI < ,

WAJ ,.I I L II (Use as many sketch sheets (page2) as needed to reportany RecordableIndicadon (RI) or Information Only

,(0) findinsfor the purpose of documentationand orientation,)

Recordable Indications to be Examined For (PSC Procedure 8A)

Leaching or Chemical Attack Deterioration of any Concrete Coating (ifapplicable)

Abrasion or Erosion Degradation Tendon Grese on Exposed Concrete Surfaces Popouts and Voids Corrosion on Grease Cans, Bearing Plates or.Anchorage Cracks *Excessive Corrosion on Exposed Embedded Metal Surfaces Scaling *Detached Embedments or Loose Bolting Spalls *Indication of Degradation Due to Vibration Corrosion Staining on the Concrete Surface (* The ownerlagent must be nofified for these noted conditions.)

Exposed Reinfbrcing Steel Surface Patches or Repairs Comments and Disposition by Responsible Engineer [iAcccptable ElUnacceptable Comments:

Inspector,& Level: 0UAj L '!-4'5 (/4)/-T Date: S-2v- /2 Responsible Engineer. Date; ANII: Date:

ISa SO 8,4.FA.12 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 90 of 154

Nt 078 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 8.4 CONCRETE EXTERIOR SKETCH SHEET 8.4 February 29, 2012

/PRECISION JS9IL LANCE Page 1 of I Revision 0 Project: FARLEY NUCLEAR STATION 2012 TENDON SURVEILLANCE Inspection Area: 2,

1. Sketch or attach photographs to provide documentation or additional details as necessary.

L0C-L OAM*4 ,.)- 1,, .r M&!*1e ci' 14 , , ;

4 1 g~401 0

QPoK lit *Hf Comments:

OC Inspector. )f~~ Level: Date: ,

i8a SQ 8.4.FA.12 SI Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 91 of 154

N1078 PSC PROCEDURE SO 8.3 BEARING PLATE INSPECTION DATA SHEET SQ 8.3 February 29, 2012 PRECISION SL SLLANCE Page 1 of 1 Revision 0 Project FARLEY 2012 TENDON SURVEILLANCE [4 UNIT 1 C] UNIT 2 Tendon No.: ._.. Tendon End: W .Q---

Shp A/A -//Field-(7.4) Bearing Plate Identification #: DME

1. Orient the bearing plate with the sketch below.

2. Locate the bearing plate Identification and document the location on the sketch.

3. Sketch all cracks, including other defects, edxstng on the concrete Inthe area surrounding the tendon anchorage for a distance of 24 inches from the edge of the bearing plate.

4. For cracks equal to or wider than 0.010 Inches, document condition on an Nonconformance Report Inaccordance with Procedure QA 9.0, NONCOwORm aS, for Southern Nuclear approval.

On p and dome thls edge Is 0 2~. JVertical Tendon, this Is toward the center of the containment.

/IC

- 1-"'5 /LC I 30T Spe tTOf 1*6 (7.3) Ccght Meter ID: s 1A N Date due Malabrathon::

QC Inspector: 6LI Level: Date:

0s QC Reviewed: Level: Date:

18 SO 8.3 FA.12 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 92 of 154

Document: FRM-POR-O01 IWL VISUAL EXAMINER Revisorrn 0 CERTIFICATION RECORD Date: July 16,2013 (EXHIBITA) Document Type: Corporation Standards Page: I of IWL GENERAL AND DETAILED VISUAL EXAMINER CERTIFICATION RECORD Training Requirements Inltials(Examlneellnstructor) Date Training in Section Xl, Subsection IWL (4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> minimum)

Training shall include requirements for inservice and preservice examinations and reporting criteria for the following:(2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> minimum)

1) Concrete (conditions such as those described In ACI-201.1) 10 / .. Ij,

,8,113

2) Reinforcing steel foe8/1

3) Post-tensioning system items (e.g., wires, strands, anchorage 1011St3 hardware. corrosion protection medium, and free water) I2ZK I(,L

/____ -

Written Examination Grade Date Written examination covering Section XI, Subsection IWL requirements and plant-specific procedure requirements for visual examination containing at least 15 questions in the following:

1) Concrete and Reinforcing Steel 86.6% 10/18113

2) Post-tensioning system components(l.e.. wires, strands, anchorage 86.6% 10118113 hardware, corrosion protection medium, and free water 66_6%_______3 Practical Examination Grade Date A practical examination using test specimens with flaws or Indications to be detected by the following visual examination techniques:

1) General and detailed visual examination of concrete 93% o101813

2) Detaied visual examination of reinforcing steel 9301% 101111

3) Detailed visual examination of post-tensioning system components (i.e.,

wires, strands, and anchorage hardware) 95%

Passing grades for visual examinations shall be as follows: Final Grade Date An average combined grade of 80% for written and practical 90.8% 10118113 examinations 0

I A minimum grade of 7O/a for each written and practical examination Precision Surveillance Corporation certifies that the following Individual meets the nminimum qualifications set forth inthe Corporation Standard Document STD-PQR-001 'Personnel Qualification Requirements for General and Detailed Visual FyJmmin~Iinn* t'rw NtawIlstr Pnwar PlrznI="

IWL Visual Examiner (Print Name): Ronald A. Perry IWIL Visual Examiner (Signature): Z*--!Q.

Q.

SS #(Last Four Digits) (7 Certification Date: 10/18,13 7 r8:

Certification Expiration Date: 49//0#- PF 1 1 WS9!,LF P.S.C. Professional Engineer Approvail(Name) C* *t * .. It P.S.C. Professional Engineer Approval(Signature) 1 " A el Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 93 of 154

QUALIFICATION OF QUALITY CONTROL INSPECTORS-PROCEDURE QAZ.10.6.1.1 CERTIFICATION FORM QA 2.10.6.1.1 B CERTIFICATE OF QUALIFICATION This is to certify that:

Ronald Perry SSN has been qualified through on-the-job experience and formal training to meet the requirements of ANSI N45.26-1973 and 1978 as:

QUALITY CONTROL INSPECTOR LEVEL It with the following limitations.

Inspections and Calibrations associated with Post-Tensioning Systems and Components.

This certification will qualify the named individual to perform Quality Control inspections, examinations and testing for the various manufactured products or services supplied, to meet the Requirements of the projects for the Precision Surveillance Corporation and within the limitations of this qualification.

This qualification becomes effective 10/17/13 and shall remain in effect until the Recertification date of 10/17/16 or until such time that the named individual leaves the employment of PSC, gives just cause for termination of the certification or requires additional training to maintain a proper Quality Control disposition.

PHYSICAL REQUIRMENTS: Eye Exam Date 10/17/13 to 10/17/14 by PSC Eye Exam Date to by Eye Exam Date to by APPROVED BY:

Quality Control Inspector Level 2 Date: to/f 1//3 Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 94 of 154

QUALIFICATION OF QUALITY CONTROL INSPECTORS-PROCEDURE QA 2.10.6.1.1 QUALIFICATION LIMITATION FORM QA 2.10.6.1.1 C The named individual is hereby certified to perform Quality Control inspections, examinations and tests for the products of the Precision Surveillance Corporation and shall be limited in practicing those skills to those activities for which qualified as shown.

Name Ronald Perry SSN Quality Control Inspector Level II per ANSI N45.2.6 - 1973 or 1978 ACTIVITIES POST TENSIONING SYSTEM:

SHOP: N/A VENDOR: NIA FIELD: All TESTING: N/A OTHER: N/A REINFORCING STEEL:

SHOP: N/A CONSTRUCTION METALS:

STRUCTURAL FAB: N/A WELDING: N/A PAINTING-ANSI 101.4: N/A OTHER: N/A GENERAL QUALITY ASSURANCE:

DOCUMENT CONTROL: Yes TEST REPORT APPROVAL: Yes PURCHASE ORDER APPROVAL: No NONCONFORMANCE REPORTING: Yes CALIBRATION: Yes IOCFR21 Yes 10CFR50 and PSC QUALITY ASSURANCE: Yes APPROVED: Qai on Ined DATt: 0 /-7/13 Quality Control Inspector Level III Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 95 of 154

TSSD

SUMMARY

Mr. Perry is a Program Engineering, Quality Assurance and NDE professional with exceptional organization, communication and leadership capabilities. Proven record of working Independently and as part of a team to reach company goals. Solid problem solving and analytical thinking skills used daily to drive continuous Improvement. Knowledgeable of ASME Codes, ASTM Standards, SNT-TC- 1A and ANSI Standards.

TECHNICAL SKILLS:

Certified Lead Auditor per NQA-I and ANSI N 45.2 Auditor; PSI / ISI Development; Engineering Program Development; NDE Level III In three disciplines (PT, MT and VT);

Training Instructor in accordance with Systematic Approach to Training (SAT);

Procedure Development.

EXPERIENCE:

07/13 - Present PRAIRIE ISLAND NUCLEAR GENERATING PLANT Assessor Perform assessments of Maintenance and Radiation Protection; Perform assessment of SGR activities of contractor personnel /

programs; Prepare and implement assessment report; Generate CAP for nonconformances.

08/12 - 03/13 NUCRANE MANUFACTURING OC Supervisor Supervised QC Inspector personnel in Mechanical, Electrical, Coating, NDE and CWls; Supervised Receipt Inspection of safety-related and non- safety -

79 AVIATOR PLACE, OAKLAND, MAINE 04963 1-877-965 -TSSD (8773) RECI.umNt@TSSDsEftvCEs.com Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 96 of 154

TSSD L7 RONALD A.PERRYPae2o Page 2 of 5 related parts / items; Revised (streamlined) Inspection procedures and associated Inspection forms:

Interface with suppliers to resolve material and documentation deficiencies; Interface with Engineering on resolution of material deficiencies (NCRs);

Review customer specification for compliance; Assisted on an NQA-1 audit as a Technical Specialist.

08/10 - 08/12 MOX PROJECT QA Specialist 5 Perform surveillance of suppliers (Internationally) to ensure compliance to their QA program (ISO and NQA-I);

Review supplier procedures for compliance to codes/standards/specifications; Prepare surveillance and supplier deficiency reports as required; Verify corrective actions are effective and close-out deficiency reports; Lead Auditor In accordance with the requirements of NQA-1; Level II Receipt inspector.

11/09-07/10 PEGASUS STEEL Nuclear Quality Manager Develop and implement a Nuclear Quality Program; Developed and obtained ASME U and R stamp; Responsible for housekeeping and 5-S initiatives; Maintain Nuclear Approved Suppliers List; Establish, delineate and review organizational quality policies; Review Purchase Orders and establish flow down requirements; QA Manager for ISO 90001.

12/07 - 11/09 MOX PROJECT GA Specialist Certified Lead Auditor per NQA-1; Certified Level II Receipt Inspector; Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 97 of 154

TSSD L-7 RONALD A.PERRY Page 3 of S Prepare and Implement audit and surveillance checklists; Perform audits and surveillances at MOX site and vendor / supplier shops; Prepare audit and surveillance reports; Review vendor / supplier procedures for compliance (both foreign and domestic);

Review Engineering and Procurement documents for compliance; Review vendor I supplier QA Manuals for compliance; Initiate Condition Reports; Verify effective corrective has been Implemented; Familiar with commercial Grade Dedication process.

08/07-11107 WELDING SERVICES INC. (WSI)

QC I NDE Insoector Develop surveillance checklists and establish QC hold points; Perform NDE as a Level II In MT, PT and VT disciplines; Prepare outage summary manuals for client; Perform surveillance activities at vendor / supplier shop.

01107- 05/07 NATIONAL ENRICHMENT FACILITY Perform audits; Prepare and perform surveillances of subcontractor activities; Review subcontractor procedures for compliance.

09/06-11/06 TAI (TOURGEE & ASSOCIATES, INC.)

QC / NDE Inspector Perform visual and ultrasonic thickness examinations on Tanks and peripheral equipment; Prepare examination reports for submittal to client; Interface with client regarding examination results and established examination priorities.

02/06- 03/06 LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ISI Coordinator Prepare examination packages; Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 98 of 154

TWOD L7 RONALD A. PERRYPae4o Page 4 of S Assign NDE technicians to perform ISI examinations; Review NDE reports for accuracy prior to submittal to the client; Track NDE reports and Initiate nonconformance reports as required; Develop 90 Day Summary Report for client for submittal to the NRC.

03/05 - 04/05 NINE MILE POINT NUCLEAR STATION NDE Technician Perform NDE examinations in support of refueling outage and prepare NDE reports 12/02- 02/05 DAVIS BESSE NUCLEAR POWER STATION Senior Nuclear Specialist - BACC Program Owner Took worst Boric Add Corrosion Control Program In nuclear history to the best; Develop and implement a compliant BACC Program; Track and trend boric acid leakage; Developed and implemented inspection procedures; Initiate and prepare responses to Condition Reports; Developed and implemented a training and qualification program for BACC inspection personnel.

1983-2002 BEAVER VALLEY POWER STATION Advanced Nuclear Soecialist - QA Lead Auditor (I 999 - 2002)

Prepare audit checklists and MAPS for continuous auditing; Perform audits on Operations, Maintenance. Construction, Licensing, Health Physics, Engineering, Document Control /

Records Management, Measuring &Testing Equipment Program; Prepare audit reports; Initiate Condition Reports and verify effective corrective actions have been implemented; Perform and evaluate Self-Assessments.

Supervlsor NDE and NDE level III (1983 - 1999)

Supervise / direct NDE personnel in the conductance of PSI and ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 99 of 154

L7 RONALD A.PERRY PageSof S examinations; Supervise / direct the development and Implementation of NDE procedures; Supervise / direct the development and Implementation of a training and qualification program; Interface with regulatory personnel (NRC, ANI and ANII);

Training Instructor per Systematic Approach to Training (SAT);

Prepare and implement training (NDE) per SAT; Supervise / direct the implementation of an M&TE Program for NDE equipment; Attend and participate in ASME Section XI Code committee meetings; Prepared initial IWE/IWL program plan (Level II Visual Examiner for IWE / IWL).

1969- 1979 UNITED STATES AIR FORCE NDE Technician / Suerylsor Perform and supervise NDE personnel In the conductance of UT.

MT, PT, RT, ET and VT examinations; Received USAF Commendation Medal.

EDUCTION:

University of Maryland Bachelor of Science Business Management - 1981; Instructor Training (SAT);

Root Cause Analysis; NDE Training USAF, Chanute AFB, Rantoul, IL.;

Systems Training (PWR);

Graduate of Dale Carnegie.

PASSPORT:

Number 307319512, expires 2016 0

Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 100 of 154

PSC PROCEDURE VrI.FORMS CERTIFICATION OF EXAMINERS EXHIBIT B Revision 0. Api 28. 1999 Page I of I Revision 1,4/28/99; Revision 2, 716199; Revision 3,2124105; Revision 4,08131/07*. Revision S. 08/0(108; Revision S, 09104108 PHYSICAL TESTING OF INSPECTORS-PROC. QA 2.10.6.1.1.1 PHYSICAL TESTING FORM QA 2.10.6.1.1.1 Name: Date ) Retest Date

Title:

L&N-E&A Weears Gas'i- P., I  !

1. PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS I Rating: "P._____________

Cm nting:si Comments " ,~-,Aa ,.,I*TJ Limitations

2. VISUAL-FAR RANGE Test Device 1 3g --r.l ,b jb7 Vision Rating %: Left Right Both ..

Comments

3. VISUAL-NEAR RANGE Test Device a I_,,-)e Vision Rating Grade: Left J Right _J Both J Comments ,Luw .

4. COLOR PERCEPTION Test Device p - e ,

Plate: 1w,, 2

• 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1-010 11 - 12 -. 13 iL. 14 15 Score f6 Of 14 Perception____ __________

Score shall not be less than 10 to be.acceptable for perception.

Comments 6.OVERALL RATING Capability Examiner,,leL. C 61ý01e Title la,-,%_, ý CkA ow-1)1i.e Date dr,4I.

6vt1l.forms.doc Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 101 of 154

PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION TRAINING SHEET THE PSC PERSONNEL LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN PROVIDED AN OVERVIEW AND INDOCTRINATEDTO PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION'S QUALITY ASSURANCE MANUAL REVISION 5 (ALL SECTIONS)

NAME SIGNATURE SS#t DATE POP14 I A. C, P Q~~w~ 7___

TRAINER:

DATE: 1,1/,-7i I Training Sheet -OAM new logo 0

Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 102 of 154

PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION TRAINING SHEET TI IE PSC PERSONNEL LISTED BELOW 14AVE BEEN PROVIDED AN OVERVIEW AND INDOCTRINATED TO THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS AND DOCUMENTS:

I1CFR50 APPENDIX B, I0CFR PART 2 1, ANSI N45.2, ANSI N45.2.6, ANSI N45.2. I0 AND THE PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION QUALITY ASSURANCE PROCEDURES.

NAME SIGNATURE SS# DATE

• I I I I TRAINER:,

DATE:

I Training Sheet Standards new logo Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 103 of 154

PSC QC INSPECTOR.TRAINEE: /160 /J /14 A.-Orl&Z DATE:__________

TEST SCORE: PSC tNSTRUCTOR:,__'_4_ _ _ _

PRECISION SURVEILLANCE CORPORATION QUALITY CONTROL INSPECTOR TRAINING PROGRAM EXAM

1) What is the proper way to correct an error recorded on a data sheet ie: typo, obvious omission?

a) Write in changes or correct date 0 Any changes made, one line thru, initial and date c) Write a nonconformance

2) When performing inspections what documents should you have with you?

a) Quality Assurance Manual 0 Applicable Inspection Procedures c) Calibration reports on inspection tools

3) Quality Control Inspectors shall be completely independent from the pressures of l;n,?- -mam~a m---+J P'4010rt4corl a) Customers b) Quality Assurance Production

4) The distance a tendon/wire stretches when being stressed is called, a) Liftoff b) Relaxation o Elongation

5) During stressing operations, which of the following cautions shall be observed?

a) Do not stand behind the jack when it is under load b) Keep fingers out of any pinch areas c) Be alert during shim placement and removal

( All of the above Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 104 of 154

6) The tendon shall never be stressed beyond  % of the minimum guaranteed ultimate tensile strength (Guts) of the effective wires remaining in that tendon a) 60 %

&V80%

c) 100%

7) When tendon stressing is performed from both ends simultaneously the pressure at one end of the tendon shall not exceed the other by more than 1000 psi.

(V True b) False

8) During Grease Replacement, the grease temperature at the grease cap inlet is:

degrees.

a) 120 degrees F min., 150 degrees F max.

b) 150 degrees F min., 180 degrees F max.

(g 180 degrees F min., 250 degrees F max.

9) When cracks are detected for Anchor Heads, Shims or Bearing Plates, Exelon Engineering shall be notified by a nonconformance report.

Q True b) False

10) The Field Quality Control Inspectors operate under the immediate direction of:

a) Field Superintendent nse bLý d'eaualt v ontrol Ins ecto PSC ana r ua ity Assurance

11) Field Quality Control Inspectors and the Quality Assurance personnel have the authority to issue a "Stop Work Order" for any activity, material, or procedure not in conformance with:

a) Project specifications b) Quality Assurance Manual c) Surveillance I.S.I. Manual (g) All of the above 12)

Field Changes that tak: place prior to the aproval of a Field Change Request shall be documented on a __ pa c )*prior Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 105 of 154

13) Prior to applying ANY FORCE to a tendon the stressing adaptor must be fully engaged.

(0 True b) False

14) During Tendon liftoff monitoring of a tendon, a 0.030" thick feeler gauge (shim stock) is inserted into the shim stack until consecutive liftoff/lock-off readings have been taken.

a) Two (2) g Three (3) c) Four (4)

15) Steel rulers are calibrated every:

a) 6 months (0 lyear +/- ,

c) 5 years

16) When should Quality Control Documents be signed by the inspector?

a) Before the next step b) At the end of the day 0 After all information for the inspections have been entered

17) Who controls the Measuring and Test Equipment used by PSC Inspectors?

a) PSC Superintendent b) Utility employees 9 PSC Quality Control or Quality Assurance personnel

18) Where are all quality related documents pertaining to the project kept?

a) In the inspector's desk (9 Field office file orjobsite vault c) With the PSC Superintendent

19) All Lead Field Quality Control Inspectors shall be qualified to a minimum of Level

- capability in accordance with the requirements of ANSI N45.2.6.

c) Rll Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 106 of 154

20) In the event ofconflict between any TMI procedure and an SQ procedure, which governs?

• c The SQ Procedure The TMI Procedure Owolety Neither Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 107 of 154

w lfd-a Pt J b

-1 0 Afra6&eA/Aut4f049 V.

Pr 0

M0 0

I*AsW 4

ewA~fe t2 24 um

0

-4 0

DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR FORCE

• 0 7, THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT 0

THE AIR FORCE COMMENDATION MEDAL HAS BEEN AWARDED TO "0

STAFF SERGEANT RONALD A. PERRY CD FOR Co MERITORIOUS SERVICE 26 AUGUST 1973 - 20 APRIL 1977 GIVEN UNDEH MY HAND IN THk GITY OF WASHINGTON THIS 5TH DAY OF APRIL 1977 Q~ ,.

8Ec*CTAnV of ?N lift @ro~

JAM E. NIL LIE HART GENERAL, USAF ENR A OMNANO AFFoM U.4 ML

PESMA. cROX&,LtO -NRE MUT DL 1r946 Oct 042,2 aR N ekAW.WW &J'st I. VEAX ~M`f~a DA DRAWE DAC OF AIR EORCE'ReBA1 S8gt 19-5 A".0 1976 Jan .01.

a. zmaciwenvg c u~teaIumazm IS. 2d9LECVI% SEVICE LOCAL. 11BOAR NOIAOSS. CITE. STATS it- . iONS op aCCR TOI4i OF many 4NTo ACwIv9*6mfiC9 LT M Westbrook. ME-

& WYP%OF 9CPARATION .. -. .61 O O i? VOMA NlEEPCS Discharge-. ... .- .Travis AP CA943

-6 Aufmlol ANm ii u-

--- - - - - -- -- - 91Y CIIANCIEROF -1979 HOMO11RA&3L3 -' . DD Yor. 256AY _______

11. LAW?0? tia maOriNEN mal ift eoImANU... . - I& C0.11,10,110 "IUNMACN tomwilmse

51. ms AA. *N _______

11 TERUINAL. 1ATE OF RZSAtv? &AFI.ACE OF "MOTRINTO WC 11ft~ihiACTW aw w* QW0 mwSE~ OIs. CMEIEU 1~~

0IS 16£ PEIMAT UPKCIlwi musmBE AND ACLATED CO amms wtUM r OCCUPI&ONJUL 42772-No'adea trutimtve pi =m"iaf. s0.31 - ;11 ~2q MA~~~PW IbvtHfAVfIV& 1ERVICE A n IV OSNINAO ORASRnCZA AtO^TS . "wifAt 5.~as. Qt U~~~lTSU~t SCIiAaRX~TIIION L2n "a.Q 751 *- dayse _2*p(

NO LOT0-E1 TD.

C3 Q Etaooi.' H&ON . *KMTMC Ar69 3110aco~v.OECOAAtOmiS Bun ts.

ama" w~t~s cm iI ATcSS AND CAPaCOmd RANSOMSAwARDED OR AUTNomixED AYLSA v/1OLC AYR. 900-48; APOGk w/20LC- (28' Ma14r .75-27:lMar .7)APR 900-48; AUM SO G-35 RQ Eislith AF (SAC) 5 Apr ..77-T..

Mr. RMUARKR DAFSC:42772/Sve Scools:.mgt for A! Supervisors (Hgt-1) Jan 76; 8 A? NCO Leadership School May .76; Defense Spectrometric Oil Aualysis Operatorttvaluator Crs AL42752 May 77/Bsood Group:A.Posativetlndividual requests a copy of 'DD Tomn 21*Ref item 25a:Security :learaice filed DOD NAC, file #98-5198/

22 Lassell St. - ] ,k Portland, ME1(Cwut~erland Co.) 04072 V'i/. Q Lz

30. T¶FILO NAME. 05*05 ',IO Tent OF AUTHOOSIttNO OrpraCER 3 1. SIGNATURE OF OFflCE. Ato MI4IQRITO SIOS Wallace R1. Rtley, 14Sgt$ USAF HCOIC,, Separationi; Unit ___________________

PNCIVIAUSCOiTIOKS Or TIMIS REPORT OF SEP'ARATION FROM ACTIVE DUTY iDO ".~ 214 THIS5IS A. MP~ Or.% -rE

1. - 1

.TopiatReport2l¶3 Afachffi~hl aP-age-11Oof'154 - .-

Rn. AS.61 IA Certificate of Du7A UIf Qualification NaIe Employee # Social Security #

RONALD A PERRY 1 4297 1 This individual is certified in accordance with Duquesne Ught Company Procedure QSP 2.12, Rev. 0, "Wrtten Practice for Qualification and Certification of Visual Examination Personnel for Class MC and Metallic Liners of Class CC Components and Class CC Concrete Componentsr Visual Examination Level III VT-1C and VT-3C ExaminatIon Results Date 7-18-1990* Basic Examination Grade 92 Date 7-27-1992

• Method Examination Grade 81 Date 2-2-1999 Specific 93 Date 2-2-1999 Practical 93 Average 93 Grade 93 Average 88.66 Certfication Date certification Expiration Date 2-17-1999 2-17-04 Initial Certification in this Method Recertilicaticn in'this M~ethod YES NO Eye Examination date at time of certification 10-9-1998 RestrictionslUmitations TCredit for the Basic Examination and Visual Method is being applied as permitted by QSP 2.12 paragraph 3.4.2 (H) (1) (2) (3).

IWEJIWL training was provided by EPRI on 211-212, 1999. General, Specific and Practical (Level It) examinations were administered. Scores are documented on the EPRI training record (attached).

Responsible Engineer. PE / Date NDE S Irgsar/Date I /

Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 111 of 154

RTL A6.1 IA SAVJLe Certificate of Qualification NmIEmployee#4Sca Scrt Name Ronald A. Perry 4e97 This individual is certified in accordance with Duquesne Light Company Procedure QSP 2.3, Rev. 5, "Written Practice for Qualification and Certification of Nondestructive Examination and Tasting Personnel', and is qualified to perform examinations in the following capacity: NDE Level III in LIQUID PENETRANT TESTING Examination Results Date 08119192" Basic Examination Grade* 97.30%

Date 09104197 Method Examination Grade 89.23%

Date 07129197 . Specific 94.6% I Date 09104197 Practical 100% Average 97.3 Grade 97.30%

Average 94.6%

Certification Date Codtif[icton Fxpirtion Date 09/06/1997 091051l2002 Initial Cerliffcatton In this Method Recertification in this Method No Yes Eye Exanination date at time of certificatlon' 9125196 Restrictlons/Llmitatlons None "Note: Basic Examination still valid in accordance with Code Case N-489 and QSP 2.3, Revision 5 NDE Level Ill/Date f - 4-lit 9-5-97 NDE;7v~rfate.Manager. Quality Services I Date YDEZ6117

/ I I

Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 112 of 154

RU. A6.61 IA Certificate of D0P44 Qualification Name RnlA.PryEmployee# ~ socialjjjj#

Ronald A- Perry 1 4297 1 This individual is certified in accordance with Duquesne Light Company Procedure QSP 2-3, Rev. 5, "Written Practice for Qualification and Certification of Nondestructive Examination and Testing Personnel", and is qualified to perform examinations in the following capacity: NDE Level INin LIQUID PENETRANT TESTING Examination Results Date 08119/92* Basic Examination Grade* 197.30%

Date 09/04197 Method Examination Grade 19.23%

Date 07/29/97 Specific I194.6%g Date 09104197 Practical 100% Average 97.3 Grde e1730%

Average 94.6%

Certification Date Certification Expiration Date 0910511997 0910512002 Indtia) Certification in this Method Receiftcation In this Method No Yes Eye Examination date at time of certifieation 9125196 Restrictions/Limilations.

None

• Note: Basic Examination still valid in accordance with Code Case N-489 and QSP 2.3, Revision 5 NDE Level IlliDate I 9-5-97 __

NDE rv e Dup . Manager. Quality Serilcs I Date X wk9/ 1 /ýZf51,97 I /

Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 113 of 154

RTLA.6ASI A Certificate of DuqdearmL111 Qualification Names Ronald A. Perry Employee P Socia Soc #un*

4297 This individual is certified in accordance with Duquesne Light Company Procedure QSP 2.3, Rev. 4, "Written Practice for Qualification and Certification of Nondestructive Examination and Testing Personnelr, and Is qualified to perform examinations using the following NDE method: Level II Ultrasonic Limited*

Examination Results Date General Score (Gg) Weight Oft) Scare 1-16-98 93.3 .3 28 Date Speciflc Score (Gs) Weigh! (VIM) Score 1-16-98 100 .3 30 Date Practical Score (Gp) Witght (ft) Score 1-25-96 92 .4 36.8 Composita Grae (Go) 94.8 Cerltifcation Date Cerltification Expirabtio Date 1-25-96 1-25-99 Initial Certifcallon In this Method Recertification In ftivMelhod NO YES Eye Examination date at time of certllicatlon 9-29-95 RetritlonalUmltattons

• Limited to ultrasonic thickness measurements using straight beam transducers In combination with digital readout UT Instruments (Krautkramer DME, DM Scope and Panametrics 5222).

Level Ill S n igatur e/Oate -- .g - 96 Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 114 of 154

-~

0 I 0

I. LAS5Y NAME - FIRST NAME - MIDDLE INITIAL SU#MARY STUDENT RECORD OF INDIVIDUAL TRAINING I. COURSE TITLE A NUMBER PERRY, RONALD A.

NOM-DESTRLJCTIVE IMSPECTION SPECIALIST COURSE. 3A*BR53630 AFSN GRADG "' CLASS NUMBER r. ACTIVITY ASSIGNED 11916988 Amn c/pV7?2-3 I Dept of WSSTI K tallurav Branch-22 Oct 46 27 4ar 69 26 Mar 73 TAMO 0 7. 11 I.

ode PAFSC 50' 4. BLOCK TITLES$t 9. ATTENDANCE In 4.

T RT S

" $*II2545 8 ORTES GR IEST a

2. h"a"I sQUADRO" I. Introduction to Non-Destructive 1 1 60 g.. 7 i

0 IL ARRIVAl, DATE 690514

4. ENTRY DATV 690723 inspection, Basic Metallurgy &

OfptIual Insp*-et ion m

3. SOURCE 6. ASG STATUS M

U 4

Lackland Pipeline

7. ORGANIZATION tP*anJ)

CHANUTE AFB, IL Particle I. Penetrant _rnspect.on -

M.Q 6. APTITUDE AFOT SCORES 0 ZENERAL 6 ADMINISTRATIVE vu MECHANICAL.

RADIO OPERnATOR qU ELECTRONICS AFQT 1

f*

1 Ill. Theory of Radiography, Radio- 60 I-. graphic Equipment I

0 S. EDUCATION (CIMI. ba4ge1a CONpWetd) w I

a 'J34sglag,* li ,, , , 4 WS) t IV. Radlographic Inspection 60 ',I zm

1. ERAN. DATE ' . DATE DEPART

3. EL.IMINATED taime..4~40-j V. Ultrasonic Insoection & Leak 60 , a

-- 0 WITH PREJUDICE Detect Ion i3 -WITHOUrT PREJUDICE

" O3 NON ACADEMIC O 4. TRANSFERRED TO eAP CA6' Vl, Ultrasonic Thickness Measurement MR_ q1._

& Eddy Current Insaocgton C.LA3S AND PRROGN*S GRGAND ES C,

CL.ASS' I ATG ATr* REASON z.C

'a

-- U%,E H-' Illl " . I... DRADE ..

I- 6-I * 'Chief. 'Metallurgy arancnq I it. FINAL. C*OURSEl IRADC*

P72*

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OBSOLETE

$1 66156

Mis is to certify that exazinations. RoPld A. Ferry Is qualified to perform vi Satisfactory trining' has been o*qpleted in &acdanCe with A4.2 (Written Practice for Qualification and Certification of Yordestzuctive Eamination and Testitq Persor~e1) .

Level of certificaticn : InI Date of certification  : 8/6/90 Expiration Date 8/5/95 Sunuay of Owaificatio Examination Results:

Basic 92 Plentile Weight (.3) 27.6 Method 81 Percentile Weight (.3) 24.3 Specific 91 Percentile Weight (.4) 36.4 caqxisite Score 88.3 Eye Examination Expiration Date: 8/23/90 certified By: 4S LIý 4, h, Date President, Nuclear Grcup Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 116 of 154

CERTIFICATE OF RETRAINING %L Awarded By ELECTRIC POWER RESEARCH INSTITUTE NONDESTRUCTIVE EVALUATION CENTER 1300 Hams Blvd. - P.O0. Box 217097 CHARLOTTE, NC 28221 I..,

.Ronald*Perry Participated in the Retraining of the Course

-VisuaExaminationTechnofogy 103

_July23-27, 1990 and is therefore entitled to this certificate of classroom retraining as approved by the EPRI NDE Center (axmun smu d desil of co= ==Int availal from the EM NDE Cecnw)

Presenrd By ~ EPRI NCDTE Cent er (SP-a4on Ogmzazn)

T&YhinigMuac

CONTINUING EDUCATION UNITS Awarded By I' ELECTRIC POWER RESEARCH INSTITUTE

_ NONDESTRUCTIVE EVALUATION CENTER 1300 Harris Blvd. - P. O. Box 217097 V CHARLOTTE, NC 28221 Xona(di.Ae,.

,,u Attended the Continuing Education Course Level III Basic Course yutJy 16-1&, 1990 and is therefore entitled to this certificate of classroom training as approved by the EPRI NDE Center (Exammszimi s ~ornabd daail of coutua am= ilabIt ftn sho EPR ME Ccdlc)

Presea2d.By EJ[ N.E Cenlter 0 0

Performance Documentation Summary CenrR EPPR NDE Center Visual Exatination Technology 102 Name: Ronald A. Perry. IWE/IWL Level II Visual Examination Date: February 2,1999 Type of Number of Number of Points Visual Examination ' Reportable Indications (20 Points Each Indications Found' Section) 80 Points Total Bolting 2 2 17 Coated Surfaces 1 1 19 Concrete 3 3 19 Weldment J 2 2 19

• This practical examination required that you identify Percent of Percent of 80% of the conditions listed above. Failure to record Indi6ations Composite 80% of the known indications will result in failure regardless of composite practical examination score. Practical Found: 100 % Score 93 %

This information is provided for informational purposes only. Official scores are only recorded on the transcript supplied by the EPRI NDE Center, 1300 Harris Blvd., Charlotte, NC 28262 -

7041547-6110 8071d fbmu~ve2d-pds.doc Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 119 of 154

CERTIFICATE OF RETRAINING Awarded By -.. 121 1300 Harris Blvd.

• P.O. Box 217097 CHARLOTTE, NC 28221 C

CD Ronald A. Pery C

N)

'4) n 02 2* Attended the Continuing Education Course i

CD C.,

-u M'Eual Examination - Level III 03 cC CD July 24-28,2000 N) 0

0. and is therefore entitled to this certificate of classroom training as approved by the EPRI NDE Center (Ob-Thnioa == a dcmils of co=cwa*n availabkftz s1 Cmaa)

NDEME Presented By EPRI NDE Center

(~mnq Ogamzadnn)

MhCau=MI 41 J M~ffNDE2~2h~

0 0

CONTINUING EDUCATION UNITS LSXDE, C4 Awarded By ELECTRIC POWER RESEARCH INSTITUTE NONDESTRUCTIVE EVALUATION CENTER 1300 Haris Blvd. *P. O. Box 217097 S CHARLOT'E, NC 28221

.. t~!I?_onald Perry Ca MAttended "U

the Continuing Education Course IN DE InstructorTraining June 7-11, 1993 and is therefore entitled to this certificate of classroom uaining as approved by the EPRI NDE Center prCow By EUI NDE Center 4.0 CrUs Awnada H-* AUtv. A TciUbh*as,

el.SIaw:AREVA THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT Zponald perry

'0 0 IS HEREBY QUALIFIED AS A Lead Auditor M

0 This certification is based on an evaluation of employee qualifications in accordance with ANSIIASME-NQA-1. The employee's education, experience, training, and ability have been evaluated and summarized on a qualification form. This form and records to substantiate qualifications are on file Inthe MOX Services Project Record Center.

Date &=X Senuces Quality A"Unwae Manager 0

PIASUS-Record of Lead Auditor Qualifieatiom NAME: Ronald A. Perry DATE: 20 Nov. 09 QUALIFICATION POINT REQUIREMENTS CREDITS EDUCATION: UNIVERSITY/DEGREE/IDATE UNIV. of MARYLAND, MID 1981 4CREDITS MAX 2 I. UNDER GRADUATE

2. GRADUATE EXPERIENCE: COMPANYiDATES A 9CR *TMAX I. TECHiNICAL (0- CREDITS) and 16 YEARS CONSTRUCTIONANDNOE 5

2. NUCLEAR INDUSTRY ( I CREDIT). or

3. QUALITY ASSURANCE (2 CREDITS). or

4. AUDITING (3 CREDITS)

S. NUCLEAR QUALITY ASSURANCE (3 CREDITS) or

6. NUCLEAR QUALITY ASSURANCE AUDITING (4 Credits) 8 YEARS OF AUDITING 4 PROFESSIONAL ACCOMPLISHMENT: CERTIFICATE i DATE 2CRDnS MAX I. P.E.

2. SOCIETY MANAGEMENT: JUSTIFICATION I EVAi.uArOR S DATE I CREDi"S MAX (uINI*UM CREDITSr 10)

P,QURPD TOTAL CREDITS Il AUDIT COMMUNICATION SKILLS EVALUATED BY:

AUDIT TRAINING COURSES COURSETITLE ANDTOPIC DATECOMPLETE I. J-E-T.S, INC. LEADING EFFECTIVE ASSESSMENTS NOV. 199S 2.

AUDIT PARTICIPATION:

LOCATION AUDIT (PROJECT I ACTIVITY) DATE PERFORMED I. SAVANNAH RIVER SITE DCS-03-AGI 2S FEB. 09

2. SAVANNAH RIVER SITE DCS-08.AIO 1)OCT. 08

3. CLEVELAND. OH DASF-08-VEIIS 22 SEPT. 08

4. CLEVELAND. OHl ERICO-08-VE1 19 16 SEPT. 0 S. ARNPRIOR.ON CANADA NUT-09-VCOI 27 JAN 09 EXAMINATION:

TYPE: ORAL SCORE: 96 DATE.: 20 NOV. 09 AUDITOR CERTIFIED BY:!!.ý..

SIGNATURE ITITLE D--"E: 20NOV.09 ANNUAL EVALUATION SIGNATURE / DATE Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 123 of 154

WELDING SERVICES, INC.

CERTIFICATE OF QUALIFICAIION We hereby cettify that EMPLOYEE Ronald A. Perry SSN: 6 is qualified to perfonn the duties and assume responsibility of Vigual ,gld and Mechanical Inspection LEVEL _.JL Effective: 08-24-2007 to 08-24-2010 THIS CERTIFICATION IS BAS MD ON THE FOLLOWhNG. AS CHECKED I. X RECORD OP EDUCATION, IHXPERIENCI AND TRAINING

2. 1( QUALIFICATION EXAMINATIONS SECTION GRADE GENERAL 89.7 SPECIFIC 92.0 PRACTICAL 94.0 COMPOSITE GRADE 91.9 The above-named individual has satisfactorily complcted training requirements of WSI QAP 2. Rev.L3.

Supporting documents are maintained by WSI and may be examined by Authorized Client, Regulatory and Insurance Company representatives.

EXPERIENCE: US-Argq: 1969.1979. NDE Soecielist with experience in P NIT. RT. ,-T. EM. and vW including and Qualitv Control. CE Nucleni:Currently Certifiei Level II PT. MT. VT-I =0ndVT-Z. OOwvlcanigmviaedcc in NDE and OQialiiv conirol functions with extensive NOE RExrienee Inihe NMiclyar Power Itdusty,.

TRAINING i.QInjig)aahj.c:Iuiou. l-vel It and Ill, USAP. 4 Hours refMrsher Iraiire. WSI. 7fl007.

8DUCATION: IHS Dilorn. tlnliversi of Marvland. Ihelr rof Science D,,ere. Aurst. I191.

TriltS CERTIFICATION 1B'rETS ASNT/CP -819)-9 V. ASNIE M &PV COe Sec.jL WAZ.3-00, ,IVY. it SNT"-TC-IA RýM il NDEDATE B. Greene, V. , Quality Assurance DrATE VISION EXAMINATION DATES AND RL3SULTS EXAMINATION DUE DATE RESULTS EXAMINER DATE

=412007 08t2312008 SalisfacLory R.R. Leimenstoll. NDE Level Ill RESULTrS OF PERIODIC EVALUATION DATE RESULTS INSPEFIiON ACTIVITIES EVALUATOR Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 124 of 154

AShaWlAR EVA MOX SERVICES MOX SERVICES. LLC CERT IFICATE OF QUALIFICATION AHNS1 N45.2.6/NQA- I - QUALITY WE HEREBY CERTIFY THAT EMPLOYEE IS Name QUALIFIED TO PERFORM THE DUTIES AND ASSUME THE RESPONSIBILITIES FOR INSPECTIONS AND TESTS IN THE FOLLOWING ACTIVITIES/IASKS WITHIN THE QUALITY DISCIPLINE:

LEVEL ACTIVITWTASK CERTIFICATION RESTRICTIONS BASIS .. e Remarks) 435 M&TE Equipment DYES O 0NO II 445 Recipt Inspction/Preventative Maintenance 1.2 and 3 ' 3YES ONO Shop Inspection D460 1YES 0NO 461 Mechanical DYES ONO

__ 462 Electrical

• DYES ONO  !

463 Civil/Structuml

• IDYES ONO I L-._.. 464 Weldina DYSS ONO U 470 ANSI Level ill Designee _DYES 0NO Project Specific Certification when required EFFECTIVE PERIOD OF CERTIFICATION: FROM

• Q 0A TO o2tL L THIS CERTIFICATION IS BASED UPON SATISFACTORY COMPLETION OF THE REQUIREBIENTS OF PP 3-27.

REVISION IN EFFECT AT THE TIME OF CERTIFICATION. THE BASIS FOR CERTIFICATION IS:

I. RECORD OF EXPERIENCE, EDUCATION, AND TRAINING

2. WRITTEN OR ORAL EXAMINATION

3. PROFICIENCY DEMONSTRATION (PRACTICAL EXAMINATION)

SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS ARE MAINTAINED BY QUALITY ASSURANCE AND MAY BE EXAMINED..

AUTHORIZED CLIENT, REGULATORY AND_.NSt&ANCE COMPANY REPRESENTATIVES.

Signed:

Date Signed:

Dor PP3-27E p Revision I Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 125 of 154

Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 126 of 154 PORTLAND CEMENT ASSOCIATION CERTI OF FICIT ACH1E\1EMEINT ikea/d 4k&ed P"'

has completed the 5-day course Level I Inspection Technician(Nuclear) conducted by the Portland Cement Association in accordance with Appendix VII, ASME Section 11, Diuision2, Code for Concrete Reactor Vessels and Containments, couering the Reinforcing Material Technician and Concrete Material Technician as described by Appendix E of the Code and has successfully passed the examination and performance demonstration.In recognitionof that acc mplishrnent, this Certificate of Achieuement is awarded this day of

~~ 1911.

LEVELII O4NGNE PORTLA CEMENT ASSOCI TION PRESIDENT PORTLAND CEMENT ASSOCIATION Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 127 of 154

RTL ASA.10E FENOC ~t,,

rL&D, A AWa,A -. f Ccnmmy Nuclear Quality Assessment E&IPWLYBE IDENTIFICATION LEAD AUDITOR CERTIFICATION RECORD NAI .E"SOCIALSw YhUNUMBE I EMPLOYEENUMIER IRonald A. Pony 1 4297 OUALIF-CATION REQU*MtRMrrS (RESUME ON FILE.- intbd Dc Db-, -.of EDUCATION 04 PONTS MXI UNDERORADUATE SCIOOL DEGREE DATE POINTS Univerty orMafunami B.S. Buslaingemenlm &M30I UNDERGRADUATE SCiIOOL DEGREE DATE 2 GRADUATE SCIHOOL DEGREE DATE POINTS ORADUATE SCHOOL DEGREE DT7E EXPER/ENCE (9 POINTS MAXIMU)

INDUSTRY (I POINTS MAXIMUM) COMPANY DATES POINTS AND Commonwealth Edison 7/80 10 V81I NUCLEAR INDUSTRY (NI)- I POINT Duqcueo Light Company end FENOC 5183 TO Pram $

OR, QUALITY ASSURANCE (QA) - 2 POINTS COMPANY DATES POINTS OR Duqem Ligit Company (Auditdg 1/289*47iO AUDITINO (AU) -2 POINTS 4/'9194) DATES POINTS OR Duquam UgS Company (Auditlng 211419%70 NUCLEAR QA(NQA) -3 POINTS 4V23196) DATES POINTS OR lugeme LJSht Company/ FENOC (Auditb W1"TO COMBINED NQA. AJ"-"4 POINTS Presen) DATES POINTs 1194 TO Preset 4 PROPESSIONAL ACCOMPLISHMENT I2POINTS MAXIMUM)

PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER DATE POINTS SOCIETY DATE SOCIETY DATE POINT j MANA3EIENT JUSTIFICATION S POINTS &AXIMMt)

IEXPLANATION Mr. Penybo atmcanlally ournpledec the Land Auditor Qualitication Lxnatmkioiu nd has demonaslmte! tIM obility to IPOINTS effectively conduct quality assurnce audila 1 2 TOTAL POINTS E AUDIT PARTICIPATION LOCATION AUDIT DATE Beaver Valley Power Station BV-C-9906 MO*.unini md Test Equilpaent PEoMini 5110 -6125199 LOCATION AUDIT DATE Beaver olley Power Staljon BV-C-99.13 QC INDE Proimms 7116-9113i99 LOCATION AUDIT DATE Beaver Valley Power Station BV-C-99.12 Envr4omn l ftiya 918-10127199 LOCATION AUDIT DATE Beaver Valley Power Station BV-C-99-I5 Timinina 1026-12411199 LOCATION AUDIT DATE Beaver Valley Power Station BV.YO-OI Secuity and AessAuthroation Ir0I -3/13/2000 1 CERTIFICATION AS A QUIFIED AUDITOR EXAMINATION DATE I CERTIFIED BIY(TD**ATURE) TITLE -DATE 111195 - Y414 =01~' AU'A I~' /-,/ 0 1 jM Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 128 of 154

FirstEnergy Nuclear Operating Company EMPLOYEE BIOGRAPHICAL DATA

~ I..9~l.1"FORMAT

~ 2. I' r ,

1. NAME 2. SOCIALSECUMTYNO.

Ronald A. Perry

3. JOB TITLE 4. oEPARTMENr Senior QA Specialist Qualit Services Audit and Surveillances S. COMPANY LOCATION Beaver Valley

6. (Nor-ATE THE DEGREES YOU HAVE EARNED (CHECK ALL THAT APPLY) AND THE OEGREE TYPE.

High School or Equivalent. Major. Falmouth HS, Falmouth, ME College Associate's Degree. Major:

Bachelors Degree. Major: Bachelor of Science Business Managemenl, University of Maryland 1981 Master's Degree. Major Doctorate. Major.

7. LIST PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATIONS, LICENSES, OR MEMBERSHIPS YOU HOLD.

NDE Level III - Visual Examination method (VT). This Includes 1C and 3C per ASMEXI IWEIIWL NDE Level III - Penetrant Examination method (PT)

NDE Level III - Magnetic Particle Examination method (MT)

NDE Level IlL- Ultrasonic Examination method (UT)

S. LIST ANY SPECIAL TPAININO ANJIOR EDUCATION YOU HAVE RECEIVED.

EPRI VT Level IItraining for ASME XI IWFJIWL (Visual examination of Containment) - Feb. 1999 EPP Training 1998-1999 Thermal Infrared Testing - Level I - Infrared Education Center (40 hours4.62963e-4 days <br />0.0111 hours <br />6.613757e-5 weeks <br />1.522e-5 months <br />) Jan. 1997 Lead Auditor Training - 1996 Dale Carnegie Course - Jan. 1996 EPRI Level III Visual Examination Training - 1990 and 1995 NDE Instructor Training - EPRI NDE Center (40 hours4.62963e-4 days <br />0.0111 hours <br />6.613757e-5 weeks <br />1.522e-5 months <br />) June, 1993 ISI of Nuclear Plant Components - Technical Seminars (21 hours2.430556e-4 days <br />0.00583 hours <br />3.472222e-5 weeks <br />7.9905e-6 months <br />) May, 1988 Systematic Approach to Training (SAP) for Instructor- DLCo - 1988

-,....:" . Ii.SKILLS'ADWORK EXPERIENCE- . '!.

g. LIST YOUM CURRENT AND PREVIOUS WORK EXPERIENCE. BEGINNING WITH YOUR CURRENT POSITION. IfCUOE- START DATE. ENDDAME .10B TITLE.

COMPANY. DEPARTMENT AND MAJOR RESPONSIBIUTIES*ASSIONMENTS. ALSO. UST ANY SPECIALSKILLS. KNOWLEDGE. OR EXPERTISE YOU POSSESS.

May 16 to Present - SR QA Specialist, DLCo., QSAS Perform Audits and Surveillances of BVPS site groups as directed by QSAS Supervisor.

Participate on Blue Team EPP In the capacity of Information Coordinator May 16,1983 to May 16, 1999 - NDE Specialist/ NDE Supervisor Perform and direct NDE examinations at BVPS. Maintain NDE Level il and III certifications as noted above.

Responsible for establishing a training program for the certification of NDE personnel. Prepare and implement training programs in support of qualification and certification of site personnel.

Review and acceptance of NDE reports, interpret examination results, and prepare Condition Reports for unsat conditions.

Maintain familiarity with ASME Codes.

Prepare 90 Day Summary Report.

Assist in the development and Implementation of an ASME XI IWE/IWL Program.

Prepare and implement NDE procedures.

Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 129 of 154

I. Skills and Work Experience - Continued _

9: Contifted Provide NDE training to contractor personnel performing examinations at BVPS.

..... ACOOMPLISHMEN's .....

10. OESCRIBE YOUR MOST SIGNIFICANT CAREER ACCOMPLISHMENTS OR SUCCESSES.

Maintain Level III certificalions. Perform the majority of NDE training and certilficeon at BVPS.

Developed and Implemented technical and administrative procedures for the 1$1 department Participated on various working groups on the ASME XI Code Commendation Medal while serving in the United States Air Force 1976 Maintenance Supervisor for over 300 aircraft maintenance personnel at Loring AFB. ME K1. PROVIDE ANY ACDTONAL COMMENTS OR INFORMATION NOT AOORESSEO IN OTHER SECTIONS UHAT YOU BELIEVE WOULD BE OF INTEREST.

Familiar with ASME Code as well as site administrative procedures. Continually upgrade myself by volunteering my services and expertise.

I CERTIFY THAT THE INFORMATION GIVEN ON THIS DOCUMENT WACCURATE AND COMPLETE TO THE BEST OF MYKNOWLEOGE.

Employee Signature __ Dale _

Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 130 of 154

Document: FRM-PQR-*1 IWL VISUAL EXAMINER Revision: 0 CERTIFICATION RECORD Date: July 16, 2013 (EXHIBIT,) Document Type: Corporation Standards Page: 1dl IWL GENERAL AND DETAILED VISUAL EXAMINER CERTIFICATION RECORD Training Requirements Inltials(Examineelinstructor) Date Training in Section XI, Subsection IWL (4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> minimum)

Training shall Include requirements for Inservice and preservice examinations and reporting criteria for the following:(2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> minimum)

1) Concrete (conditions such as those described in ACI-201.1) /zoi4 lw/* 10,18,13

2) Reinforcing steel ,018113 1C.

3) Post-tensioning system items (e.g., wires, strands, anchorage , e hardware, corrosion protection medium, and free water) R Z L4,-

10118113 Written Examination Grade Date Written examination covering Section XI, Subsection IWL requirements and plant-specific procedure requirements for visual examination containing at least 15 questions in the following:

1) Concrete and Reinforcing Steel 86.6% 10110113

2) Post-tensioning system components(i.e., wires, strands, anchorage hardware, corrosion protection medium, and free water 86.6% 1011181113 Practical Examination Grade Date A practical examination using test specimens with flaws or indications to be detected by the following visual examination techniques:

1) General and detailed visual examination of concrete 93% 10118113

2) Detailed visual examination of reinforcing steel 93% 10118113

3) Detailed visual examination of post-tensioning system components (i.e.,

wires, strands, and anchorage hardware) 95% 10/18/13 Passing grades for visual examinations shall be as follows: Final Grade Date An average combined grade of 80% for written and practical 90.8% 10118113 examinations Aminimum grade of 70% for each written and practical examination Precision Surveillance Corporation certifies that the following Individual meets the minimum quarifications set forth in the Corporation Standard Document STD-PQR-001 'Personnel Qualification Requirements for General and Detailed Visual Examinations for Nuclear Power Plants'.

IWL Visual Examiner (Print Name): Ronald A. Perry IWL Visual Examiner (Signature): [ _ C.y s..-,- -

SS #(Last Four Digits) 1 Certification Date: 10/18113 Certification Expiration Date: 10/17/,!6 /7 P.S.C. Professional Engineer Approval(Name) Cxr t P.S.C. Professional Engineer Approval(Signature)________________________

Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 131 of 154

Document: FRM-POR-006 IWL VISUAL EXAMINER RECORD OF Revision: 0 EXPERIENCE Date: July 16, 2013 (EXHIBIT F) Document Type: Corporatlon Standards

__Page: 1d2 IWL VISUAL EXAMINER RECORD OF EXPERIENCE Name Electronic SS# Work Experience eSignature (last four digits) Verification Date Signature (last____ dgs

__our_ _ mmfdd/yyw IWL Visual Examiner Ronald Perry ________"_____ 1011812013 PS P.E. Approval Christopher E. Cox z9/ i/n 10/18113 Nog: By signing the above. I acknowledge that the fd hwlnlUducatImT and work experience is valid and true to the best of my knowledge. The work experience may be the same or similar to the General and Detailed Visual Examination. requirements set forth by ASME.Section XI, Subsection IWL Fill in the form below with the datestmmktri/vvvv'* that are annlicable to the tvna of v ork nerformed.

Fill In the form below with the dates(mm/ddAfvvvl that are annlicable to the tvna of work nerformed.

• 1 48 (8 E (8 I

a!

IM EU E

CL M5 0

LEI (8

I-U a

• 0 0

II

.1 (a

.75 Z

CL

0. a 10

'U A

Level II Dimensional Oconee MechanicaL Verification of 2007 VT.PTMT sleeves WSI Catawba Level It 2007 Mechanical, WSI VTPT.MT Mere Plant Level i1 PharmaceultI VT of Tanks 2008 Umerick Level It 2006 VTPT.MT Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 132 of 154

Document FRM-PQR-006 IWL VISUAL EXAMINER RECORD OF Revision: 0 EXPERIENCE Date: July 16, 2013

. (EXHIBIT F) Document Type: Corporation Standards Page: lof2 (ADDITIONAL SHEET IWL VISUAL EXAMINER RECORD OF EXPERIENCE ADDED FOR WORK EXPERIENCE)

Work Experience Name Electronic SSu Verification Date Signature (last four dgts) mmld/

IWL Visual Examiner Ronald Perry ,z 10/1812013 SAp/1 e11eEi //h P SC P .E A pproval IC h ristop he ., C ox " ** J* J 1'/j fl01811 notge: fy signing me above, i acKnowieoge mat vie bilowini education and worx experience is valid and true to me best of my knowledge. The work experience may be the same or similar to the General and Detailed Visual Examination, requirements set forth by ASME, Section XA, Subsection IWL Fill in the form below with the dates(tmm l/dvvvv) that are aoollcabla to the Lvoe of work oerf'ormed.

Filnth _or

_elwwihth________ivy)tatae . - -ve nllalet the______ of wor nerf e..

C Ag 0~C I

C CC-

4. C 4) 1 1 1 1 1 T T Level II Nine Mile VT.PT.MT Point 2005 First Energy Level Ill 1986-2005 VTPT.MT I 4 9 4 6 4 4 I 4 4 -4 1 .4 .4 I .5. .5. .4 1 .4 1 Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 133 of 154

Document: FRM-POR.008 IWL VISUAL EXAMINER RECORD OF Revison: 0 SP EXPERIENCE Date: July 16, 2013 (EXHIBIT F) Document Type: Corporation Standards lPage: 2d2 Please initial the following section that is most applicable to your level of education and experience.

I am a high school graduate or have an equivalent degree with a minimum of one-year experience in IWL related or similar activities.

I am a high school graduate or have an equivalent degree with a completed two-year associates degree In the construction or science field and a minimum of 6 months experience In IWL related or similar activities.

x I am a high school graduate or have an equivalent degree with a completed four-year bachelor's degree in the construction or science field and a minimum of 3 months experience in IWL related or similar activities.

Please fill in the Work Experience Form as thorough as possible. Dates should be noted as month/day/year(mm/ddlyyyy).

Work Experience Form Company: Responsibilities:

Welding Services incorporated Perform ISI examination as a Level It InPT. MT& Vr Location:

Oconee/Catawba To: tI1r2007 Company: Responsibilities:

Tourgee &Associates Perform examination of tanks and peripheral eqWpment as a VT Level II Location:

Marc Plant In Danville. PA From: W111106 To: 1111`1106 Company: Responsibilities:

Sonic Systems International ISI Coordinator-Level ItVT. MT. PT Location:

Linterick:

From: 02/2006 ITro: 03/006 Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 134 of 154

Document: FRM-POR-W6 IWL VISUAL EXAMINER RECORD OF Revision: 0 EXPERIENCE Date: July 16,2013 (EXHIBIT F) Document Type: Corporation Standards Page:. 2 of 2 (ADDITIONAL SHEET ADDED FOR WORK EXPERIENCE)

Please initial the following section that is most applicable to your level of education and experience.

I am a high school graduate or have an equivalent degree with a minimum of one-year experience in IWL related or similar activities.

I am a high school graduate or have an equivalent degree with a completed two-year associates degree in the construction or science field and a minimum of 6 months experience in IWL related or similar activities.

x I am a high school graduate or have an equivalent degree with a completed four-year bachelor's degree in the construction or science field and a minimum of 3 months experience in IWL related or similar activities.

Please fill in the Work Experience Form as thorough as possible. Dates should be noted as month/day/year(mm/dd/yyyy).

Work Experience Form Company: Responsibilities:

Sanic Systems International Perform ISI examlnatton as aLevel I In PT, MT &Vr Location:

Nine Mile Point From: 03r31011 To- 042o005 Company: Responsibilities:

First Energy4Duquesne Liglh QA Audiler NOE Specialist- NDE Supervse'r-Supenrised the development and implementation Location: oea NOE ISI Department. Developed NDE related and administrative procedures. Level III in Beaver Valley. Davis Besse PT, MT and VT. Level I1InUT. As a CA Lead Audiler performed assessment of maintenance.

licensing, engineering, construction, radiation protection, operations, document controllrecords From. 0511611983 management. M&TE Program-prepare audit reports and Initiate deficrency reports as reqd.

TTo: 021151200S Company:. Responsibilities:

Location:

Limerick To:

Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 135 of 154

IWL-2000 Document: EXM-POR-001 WRITTEN EXAMINATION Revision: _ _ 0 P S Date: July 16, 2013 CONCRETE & REINFORCING STEEL Document Type: Corporation Standards I Page: I of 3 NAME: DATE, SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBE:

GRADE: *ALC - 7.

.7 GRADED BY:A I have neither given, received nor observed any aid or information regarding this exam prior to or during its administration that could compromise this exam's integrity. I also understand my obligation to report any exam compromise by others prior, during, or subsequent to the exam administration.

I acknowledge that this examination is a way of demonstrating my knowledge of the subject associated with this examination and that I have had the opportunity, on my request, to review this entire examination with the instructor to ensure my understanding of the subject matter.

I have read and understand the above statements: k,2nO0-,t iilJ4113 Student Signature

/ Date FILL IN ONE CIRCLE AS THE ANSWER FOR EACH QUESTION A B CID AIB C D A B C D 1 0 00 6 ti 0 _ )0 oo-2 000/7 0000 120. 00/

_oooaooo 130 o000 sio~~~~@0oo0.,rooo0 o10 151o*oi! [ *o 0 I

EXM-PaR-001 RO Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 136 of 154

IWL-2000 Document: EXM-PQR-001 WRITTEN EXAMINA TION Revision: 0 Date: July 16 2013 CONCRETE & REINFORCING STEEL Document Type: Corporation Standards Page: 2c(3

1. What is the function of the ANII?

a) To verify compliance with NRC regulations b) To provide another approval signature on forms c) To ensure nuclear safety

(@ To verify compliance with applicable requirements of the ASME Code

2. General Visual inspections are required to be performed on:

E xterior Containment concrete surface and grease caps.

Tendon button heads.

c) JackslRams used for stressing d) All of the above

3. What is the character height of the lower case letters for Detailed Visual Inspections?

a) 0.010" 0.105" T 0.044"

) 0.500"

4. What degradation is defined by the breaking away of small portions of a concrete surface due to localized Internal pressure which leaves a shallow, typically conical depression?

a) Exudation b) Laltance Popout Encrustation

5. What is an optical comparator?

A device to determine color resolution £ z S;2. .0 t.elteIp.

'A device to evaluate vision vtcaJ,&ývl?ýasure surface lighting intensity

6. Efflorescence is a sign of b@) Mineral leaching b) Concrete additives c) Nothing d) Surface coating

7. Who may perform IWL Visual examinations without certification?

a) OC Personnel b) Level II ISI personnel r A manager or supervisor of ISI programs None of the above

8. Per ASME Section X1. subsection IWL what are to be given a general visual examination?

a).e shoes craft oersonnel are wearing 6 Tetendon gallery ceilinn..a)

'Containment tendon strand wedges or wire button heads I The condition of hard hats worn by personnel EXM.PQR.001 RO Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 137 of 154

IWL-2000 Document EXM-POR-001 WRITTEN EXAMINATION Revision: 0 Date: July 16, 2013 CONCRETE &REINFORCING STEEL Document Type: Corporation Standaids I Page: 3d3

9. When should the character height of near-distance test charts be measured?

a) After the inspection b) When requested by the Registered Engineer

( When a Relevant Condition is found Before use of it

10. In tendon anchorage areas, acceptable cracks In the concrete adjacent to the bearing plates do not exceed.

) 0.010 inch in width 0.100 inch In width c) 0.001 inch In width d) 1.000 inch in width

11. What amendment to 10 CFR 50 incorporated by reference the requirements of ASME Section XI. 1992 Edition with 1992 Addenda?

1992 Addenda 10 CFR 50.55a.

Appendix A d) 10 CFR 10.30

12. A detailed visual inspection requires what maximum examination distance?

a) 7 feet 6 2 feet 35 feet d) 4 feet

13. How often is Level II rn-certification required?

@9 Every 5 years b) Every 3 years c) Every 3 months d) Every year

14. Which of the following degradation mechanisms to rebar is associated With changes in the permeability of concrete, presence of an electrolyte, or microbiological attack?

a) Irradiation b Fatigue 9 Corrosion d) Thermal effects

15. Level I1minimum education required for certification is?

q MBA degree High school or equivalent c) No education d) One year of college EXM-PQR-O01 RO Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 138 of 154

J IWL-2000 Document, EXM-PQR-002 WRITTEN EXAMINATION Revision: 0 Date: July 1%2013 POST-TENSIONING COMPONENTS Document Type: Corporation Standards I Page: 1 3 NAME P074tc /9 PE,PP DATE:

SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER:

GRADE: 115 .L GRADED BY:/QL!/Y Aze /,/Ap/A J

L-~ / -/ U ~

I have neither given, received nor observed any aid or information regarding this exam prior to or duflng its administration that could compromise this exam's integrity. I also understand my obligation to report any exam compromise by others prior, during, or subsequent to the exam administration.

I acknowledge that this examination Is a way of demonstrating my knowledge of the subject associated with this examination and that I have had the opportunity, on my request, to review this entire examination with the instructor to ensure my understanding of the subject matter.

I have read and understand the above statements: cl lvi,,,

Student Signature S Date FILL INONE CIRCLE AS THE ANSWER FOR EACH QUESTION A BOC D A BOC D A BOC D 1 0 00 lo v/ 610i1 .:O -67 11 0 0***J 2 o o oO*/ 7 000 oo'/T- i-o o0 o, /

3 0000,/ 00 1i30 00 /

4000oo 19 oo/ 14*ooo S00 01 10 0 00 H15 0 0 _V EXM-PQR-002 RO Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 139 of 154

IWL-2000 Document EXM-PQR-002 WRITTEN EXAMINAriON Revision: 0 Date: July 16.2013 POST-TENSIONING COMPONENTS Document Type: Corporation Standards I Page: 2of3

1. Per IWL what tendon anchorages are exempt from Detailed Examination?

a) Inaccessible due to structural obstructions b) Inaccessible due to radiological hazards

( Inaccessible due to safety concerns All of the above

2. Subsection IWL contains requirements for a Responsible Engineer. He must be an experienced Registered Professional Engineer. What is he responsible for?

a) Submittal of the report to the Owner documenting results of examinations and repairs b) Evaluation of examination results Approval, instruction, and training of concrete examination personnel All of the above

3. PSC Qualification for IWL Examiners certifications comply to:

a) IWE 92 b) IWL 2001 edition with 2003 addenda I)WL 2010 edition with 2011 addenda AC1 301

4. What is detailed examination used to detect on Containment Post Tensioning Systems (tendon anchorage) selected for in-service inspection?

a) Dissolved water in the grease b) Amount of grease in the grease can

( Grease can grease level Evidence of free water

5. The tendon bearing plate is to be given what kind of visual inspecdon?

a) Close-Up b General Detailed None

6. What is the typical PSC procedure used for Anchorage Inspection?

a) SQ 2.0 b) SO 12.1 SSQ 8.0 S04.0

7. Following the re-tensioning of a tendon that has been de-tensioned a Detailed inspection Is used to detect Broken wires or strands.

Amount of nitrates in the grease.

c) Temperature of the concrete.

d) If the grease can has been galvanized.

8. VtbroLthe-followingq s not typical equipment used for IWL examination?

b) Flashlight c Camera Optical Comparator EXM-POR-OD2 RD Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 140 of 154

IWL-2000 Document: EXM-PQR-002 WRITTEN EXAMINATION Revision: 0 Date: July 16, 2013 POST-TENSIONING COMPONENTS Document Type: Corporation Standards Page: d 3 3

9. Following the re-tensioning of a tendon that has been de-tensioned a Detailed inspection is used to detect:

( Broken wires or strands.

Amount of nitrates in the grease.

c) Temperature of the concrete.

d) If the grease can has been galvanized.

10. Per PSC Qualification for IWIL examinations who approves the qualifications of the Examiners?

Responsible Engineer (P.E.)

IWL Supervisor c) Project Manager d) Project Superintendent

11. What Is General Examination used to detect on Containment Post Tensioning Systems (tendon anchorage) selected for In-service Inspection?

a), ..ITýp.ptggLvanIzhngn Grease can

-' b rese.Cý 7gLJ Cracks in anchorage hardware

'*d) None of the above

12. What is Detailed Examination used to detect on Containment Post Tensioning Systems (tendon anchorage) selected for In-service inspection?

a) Chemistry of shim matedal b) Material type of shim material Displacement of shims Diameter of Shims

13. What is Detailed Examination used to detect on Containment Post Tensioning Systems (tendon anchorage) selected for in-service Inspection?

Shim finish Missing button heads c) Anchor head finish d) Bushing hardness

14. For General and Detailed Examinations what is the minimum near distance vision acuity the examiner must have?

at least 20/25 Snellen In at least one eye.

None c) 20/20 d) 40/40 or better

15. For nuclear plants that completed their Structural Integrity Test 20 years ago how often must the Containment Post-Tensioning System IWL Examination of tendon anchorages be performed on tendons selected for in-service Inspection per IWL?

cj) Every 6 months W Every 5 years c) Every 3 years d) Every 2 years EXM.PQR.002 RO Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 141 of 154

IWL-2000 Document: EXM-P0R-003 GENERAL & DETAILED VISUAL Revislon: 0 P S EXAMINATION OF CONCRETE Date: July 16, 2013 PRACTICAL EXAMINATION CHECKLIST Document Type: Corporation Standards NAME: 120 &1& /i XA ,r'y DATE: _0_///__

SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER:_________

EXAM NUMBER: C..

GRAD E..., INSTRUCTORGRADED BY:___

I have neither given, received nor observed any aid or information regarding this exam prior to or during Its administration that could compromise this exam's Integrity. I also understand my obligation to report any exam compromise by others prior, during, or subsequent to the exam administration.

I acknowledge that this examination Is a way of demonstrating my knowledge of the subject associated with this examination and that I have had the opportunity, on my request, to review this entire examination with the instructor to ensure my understanding of the subject matter.

I have read and understand the above statements: ý at 1'9-.e-q t #

• f

- lI - ý Student Signature I Date S

POINT VALUE INSPECTION POINTS POINTS GRANTEDICOMMENTS 10 Select procedure Verify revision __ _ _ ....

Select form 10 Verify revsion */5 Verify calibrationlresolution r )

Verify adequacy of lighting Prior to and during Inspection Record part/Item number On inspection form 15 Inspect component/part Identify discontinuities 15 Compare discontinuities to Recording criteria in procedure 25 Correctly record discontinuities Sign and date form Complete form Accurate and legible TOTAL721#

0 Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 142 of 154

N1101 PSC PROCEDURE SO 8.4 CONCRETE EXTERIOR DATA SHEET SQ 8.4 09103/13 fRIECIOOOW ANCE Page 1 of 1 Revision 0 VISUAL EXAMINATION - GENERAL VISUAL EXAMINATION Project TMI Surveillance # 40TH Year 2013 Inspection Area: (I°,_

Equipment Used Concrete Surface Condition Containment Surfhcc (Findings and Description) N 10 11 seeuf 4 .00 n040edon n fie~

t L-!K OL apu 11-4 -.A 3k640 ~

lCLA M&I h4,14ej. vf t m 4.1 -E N aec r-I- I (Use as many sketch sheets (page2) as needed to reportany Recordable Indication (RI)or Information Only (10) fIndingsfor the purpose of docunmentationand orientation.)

Recordable Indications to be Examined For (PSC Procedure 8.4)

Leaching or Chemical Attack Deterioration of any Concrete Coating (if applicable)

Abrasion or Erosion Degradation Tendon Grease on Exposed Concrete Surfaces Popouts and Voids Corrosion on Grease Cans, Bearing Plates or Anchorage Cracks *Excessive Corrosion on Exposed Embedded Metal Surfaces Scaling *Detached Fmbedments or Loose Bolting Spalls *Indication of Degradation Due to Vibration Corrosion Staining on the Concrete Surface ( The ownser/agent must be natiried for these noted conditions.)

Exposed Reinforcing Steel Surface Patches or Repairs Comments and Disposition by Responsible Engineer []Acceptable I-Unacceptable Comments:

Inspector & Level: on I'(' e Date: /10h 4W0i/

Responsible Engineer: Date:

ANII: Date:

20 SO 8.4.TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 143 of 154

N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SO 8.4 CONCRETE EXTERIOR SKETCH SHEET 8A 09103/13 Page I of I Revison 0 RevIsion 0 Project: TMI 2013 W" 4 YEAR TENDON SURVEILLANCE Inspection Area: C -,

1. Sketch or attach photographs to provide documentation or additional details as necessary,

)' ' i '

,\A Comments: ', ') \

oC Inspector Leao.: awt,: iw 3 20 SO M4.TMI.13 IS1 Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 144 of 154

N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 8.4 CONCRETE EXTERIOR DATA SHEET SQ SA 09103113 PMCISIOZ4 ANCE Page 1 of I Revision 0 VISUAL EXAMINATION - GENERAL VISUAL EXAMINATION Project TMI Surveillance # 40TH Year 2013 Inspection Area: _-

Equipment Used (F-.g a -) NI 10 R Concree Surface Condition CnanetSurface (Finding and Description) NI 1 1R

";.-fe. mpfi eewtdm v.

-mw' I I

-A I E (Use as many sketch sheets (page 2) as needed to report any RecordableIndication (RV)orInfonnation Only (0) findings for the purposeof documentationand orientation.)

Recoidable Indications to be Examined For (PSC Procedure 8.4)

Leaching or Chemical Attack Deterioration of any Concrete Coating (if applicable)

Abrasion or Erosion Degradation Tendon Grease on Exposed Concrete Surfaces Popouts and Voids Corrosion on Grease Cans. Bearing Plates or Anchorage Cracks *Excessive Corrosion on Exposed Embedded Metal Surfaces Scaling *Detached Embedmentsor Loose Boiling Spalls *Indication of Degradation Due to Vibration Corrosion Staining on the Concrete Surface (* The owner/agent must be notified for these noted conditions.)

Exposed Reinforcing Steel Surface Patches or Repairs Comments and Disposition by Responsible Engineer []Acceptable [Unacceptable Comments:

Inspector & Level: ra m H Date: 10/JI/ 3 Responsible Engineer: Date:

ANII: Date:

20 SO 8.4.TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 145 of 154

N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 8.4 CONCRETE EXTERIOR SKETCH SHEET 8.4 09103/13 Page I of I Revision 0 Project: TMI 2013 4 0 TH YEAR TENDON SURVEILLANCE Inspection Area: C, - I.

1. Sketch or attach photographs to provide documentation or additional details as necessary.

ir it!)

t5A,-

Comments~,ýrdeufv, nov Vvvs~d0jo2 #.q 'eq ao du4.. d~oi~ ~

f POP0 Ls e, - ýfL V-$.etin ow I t% MI e4e IwA te *12-fnskjoy(iS* .'k Le 7 ef A4 , y",v giW OC Inspector: t4OL~ ii Level: ~JDate: 11Y~

20 SO &4.TMI.13 ISt Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 146 of 154

IWL-2000 . Document: EXM-PQR-O04 DETAILED VISUAL EXAMINATION OF Revision: 0 REINFORCING STEEL Date: July 16.2013 PRACTICAL EXAMINATION CHECKLIST Document Type: Corporation Standards Page_. 1 d3 NAME: R0o J iq, 41 r.Y DATE: ,o/,0Ac SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER:

EXAM NUMBER:

GRADE: INSTRUCTORIGRADED BY J~f- /&P/0

/ 0, f

• I have neither given, received nor observed any aid or Information regarding this exam prior to or during its administration that could compromise this exam's integrity. I also understand my obligation to report any exam compromise by others prior, during, or subsequent to the exam administration.

I acknowledge that this examination is a way of demonstrating my knowledge of the subject associated with this examination and that I have had the opportunity, on my request, to review this entire examination with the instructor to ensure my understanding of the subject matter.

I have read and understand the above statements: (' C.-- /0 19/J3 I+

Student Signature / Date POINT VALUE INSPECTION POINTS POINTS GRANTED/COMMENTS 10 Verif rev Ilon Select procedure +/

10 lo Verify _Select revision form ...

5Select equipment Verify callbr ationresolution .. IC)

Verify adequacy of lighting Prior to and during Inspection "

Record pariiitem number 5On inspection form Inspect component/part 15 Identify discontinulties +

15 Compare Recordingdiscontinuities to criteria In procedure Correctly record discontinuities .

25 5 Sign and date form +

Complete form Accurate and legible .5" TOTAL  ?

Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 147 of 154

N1 091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ 8.3 BEARING PLATE INSPECTION DATA SHEET S806.3 09103113 Page lof I0 Revision 4? C+'/ 6'4. 5 PREC ISION AN ar Project TMI 2013 TENDON SURVEILLANCE El UNIT I Tendon No.: 9- /Tendon End: [3 Shop 0 Field (7.4) Bearing Plate Identification # . . . -

• A *. "-- - a

1. Ortent the bearing plate with the sketch below.

2. Locate the bearing plate Identification and document the location on the sketch.

3. Sketch all cracks, Including other defects, existing on the concrete In the area surrounding the tendon anchorage for a distance of 24 Inches from the edge of the beartng plate.

4. For cracks equal to or wider than 0.010 inches, document condition on an Nonconformance Report Inaccordance with On Hoop and dome this edge is C-V'7C-~z M;S51 I7.. up.

3/4~

Vertcal Tendon, this Is toward the center of the containment.

/

St~~~~~~ 3O43P15 C k- 1 Aý j I

(1 0

Auxiliary Light Source used: 0 YesO No (7.3) Illumination source; ov,÷*ofs (7.5) Cracks 0.010" WYes [-]No Quantity: Max. Width: $" Max Length: NCR#:

OC Inspector: .. Level: Date:

QC Reviewed: Level: Date:

19 SQ 8.3 TMI.13 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 148 of 154

NI 091 PSC PROCEDURE SO 8.3 BEARING PLATE INSPECTION DATA SHEET SQ 8.3 09103113 Pagel of 1 Revision 0 Pr -V I Project: TMI 2013 TENDON SURVEILLANCE f UNIT I Tendon No.: Tendon End: 0 Shop 0Field (7.4) Bearing Plate Identification M:

(." ....

__....-.]_......

....*-- --':0 We

)*,'\

1. Orient the bearing plate with the sketch below.

2. Locate the bearing plate Identification and document the location on the sketch.

3. Sketch all cracks, Including other defects, existing on the concrete Inthe area surrounding the tendon anchorage for a distance of 24 Inches from the edge of the bearing plate.

4. For cracks equal to or wider than 0.010 Inches. document condition on an Nonconformance Report Inaccordance with Procedure QA 9.0. NONcowoRmA.cs. for Exelon approval.

711 o~35k.

0.

'0

jt3 efos*4,ed e,1 J a *i'4e On Hoop and dome thls edgels up.

-jtzq joy Vertical Tendon, this Istoward the center of the containment.

1-&3 (:tL Auxiliary Light Source used: M Yesr3 No VIrekl, 7?h r (7.3) illumination source; (7.5) Crecks a 0.0101 5Yes FINo Quantity:

• Max. WIdth: o. MaxtLenglh: S NCR#: .

QC Inspector< _ Level: Date: /oo, P!

QC Reviewed: Level: Date:

19 SQ 83 TM1.3 ISI Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 149 of 154

IWL-2000 Document EXM-POR-005 DETAILED VISUAL EXAMINATION OF Revidon: 0 POS T-TENSIONING sCOMPONENTSSYSTEM Date: July 18, 2013 Document Type: Corporation Standards PRACTICAL EXAMINATION CHECKLIST Page: 1 d3 NAME:A /, /9~ 4~", Y DATE:___ _O__b_

SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER:

EXAM NUMBER:

GRADE: INSTRUCTORIGRAOEO BY. 16________________

I I have neither given, received nor observed any aid or information regarding this exam prior to or dudng Its administration that could compromise this exam's integrity. I also understand my obligation to report any exam compromise by others prior, during, or subsequent to the exam administration.

I acknowledge that this examination is a way of demonstrating my knowledge of the subject associated with this examination and that I have had the opportunity, on my request, to review this entire examination with the instructor to ensure my understanding of the subject matter. A I have read and understand the above statements: '01/9 3 Student Signature er Date POINT VALUE INSPECTION POINTS POINTS GRANTEDICOMMENTS 10 procedure Select revi~sion Verify t*/0 10 10Select form Verify revision _ _._ _ _

Select equipment Verify calibration/resolution "> "

Verily adequacy of lighting /__ _

Prior to and during inspection

• Record part/item number On Inspection form -t-5 Inspect component/part 15 IdentifV discontinuities 1.2 15 Compare discontinuities to Recording cdteda in procedure _ _"_ _ _

25 Correctly record discontinuities 5 Sign and date form,+3 /( c,)

Complete form '* /

5_ __ Accurate and legible...... (-1.1 TOTAL 9-Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 150 of 154

N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SO 8.0 ANCHORAGE INSPECTION Date Sheet 8.0A P*CISION ANC S09/0313 of Revision Revision: 1, 101041130 Project: TMI 2013 TENDON SURVEILLANCE 0 UNIT I (7.3)Tendon No.: j-1 Tendon End*:*... - . Field)

ANCHORAGE INSPECTION CRITERIA ffAS-Found [0 Post Oe-Tensloning/ Pro-Wre Removal 0 Post Re-Tensioning 1 Q.C. Signoff 0 &8.7.1 - CORROSION & CRACK INSPECTION (817) Buttonheads Level: 4 W (9.1) Cracks n3Yesm n No WN/A (8.7) Anchorhead Level: A (t) (9.1) Cracks DYesm N No 0 NIA (8.7) Shims Level: A i (9.1) Cracks DYes(m ENo nNIA (8.7) Bearing Plate Level: ", in (9.1) Cracks DYes'* UNO OlN/A (I" CM6810111 LOWe 10.0 - BUTrONKEAD INSPECT[ON

?..... c..

OfC eqUIrSs 8 NCRt MCampoa aSketch of the cracks on Sketchi Shoal &0and Inthiss aNCR.

I Offalze (Malformed)

ProtrudingAunseated L...._:_,_J W wirelbutonheads 0 . ..... o.. Broken/missingwirelbuttonheads

. ........ . .... ......... ..... gap

Previously identifiedasmissing / f I~jn1 14 (Discontinuous-

-- removed thi 0' 0 0 C)f-) 0 0 ()f0 01

" P"* surveillance.* '***5* ........... 0 II C)000(-- 0C ,/

wis) removedidunc ngott~ s

-),

surveillance Ibirtesting 0 C 0 1)' 0 0iI (10.2) Anchlotead1.D. , ,. , ,-

Located on SketCh: [3 Yes XNo \1.

(10.4) Missing Buttonheads Found: i)" C, MEYes r3No Quantity:. i MY"W7 Additional Inkralon: "7 I -i "ý-

(11.2) Number of Protruding Buttonheads (w): (8.3) 111uminalion source FIq h2 11 A (11.3) Number of Missing Buttonheads (0, ): 3 (8.5) Shim Gap Inspection:. Acteptable r3 Un-Acceptable (11.4) Total of Protruding + Missing Buttronteads: , (11.6) Continuity Test Requested? n Yes ONNo 1011815 (11.5) Total # of Effective Buttonheads Seated: J Wresldentlifed? nYes lNo (11.7) Overall Results 0 Acceptable U Un-Acceptable Customer Notified NCRW. ,4*-*$.

OC Revlewed: ' Level: . Date ,

-t s,, =,. '/",,r .of" 4 i.ai / 4 1Ie/ foef-o s S;ife "/,i'Dv 18 SQ 8.0.TMI.13 ISI Rev I BToicl 4r4327ev13AU( ep4fe/) A achme 3 Pge 11Afl Topical Report 213 Aftacthment 3 Page 151 of 154

NI 091 PSC PROCEDURE SQ &0 ANCHORAGE INSPECTION Sketch Sheet 6.0 09103/13 pop Ilofl Revision 0 Revision: 1.10/04113 Project Exelon 2013 TENDON SURVEILLANCE 0 UNIT I Tendon No.: Tendon End: __ Shop 0 Field (9.2) Sketch each crack as It appears in the anchorheads/bushlngs, shims and bearing plates. Identify each Unit by number, record the location of the anchorhead or bushing Identification and apply to the sketch. Use as many Sketch Sheets as necessary being sure to list the page number below and to apply a Sketch Number to each unit with cracks.

Ensure a Nonconformance Reoort In accordance with Procedure QA 9.0. NONCONFORMANCES. for Exelon asnroval.

! II T-P!- FITIF"]- I I 1' F--!

1 F-II " I TII1 1 I-F1'I.-I-I- I~. I-I' 1-1.11T I.---i~-- 141-i---- - l 1.i--i----

I'll SIl1l i.*l/i .... 1UI I-H ." -- t1 V.t*  !

F II r 0 lIIIIIIIt _

7-j I I Ii FL I-I1~I~

I~ ~I1-TTII I LLLIi L I II; I I IIII11111 Iii I I /I111 I I' I L EL I - - in

-iT77E[I~I t j t3ZrLLZYTT l LL_[.I..J_._*

.-*EI-J JIELII h. l CInspectocr0 Level:

• Date: , o /

OC Reviewed: Level: Date:

18 SQ 8.O.TMI.13 ISl Rev I Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 152 of 154

N1091 PSC PROCEDURE SO 8.0 ANCHORAGE INSPECTION Data Shoot U.0A 09/03113 PRECISION ANCE Pag I of I Revision 0 Revision: 1, 10104/13 Project: TMI 2013 TENDON SURVEILLANCE 0 UNIT I (7.3)Tendon No.: A End:RT TTendon ANCHORAGE INSPECTION CRITERIA____

n As-Found n Post Oe-Tensitnlng I Pre-V*f Removal [I Post Re-Tensloning I O.C. Signoff 0 &8.7.1 -CORROSION ------------------------

& CRA*ICK INSPE*CTION ^----------------- - -1.* -

(8.7) Buttonheads Level (9.1) Cracks Q-Yes(l) R No O-N/A (87)Anchorhead Level: (9.1) Cracks O-Yes(w *No 0N/A WA (8.7) Shims Level: ) (9.1) Cracks 0 Yesl1 I No ONIA (8.7)BearngPIate Level ) (9.1) Cracks I-YesW ENo QNIA (1)-.Conalcn Lewi o Crequresa NCR. MComposea sketch of fte padcson Sketch ShWe&80 and Iritlate a NCR.

Orfsize (Malformed) .. . --

..... .0-.9-". .*.,,_*@ Jt w........................

wire/buttonheads 0 . Dreken/mlssing wlre/buttolheads

-x,~'

'* ,),¢, - 1

"". ~ ,i"I* .~ii~ / o

• Prelou slyIdentified as missing / 0Q 0 0 01. C C."* IDt" ,D> ,

Discontlnuous-removed thls 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C0 0 G0D surveilance. o0 0o 00o0 0(0 ),:C ,,

duin ths .......

v~r~s)reove t) 0 ©0 , 3 010" 0 , 'D"*- 0;7

• surve*llancefortesdng . . . ...... . . .

D000 ID" 00000 d (10.2)Anchaoteadl.D. .o0u , O0 0 00

~~~~~0 0 CI f.T 0C G00 0C, ?0 -.00 .0, Located on Sketch: PIYes r]No 0O000Q00001c: 0 0 D0 (10.4) Missing Buttonheada Found: \ 000 00 . i. 4 /

IYes [I No Quantity. Q0 r ."

Additi no[,, /"'" ] /I (11.2) Number of Protruding Buttonheads (w):  : (8.3) Iluminat.on sourcs (11.3) Number of Missing Buttonheads (0, 1): (8.5) Shim Gap lnspectIon 0 AMxwptable IUn-Accaplable (11.4) Total of Protruding + Missing Buttonheads: (11.8)Continuity 1 Test Requestaed? nYes 0-No (11.5) Total # of Effective Buttonheads Seated: Ib7 WVresldentilied? []Yes []No, (11.7) Overall Results ] Acceptable M Un-Acceptable Customer Notified NCR#: ) ..-

QC Reviewed: Level: Date: ,ofie/a n1 n_ __ __n_ ___._ ___n S1,, .q.,N&~? ,J almsot-iu~a. S eil 94f Pia £a 1k 10 SO8.C.TMI.13 ISI Rev I Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 153 of 154

NI 091 PSC PROCEDURE SO 8.0 ANCHORAGE INSPECTION Sketch Sheet 8.0 09103113 P/ECI[tOR fPage ANCE 1 of I Reviln 0 Revision: 1. 10104113 Project Exelon 2013 TENDON SURVEILLANCE 0 UNIT I Tendon No.: Tendon End: r0 Shop 0 Field (9.2) Sketch each crack as It appears In the anchorheadsibushings, shims and beadng plates. Identify each Unit by number, record the location of the anchorhead or bushing Identification and apply to the sketch. Use as many Sketch Sheets as necessary being sure to list the page number below and to apply a Sketch Number to each unit with cracks.

Ensure a Nonconformance Report In accordance with Procedure QA 9.0. NONCONFORMCES,for Exeton approval.

tr I i I1 1!-rln I i - i-ITl I I I FIl-I FrF F 1 MI I I I I !-I-j--

LI L: UK, ri ui,W LLLLU; vr.IwL: , htI'jih t !l  ! i llll HHI Hspcto LHevel* Date:

OC Reiewe: Level: Date:-

Reviewe: eve:- 1Da :1 Re 1850Reviewed:3LevelRevate:

Topical Report 213 Attachment 3 Page 154 of 154